5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282023-01-012023-12-31iso4217:GBP5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282022-01-012022-12-31iso4217:GBPxbrli:shares5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282023-12-315493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282022-12-315493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282021-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282021-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282021-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282021-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282021-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282021-12-315493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282022-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282022-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282022-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282022-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282022-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282022-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282023-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5493003DJ1G01IMQ7S282023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember
MOVING
FORWARD
WITH PURPOSE
JUPITER FUND MANAGEMENT PLC
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
MOVING
FORWARD
WITH PURPOSE
2023 was a challenging year for our industry, for active asset
managers in particular and by extension for Jupiter. In a complex
and volatile world there is so much that is beyond our influence,
whether as individuals or organisations.
At Jupiter, our focus is resolutely on ensuring that our business
is optimally positioned to deliver for our clients and other
stakeholders. This means understanding what we can’t control,
such as monetary policy or geopolitics, and instead being
focused on what we can.
Our efforts are structured around four key strategic pillars:
to increase scale; to decrease undue complexity; to broaden
our appeal to clients; and to deepen relationships with all
stakeholders. Each decision we take, large or small, is ultimately
in pursuit of these goals. We know the road ahead will not be
smooth, but we travel it with confidence, continually moving
forward with purpose.
Investment performance
59%
2022: 51%
Net management fees
£354.0m
2022: £384.8m
Assets under management
(AUM)
£52.2bn
2022: £50.2bn
Cost:income ratio
73%
2022: 69%
Net flows
£(2.2)bn
2022: £(3.5)bn
Underlying earnings per share
(EPS)
14.8p
2022: 11.3p
Employee engagement
78%
2022: 71%
OUTCOME KPI
Total shareholder return
(25)%
2022: (42)%
STRATEGIC REPORT
2 Our purpose and cultural pillars
4 At a glance
6 Chair’s statement
8 Chief Executive Officer’s review
12 Market trends
14 Strategic overview
16 Our strategic priorities
20 Key performance indicators
22 Business model
24 Financial review
32 Investment management
34 Client delivery and experience
36 Sustainability
48 Stakeholder engagement
52 People and culture
64 Risk management
70 Non-financial and sustainability
information statement
GOVERNANCE
72 Governance at a glance
74 Chair’s introduction to governance
76 Board of Directors
80 Governance framework
82 Board activities
88 Considering stakeholders in decision making
90 Board effectiveness
94 Nomination Committee report
98 Audit and Risk Committee report
112 Remuneration Committee report
116 Executive remuneration at a glance
117 Directors’ remuneration policy
126 Annual report on remuneration
150 Directors’ report
156 Directors’ responsibility and
compliance statements
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
157 Group financial statements
161 Notes to the Group financial statements
195 Company financial statements
196 Notes to the Company financial statements
202 Independent auditors’ report
OTHER INFORMATION
212 Historical summary (unaudited)
213 The use of Alternative Performance Measures
216 Shareholder information
217 Glossary
FINANCIAL KPIs
NON-FINANCIAL KPIs
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (KPIs)
1
1. More details on the Group’s KPIs can be found on page 20. More details on the Group’s use of
Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) can be found on page 213.
Report on the internal controls of a service
organisation made available to third parties.
For the period 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
CONTROLS
REPORT
JUPITER FUND MANAGEMENT PLC
TCFD
GROUP REPORT
2023
JUPITER FUND MANAGEMENT PLC
SUSTAINABILITY
UPDATE 2023
PAY GAP
REPORT 2023
JUPITER FUND MANAGEMENT PLC
See our full reporting at
www.jupiteram.com/investor-relations.
1Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
A STRONG PURPOSE
AND CULTURE
OUR PURPOSE
We create a better future
for our clients and the
planet with our active
investment excellence
UNDERPINNED BY THE VALUE OF ACTIVE MINDS
We believe that generating sustainable long-term outperformance for our clients, in a complex
and challenging world, requires diversity of thought in all its aspects. The ability to be
agile, entrepreneurial and adaptable to solve problems is a human quality. This is why our approach
fosters real diversity of thinking, accountability, collaboration and a willingness to be challenged.
We seek to be flexible and change as circumstances and our environment evolve around us.
We believe that a combination of experience and creativity, as well as
a commitment to keep listening and learning across all of our business, enables us
to deliver for our clients and make a positive difference in the world.
We call this advantage the value of active minds.
Our
employees
Our
shareholders
Our
clients
Our
communities
O
u
r
c
u
l
t
u
r
a
l
p
i
l
l
a
r
s
We succeed together
We value
our people
We put
clients first
We challenge
ourselves
OUR PURPOSE AND CULTURAL PILLARS
O
u
r
s
t
a
k
e
h
o
l
d
e
r
s
2
OUR CLIENTS
At Jupiter, our clients are our focus and our priority. We are dedicated to serving our clients and
put their interests at the centre of our business. We have deep relationships that enable us to
understand what our clients need from us and we engage regularly with them to ensure we deliver
to their expectations. Our commitment to active asset management is our driving force.
Our distinct, entrepreneurial culture encourages independence of thought and individual
accountability. This enables our investment managers to have the freedom to follow their convictions
and seek those investment opportunities that they believe will ensure the best outcomes for our clients.
OUR EMPLOYEES
We believe that our value is in our people, whatever their role in the organisation. We encourage
collaboration, debate and diversity. Our employees have the freedom and support they need to
perform at their best, to challenge and be open to challenge.
When we recruit, we look for talented people to build a diverse workforce. We consider diversity,
equity and inclusion at a Group-wide level and firmly believe that fostering a culture which embraces
differences among people creates a stronger and more sustainable business. Through this
commitment to improving diversity, we actively promote independence of thought.
Jupiter is committed to developing its people through its talent and learning programmes.
We strongly encourage employee share ownership and have provided special awards of Jupiter
shares equally to all staff in each of the last five years, helping to align the interests of employees
and shareholders, which ultimately benefits our clients.
OUR SHAREHOLDERS
Through sustainable business growth and disciplined management of our capital base, we will
deliver strong total returns for shareholders. Our unwavering focus on meeting the needs of our
clients and delivering investment performance will help us generate inflows from new and existing
clients and drive the growth of the business.
Combining this business growth with rigorous operational and financial discipline will lead to strong
financial performance. Along with a carefully managed capital base, this will deliver total returns for
our shareholders.
OUR COMMUNITIES
We add value to society in our role as responsible stewards of our clients’ assets, allocating capital
to protect and enhance the value of our clients’ investments. Active investment management is
not just about financial returns, but also about investing in sustainable businesses that create broader
value both for shareholders and wider society. As active long-term owners of the companies we
invest in, our investment teams engage with companies to understand material environmental,
social and governance (ESG) risks and opportunities and to drive improvement in behaviour.
We actively support the communities in which we operate through charitable giving and volunteering
opportunities. We also host a series of ‘financial confidence’ workshops, through which young people
from low income and/or ethnically diverse backgrounds are paired with Jupiter employees for
sessions on building financial literacy.
3Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
OUR BUSINESS
AT A GLANCE
At 31 December 2023, our clients entrusted us to actively manage £52.2bn of their assets.
Delivering growth for clients through investment excellence is at the centre of what we do.
WE SUCCEED
TOGETHER
WE VALUE OUR
PEOPLE
WE PUT CLIENTS
FIRST
WE CHALLENGE
OURSELVES
WHAT WE DO
OUR CULTURAL PILLARS
AUM by asset class
Asset classes
We offer a number of investment strategies
within four core asset classes:
Equities
Fixed Income
Multi-Asset
Alternatives
Our investment teams are unconstrained by
a house view, but are supported by
specialists in ESG matters and data science,
within a rigorous risk oversight framework.
Client channels
We offer a range of actively managed
investment strategies through two
principal client channels:
Retail, wholesale & investment trusts
Institutional
We earn revenues by charging fees to our
clients for the provision of investment
management services, typically based on
a percentage of AUM.
Distribution partner
We primarily access our clients through
a range of distribution partners:
Fund of funds
Platforms
Global financial institutions
Advisors
Wealth managers
Life companies
Private banks
Institutional clients
Consultants
For more information on our cultural pillars please see from page 52.
Equities 61%
Fixed Income 18%
Multi-Asset 14%
Alternatives 7%
AUM by asset class
Retail, wholesale & investment trusts 81%
Institutional 19%
AUM by client channel
Advisory 44%
Discretionary 35%
Institutional 19%
Investment trusts 2%
AUM by distribution partner type
4
An efficient operating model
We have a single operating platform, which
we continue to develop to reduce undue
complexity and aid effective collaboration.
This allows us to adapt as market conditions
evolve, identify and respond to emerging
opportunities and support growth.
UK
66%
AUM
89%
employees
EMEA
22%
AUM
8%
employees
Rest of world
6%
AUM
1%
employees
Asia
6%
AUM
2%
employees
Talented individuals
delivering with conviction
We enable talented individuals to pursue
their own investment styles. Without the
constraints of a house view, our investment
managers can follow their convictions to
deliver the best outcomes for clients.
Meeting our clients’ needs
through working together
We work together to innovate and deliver
the investment capabilities that help our
clients meet their objectives, providing the
best outcomes for our clients, shareholders
and all our stakeholders.
WHO WE ARE
WHERE WE OPERATE
All employee data refers to full-time equivalent employees as at 1 January 2024.
Jupiter office
Third party
Client service via local licensed distributors
Remote access
5Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
MOVING FORWARD WITH PURPOSE
This is my first statement as your Chair,
following my appointment to the role in
April 2023, having served on Jupiter’s Board since
1 June 2021. This has been a year of big change
for Jupiter, not least because it is the first full
year under our new CEO Matthew Beesley,
who we appointed in October 2022.
I am pleased to report that since his appointment
Matthew has accelerated the pace of change at Jupiter,
in particular by transforming our distribution model
to better address our current and future client needs,
by taking decisive actions on cost management
and ensuring our ongoing operational efficiency.
He has also significantly rationalised our fund
range whilst positioning the Group for growth,
with selective new fund offerings in response
to client demand and he has strengthened
relationships with our stakeholders.
Resilient underlying performance
Despite the good progress we have made
during the year on executing against our strategic
objectives, further information on which can be
found in the CEO’s review on page 8, the challenging
macro environment and industry headwinds have
impacted our financial performance and share price.
Whilst our underlying profit before tax (PBT) for 2023
materially increased to £105.2m from £77.6m in 2022,
statutory profit before tax fell to £9.4m from £58m in
2022. This decrease was primarily driven by an impairment
of our goodwill arising from the acquisition of Knightsbridge
Asset Management in 2007 and Merian Global Investors in 2020
in the amount of £76.2m. Further information can be found in our
Financial review on page 28. Whilst we experienced slightly positive
flows in the first half of the year and rolling 12-month period, the
challenging macro environment dampened retail investor appetite in
the second half of the year, with outflows seen across the industry,
resulting in total net outflows across the Group in 2023 of £2.2bn
(2022: £3.5bn). However, as at the year end, AUM had increased to
£52.2bn (2022: £50.2bn), driven by positive market performance.
During 2023 our share price declined by 28%, meaning our total
return to shareholders, including dividends, has declined by 25%.
This is clearly disappointing and driven by a number of factors,
including our flow picture and the macro environment. We have
been particularly impacted by the Group’s exposure to UK equities
which remain out of favour with investors. The Board is confident we
have the right strategy in place to enable the Group to navigate the
industry headwinds and drive increased returns for our shareholders.
CHAIR’S STATEMENT
“There are significant changes
across the industry and I believe
that Jupiter has the right strategy
and the right management team to
take advantage of many of these,
to generate long-term growth for
our business.”
David Cruickshank
Chair
6
A well-capitalised business
The Group has a strong balance sheet with a regulatory capital
surplus, as at 31 December 2023, of £177m. In addition to enabling
further investment in the business to accelerate growth, including
potential inorganic growth opportunities in the future, the strong
capital position has enabled us to make an additional return of £16m
of capital to shareholders. This was paid through the declaration of
a special dividend in the amount of 2.9p, with our interim results in
July 2023, and paid to shareholders on 1 September 2023. In line with
our capital policy to return 50% of pre-performance fee earnings
to shareholders, we have proposed a final year dividend of 3.4p
(2022: 0.5p), bringing our total ordinary dividends paid in respect of
the year ended 31 December 2023 to 6.9p. Subject to approval at the
2024 AGM, the final dividend will be paid on 20 May 2024 to those
shareholders on the register on 19 April 2024.
A strong culture
Jupiter has a strong culture and one we can be proud of. This has
been further enhanced since Matthew’s appointment, with positive
improvements in our employee engagement survey (as detailed from
page 52), increased internal communications and enhanced oversight
of culture and conduct matters, through the establishment of a Group
Culture and Conduct Committee. Our strong governance environment
helps to ensure we deliver good outcomes for our clients and wider
stakeholder groups.
Following my appointment as Chair I have spent more time in the business
with our teams. I have been particularly impressed by the intense focus on
client outcomes, a common desire to deliver positive change, and the
strength of relationships across the business.
The evolution of our Board and senior management team
During the year there were two changes to the Board. Firstly Nichola
Pease stepped down from the Board and as Chair, with effect from
26 April 2023. I would like to extend our sincere gratitude to Nichola.
She showed significant dedication to Jupiter in exceptional circumstances.
She led the Board through the pandemic, the acquisition and
integration of Merian and oversaw our successful CEO succession.
Nichola left a strong, cohesive Board and I would like to thank her
personally for the support provided to me since my appointment
to the Board and during the Chair transition.
Chris Parkin, a Non-Executive Director appointed by TA Associates, a
significant shareholder of the Group, stepped down from the Board at
the conclusion of the 2023 AGM in May. Chris joined the Board upon
the acquisition of Merian and helped enormously throughout the
integration. He brought a sharp strategic focus and a deep
understanding of the asset management industry. I would like to
thank Chris on behalf of all of our stakeholders and I am pleased that,
as a major shareholder, we are still able to benefit from his expertise.
In October we decided to restructure our Distribution function into
a dedicated Client Group, which was split into two key areas: a client
experience team to ensure an excellent experience is provided to
all of our clients led by Max Guenzl, who has been with Jupiter
since January 2007, and a client relationship team to help deepen
our relationships with our clients led by Mathias Mueller.
Our current COO, Paula Moore, will step down during 2024 and
our operations and technology functions now report into Wayne
Mepham, who has been appointed our Chief Financial & Operating
Officer. Paula has been with the firm for 27 years and made a
significant contribution to the development of the Group and I
would like to thank her on behalf of all stakeholders. We are pleased
she will remain on a number of our subsidiary and fund boards as a
Non-Executive Director and we will continue to benefit from her
expertise and knowledge of the Group. Wayne has a detailed
understanding of asset management operations, built throughout his
career in the industry. Since his appointment in 2019, Wayne has driven
progress in the functions he has overseen, leveraging the use of
technology and systems to improve delivery.
During 2023 we welcomed Kiran Nandra as our newly appointed
Head of Equities, who has made an excellent start to the role. Kiran,
together with our Head of Fixed Income, Matt Morgan, are focused
on developing high performance investment teams who continually
deliver good outcomes for our clients.
Finally, we have also announced some changes to our investment
management team. Ben Whitmore will leave Jupiter during 2024 to
pursue his ambition to establish his own boutique investment firm.
I would like to extend our thanks and best wishes to Ben.
We were pleased to announce the appointment of Adrian Gosden,
Chris Morrison and Alex Savvides as investment managers. The ability
to attract such strong talent, who have excellent performance track
records and deep relationships with their clients, in a challenging
environment is testament to Jupiter’s strong culture and
management team.
Moving forward with purpose
There is no question that the macro environment and industry trends
remain challenging for the investment management industry, particularly
for active asset managers (please see page 12 for an overview of the
industry trends). However, we have a very strong belief in the value of
active asset management and the benefits this brings for clients, through
greater risk management, effective stewardship and an unwavering focus
on performance and delivering good outcomes for clients. There are
significant changes across the industry and I believe that Jupiter has the
right strategy and the right management team to take advantage of
many of these, to generate long-term growth for our business.
I would like to take this opportunity to thank all of our stakeholders,
particularly our clients who continue to trust us to help them achieve
their investment objectives, our employees who work tirelessly to
deliver for our clients, and our shareholders for their continued
support and patience.
David Cruickshank
Chair
7Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
“We are hopeful that 2024 will be a more positive
environment for active asset managers, and we are
better placed to capture any of this upside because of
our efforts and strategic focus over the last 12 months.”
PROGRESS AGAINST
OUR STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES
In my first letter to shareholders last year, I wrote
about the immense pride I had in being appointed
Chief Executive of your company. As I look back
on my first full year in the role, I remain very proud
to be leading this business but also pleased with
our achievements given what has been an
extremely challenging environment for
asset managers.
While bond yields were little changed over the last 12
months, and equities in aggregate largely moved
higher, clients maintained a prevailing sense of
caution throughout 2023.
What might be defined as ‘risk assets’ were
shunned given the yields available on cash or
cash-like instruments. These instruments are
naturally lower risk of course, and with a
heightened sense of uncertainty prevailing given
higher inflation, rising interest rates and
geopolitical tensions, clients found these assets to
be more attractive from a risk-reward perspective
than other longer-term investment opportunities.
This has been an immense challenge for all asset
managers, but one that has been particularly painful
for active firms like ours where our investors focus on
identifying inefficiently valued assets for the long-term
benefit of our clients. While this was a headwind for the
year as a whole, this pressure was particularly acute in the
second half, and as such could also remain a challenge for
the immediate period ahead.
Despite these challenges, I am glad to report a robust set of
financial results. Full details can be found in the Financial review on
page 24, but underlying profit before tax was up 36% to £105.2m.
However, excluding the impact of performance fees, underlying profit
before tax decreased by just under £3m. Lower average AUM and
pressure on fee margins resulted in a reduction in revenues, only
partially offset by cost savings, net gains on seed capital invested and
interest earned on cash in market money funds.
We continued to see mandates fund from Institutional clients, with
net inflows of £1.8bn for the year. Risk-off sentiment from retail
clients, however, led to total net outflows of £2.2bn. Group AUM
finished the year at £52.2bn, a 4% increase on end December 2022.
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REVIEW
Matthew Beesley
Chief Executive Officer
8
Progress despite the macroeconomic environment
Movements in the equity and bond markets are not something we can
influence, so it is imperative that we as a company remain focused on
what we can control and make necessary changes to position the
business to best capture growth opportunities.
We have made a lot of progress in this regard, some of which will not
be immediately visible in our results. We have undertaken a number of
initiatives which individually and collectively are helping us become a
more scaled, more efficient and a more client-centric company. I
believe these changes will ultimately lead to better outcomes for our
clients and shareholders when the environment becomes more
favourable for active asset managers.
It is difficult to predict when this may be. This time last year I spoke
of an ‘uncertain’ outlook for the year ahead. We remain in a period
of flux for the global economy, however it seems likely that the
heightened levels of inflation that have been seen across the world
may be behind us. At the time of writing, many market participants
and commentators expect interest rates to begin falling as inflationary
pressures abate. Whether or not they fall as fast as many expect or
perhaps hope, a general consensus that interest rates have peaked
should see a pick-up in clients’ risk appetite. Any shift here, even if only
incremental, should be positive for the asset management industry.
There is further ground for optimism for the year ahead. As
correlations between (and within) certain asset classes fall as part of
this normalisation process, volatility rises from low levels and a higher
dispersion of returns between different asset classes becomes more
pronounced, active asset managers are well placed to exploit these
changing conditions to the benefit of their clients.
Regardless of whether this happens or not, we will continue to stay
focused on what we can control, and as such our strategy is designed
to grow shareholder returns as much as we can control, regardless of
the prevailing macroeconomic backdrop.
In early 2023, I introduced the four key strategic objectives
that we believe will drive the future growth of Jupiter, which are
shown on the right.
All the decisions we take as a management team, and throughout the
firm, are taken with these objectives in mind. Everything we do is
focused on progressing against these aims, for the ultimate benefit of
our clients and all our stakeholders, and I am pleased to report we
have made considerable progress in this regard over the last year.
OUR STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES
INCREASE
SCALE
...in select geographies and channels
See page 16
DECREASE UNDUE
COMPLEXITY
...with costs managed carefully through a
relentless pursuit of efficiency
See page 17
BROADEN OUR APPEAL
TO CLIENTS
...with a curated product offering, while
exploring new methods of delivery
See page 18
DEEPEN RELATIONSHIPS
WITH ALL STAKEHOLDERS
...with purpose and sustainability
embedded in all we do
See page 19
9Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
Increase scale
Of our four strategic objectives, increasing scale remains the most
important. In order to consistently and sustainably grow our business
over the medium term, we need to achieve top line revenue growth.
Running the business as efficiently as possible is crucial, but it will
not be enough on its own. While rising markets are usually helpful
in attracting clients into actively managed investment strategies,
there are other factors that we can control to help us grow our
revenue base.
One of the key areas of focus for scale is our Institutional business,
where we have demonstrated strong progress in recent years. We
generated total net inflows of £1.8bn from Institutional clients in 2023,
which amounts to £3.8bn over the last two years. Institutional clients
now entrust us to manage £10bn of their assets, which represents 19%
of our Group AUM, up from less than 10% only five years ago.
As our Institutional business has grown and we have continued to
demonstrate our expertise in this channel, we have found ourselves
working with new, larger and ever more sophisticated clients. In 2021,
the average mandate awarded to us was for around £100m of AUM. In
2022, this had increased to over £250m and has grown again this year
to over £500m.
We are also pleased to have a broad and deep late-stage pipeline of
potential further fundings from new and existing clients. Reassuringly,
these new and potentially pending mandates are also from a diverse
array of clients in different parts of the world and into a range of
investment strategies. While we have exhibited rapid growth in recent
years from this client type, we do know that as the book of business
grows and matures, so we will become more susceptible to clients
redeeming as their investment needs are met or change. Overall, the
outlook for our Institutional business remains positive, albeit unlikely
to be linear in its progression from here.
We have also previously noted the significant opportunity ahead in
our overseas businesses. While we have an on-the-ground client-
facing presence in seven geographies in addition to our London
headquarters, there are several markets in which we additionally
operate. While each of these is important to us, over the last year we
have added further resources into a few key markets, notably in Italy
and Germany, as well as increasing the focus of our central resources
onto these target countries given the potential for growth in each
case. While the benefits of this narrower focus will take time to fully
materialise, we are encouraged that assets from clients based outside
the UK now account for 34% of our total Group assets, up from 25%
five years ago, and we saw total net inflows of over £1bn in 2023.
While our international businesses are growing strongly, our home
market of the UK still remains core to the Group, and we are focused
on maintaining our market-leading position. In January 2024, it was
announced that Ben Whitmore, who has been at Jupiter since 2006,
would be leaving later in the year to pursue his long-standing ambition
to set up his own value-oriented investment boutique.
Historically, when firms have seen the departure of high profile
investment managers, there has typically been some degree of
negative impact on client flows, and therefore on revenues as a result.
Whilst it is too early to confidently predict how clients will react, we
can reasonably expect to lose some assets as a result, most probably
from the Institutional client channel.
However, we are hopeful that the strength of the investment
expertise, which has been bolstered by new hires, will at least give us
the opportunity to retain some of these client assets, with potential
opportunities for growth in the medium term.
We are naturally sad to see Ben depart, but we are delighted to have
been able to announce the hirings of Alex Savvides, Adrian Gosden
and Chris Morrison. All three are high-quality investors with excellent
performance track records. These hires demonstrate Jupiter’s ability to
attract market-leading investment talent and our UK equity client
offering has never been stronger.
Decrease undue complexity
Along with increasing scale, and against the backdrop of falling
revenue margins and rising operating and regulatory costs, it is crucial
that we remove undue complexity from our day-to-day operations
and run the business as efficiently as possible. While managing costs
tightly is an essential prerequisite of a successful modern investment
management business, this also means constantly seeking out
opportunities to improve the effectiveness of our everyday processes
and practices. This mindset shift has been manifested in a zero-based
budgeting approach to all costs. The results of this are evident in the
decline in non-compensation costs this year, down 6% to £107m,
despite inflationary pressures. This will remain a focus as we look to
the year ahead.
The fund rationalisation process we announced last year is now largely
complete, with the overall number of funds smaller by some 25%,
resulting in a clearer, more defined client proposition, with fewer
sub-scale and overlapping products or strategies outside areas of
current client demand. The low attrition rate in AUM resulting from
this exercise underscores the importance of this initiative.
We also sought to drive a deeper utilisation of technology across the
business. Where possible and appropriate, we have focused on the
automation of manual processes across all of the Group. As an
example, to date, we have automated the production and delivery of
over 100 reports for Institutional clients, which previously relied upon
some element of manual process. We have also trained over 60
internal ‘citizen developers’ who have used low-code or no-code
tools to automate a further 100 previously manual processes.
While we are delighted with this progress, this will remain an ongoing
focus into the year ahead, with particular attention on how we can
further embed technology into our newly created Client Group, all
with the aim of significantly enhancing our wider client experience.
More broadly, this relentless pursuit of efficiency will allow the
investments we are making to drive our growth to be more impactful.
We have previously disclosed that some 19% of our cost base is
invested for growth and we expect this to remain a feature into 2024.
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REVIEW CONTINUED
10
Broaden appeal to clients
The needs of our clients are fundamentally changing and, as such, we
need to adapt how we engage with them to meet these needs. They
are increasingly sophisticated and using a wider range of data and
analytics to inform their decision-making process.
They expect elevated levels of client service from us, more detailed
and in many cases more bespoke reporting, often with customised
content in a form and at a time that suits them. Above everything,
they want to see robust, clearly defined, repeatable, scalable
investment processes. While this is a prerequisite of any investment
decision they make, it is often not the defining consideration.
One of the biggest changes to our business this year has been to form
a Client Group, replacing our Distribution function. We have chosen
to bring a renewed focus on how we manage all of our client
engagements, aiming to broaden our appeal to our clients and deepen
these relationships to make them more meaningful. We have paired
this with a team that is solely dedicated to managing the client
experience. In this, we are aiming to create end-to-end connectivity
that allows us to more effectively and usefully share strategic insights,
client and market intelligence and a wider suite of digital outputs in a
bespoke way that is relevant to discrete client needs. More
information on the Client Group can be found on page 34.
Importantly, the fund rationalisation process described above has not
only resulted in a more focused and more clearly defined product
offering, but it has also created space for growth and allowed us to
develop new products to meet our clients’ evolving needs. As part of
this focus on innovation, towards the end of 2023, we launched five
funds within our new Thematic fund range, managed by our highly
successful systematic equities team. The five funds focus on disruptive
technology, consumer trends, healthcare innovation, demographic
opportunities and the physical world. These funds are everything that
Jupiter stands for, being both actively managed (and competing
against a universe that includes passive strategies) and highly
differentiated (versus other more traditional approaches towards
thematics). Together, they represent an available market of around
£100bn. We have supported these funds with our own seed capital
and we are excited to see them develop.
Deepen relationships with all stakeholders
A key pillar of our strategy is to deepen our relationships with all of
our stakeholders including: clients, shareholders, regulators and of
course, very importantly, our people.
Jupiter is a people business. They are our main asset and are our most
important differentiator. Indeed, the considerable progress we have
made this year has only been achieved thanks to the dedication and
hard work of our talented employee base, which I am proud to lead
as CEO.
We regularly conduct firm-wide ‘pulse’ surveys, to give our people
the opportunity to tell us how they feel about Jupiter today and
their expectations for tomorrow. In 2023, we conducted three such
surveys, and I am delighted that we have seen a marked increase in
both the participation rate and the overall engagement score. In our
most recent survey late last year, 85% of our people participated with
an engagement score of 78%, up from 71% a year ago.
This compares very favourably to the financial services median against
which we measure ourselves and is a validation of the significant focus
placed on deepening the relationship with this key stakeholder group.
I am also enormously proud that, as per our last staff survey, 87% of
our people state that they ‘feel able to be myself at work’. As CEO, I
continue to sponsor and personally lead on all of our diversity, equity
and inclusion initiatives. I am passionate about building a diverse
employee base and an inclusive culture where everyone can thrive,
believing that doing so will ultimately lead to a better understanding
of our clients’ needs and help us in better meeting those needs. We
are moving forward here but with so much more we can achieve.
Our clients remain central to all that we do. Without our clients to
serve we are nothing. Our purpose is to 'create a better future for our
clients and the planet with our active investment excellence’ and as
such, our perpetual focus must be to continue to build deeper and
more meaningful relationships with each and every one of them.
We have unveiled a number of initiatives this year aimed at deepening
the relationships with all of our clients. As well as the formation of the
Client Group, we have also announced our plans to introduce tiered
pricing on our UK-domiciled fund range. This change in approach will
allow us to share the benefits of economies of scale with our clients
as our funds’ assets grow. More broadly, we continue to ensure that all
of our investment strategies are appropriately priced to ensure they
all deliver good value as well as good outcomes for our clients.
Our relationships with our regulators are also particularly important to
us. We take a great deal of care to ensure we manage our business
consistent with, and appropriate to, the different regulatory regimes
in which we operate, constructively and transparently engaging with
each of our regulators proactively and reactively as required.
Of course, our shareholders are also another key stakeholder group.
We have continued to build deep relationships with both current
shareholders but also new potential shareholders via a comprehensive
investor relations programme. Last year, we simplified our capital
allocation framework and through the year we have returned £53m to
shareholders through ordinary and special dividends, as well as the
completion of the 2022-announced share buyback in the year.
Progress moving forward
2023 was undoubtedly a challenging year for many of our stakeholders
and I thank them all for their commitment, support and patience. Our
share price fell by just under 30% with total returns (capturing
dividends reinvested) of -25% for the calendar year. While this is of
course one very important measure for our business, I think this hides
much of the progress we have made in setting us up for future growth
and success.
We are hopeful 2024 will be a better environment for active asset
managers to demonstrate their value proposition, and deliver the
outperformance our clients rightly expect from us. Certainly, as a
business, we are better placed to capture any of this upside that may
come to pass because of our efforts and strategic focus over the last
12 months.
Matthew Beesley
Chief Executive Officer
11Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
MARKET TRENDS
VOLATILE MARKETS, ENDING
THE YEAR POSITIVELY
THE EVOLVING
NEEDS OF CLIENTS
Context
In absolute terms, 2023 was a positive year for investment markets
with most asset classes posting gains – yet it remained a tough
environment for active asset managers. Clients have been
understandably cautious towards risk assets, given the relatively
attractive returns available on very low risk cash or ‘cash-like’
investments, as well as prevailing uncertainty over high inflation
and geopolitical tensions.
This translated into significant outflows across the industry, with figures
from Broadridge (a leading market intelligence and data analytics group)
showing that European-domiciled funds saw estimated year to date
outflows of €73bn to the end of October 2023, with the vast majority
of those coming from actively managed strategies.
Jupiter’s response
The broad market consensus view is that interest rates may have
peaked and that major central banks, most notably the Federal
Reserve, will cut rates in 2024. If that did come to pass, it should be
a positive for clients’ risk appetites and in turn for active managers.
Jupiter remains focused on factors that we can control and ensuring
that we have a differentiated and diverse product line up, which seeks
to deliver positive investment outcomes for clients whatever the
market environment.
We have been active throughout 2023 in continuing to fine tune
our product offering. We now have a more clearly defined range of
strategies, suited to the needs of modern clients and aligned to our
differentiated capabilities. We have also launched new products
including our thematic range, as well as recruiting new investment talent.
Context
We are witnessing an evolution in how our clients wish to deal
with us and what they expect from us. More than ever before,
clients today are highly knowledgeable with an appetite for detailed,
technical communications about our products and an expectation
that we can meet the high degree of due diligence analysis they
require. This applies across client segments, with the wholesale market
increasingly reaching a level of sophistication that was previously the
preserve of institutions.
Jupiter’s response
Jupiter has always recognised the paramount importance of our
clients to our business. However, it is increasingly clear that the future
of our industry is not going to be focused on the traditional model of
‘distributing products’ and more on building deeper long-term
relationships with clients.
The goals of our newly formed Client Group reflect the ongoing
convergence of our clients’ needs. An important part of this is
how we engage with a sophisticated client base, which has bespoke
servicing needs and wants to think beyond products and consider
alternative methods of accessing our investment teams’
alpha-generating capabilities.
The Client Group structure also recognises how crucial technology is
to all aspects of delivery and client experience, with a renewed focus
on enhancing our digital offering to clients. More information on the
Client Group can be found on page 34.
1 2
Link to strategy and risks
1
Link to strategy and risks
Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
MARKET TRENDS
Client ratings 2023
% of respondents
Client ratings 2022
1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 105
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
G
I
P
T
Source: NMG Consulting, survey conducted with 45 key Jupiter clients (15 UK, 21
Continental Europe, 9 Rest of World). Telephone interviews conducted between
October and December 2023.
1. Please see from page 14 for details of our strategic objectives and from page 64 for
our key risks.
A survey of our clients showed increased satisfaction in 2023
12
Context
The pace of regulatory change in the asset management industry
continues unabated.
In the UK, Consumer Duty came into effect in the summer of 2023,
focusing on consumer protection, product suitability, and ensuring
that clients received ‘good outcomes’. The FCA have also run a
consultation around Sustainability Disclosure Requirements (SDR).
We have observed a greater focus on conduct risk, as well as less
equivalency in regulations worldwide, particularly around reporting
requirements for labelled sustainability products. This divergence
creates a challenge for global asset managers such as Jupiter as we
ensure we remain in compliance with regulation across the many
geographies in which we operate.
Jupiter’s response
It is of course imperative that we ensure that Jupiter stays in
compliance with regulations and, with regulatory regimes diverging
across the many markets in which we operate, there is a greater need
for us to have robust control frameworks, as well as subject matter
experts in place to understand the specific requirements.
2023 saw us augment our sustainability and stewardship teams
with several new hires, including a Head of ESG Research and
Integration, as we look to improve upon our strengths in sustainability
and stewardship in both our corporate and investment operations.
In addition, during 2023 we created a new Culture and Conduct
Committee, chaired by our CEO, to ensure our governance framework
around conduct risk is set with the appropriate tone from the top and
seeks to promote protection for our clients.
Context
One of the notable features of 2023 was the transformation of
Artificial Intelligence (AI) from an abstract research topic to
something of tangible, practical importance to businesses.
New AI capabilities support existing development around
automation technologies to present an opportunity to increase both
the efficiency and the sophistication of many processes. However,
all firms must work hard to ensure they focus on the real-world
effectiveness of the technological developments, outside the hype.
Jupiter’s response
Jupiter has placed an emphasis on investing in technology for some
time, recognising the key role it can play in helping us deliver on
our strategic ambitions, particularly around scalability and
reduced complexity.
During 2023, we have onboarded some new software tools to
improve the accuracy and granularity of data available to our
employees. Our ongoing drive to automate processes wherever
applicable has seen our data layer project automate over 100 manual
reports so far. Concurrently, our Intelligent Process Automation team
and cohort of employee ‘citizen developers’ have created over 100
automations to streamline the day-to-day work of our people.
We are also making use of Microsoft’s Copilot AI-driven tools
embedded into Office applications, with Jupiter employees
exploring ways these can enhance workflow efficiency.
Hardware Software Other Total
AI is forecast to see significant growth over the coming decade
Generative AI Revenue Projections ($, millions)
Emissions (tCO
2
e)
2032E2031E2030E2029E2028E2027E2026E2025E2024E2023E202220212020
0
300
600
900
1,200
1,500
REGULATORY CHANGE
AND DIVERGENCE
TECHNOLOGY,
AUTOMATION AND AI
3 4
Link to strategy and risks Link to strategy and risks
P
O
R
T
S
R
Link to risk
Geopolitical risk Regulatory riskPeople risk
Investment performance risk
Sustainability risk
Outsourcing and supplier risk
Technology information security risk
G I
O
P R
S T
Source: Jupiter, Includes Policy Documents, Consultation Papers, Guidance, Reports,
Discussion Papers, Feedback Statement and Guidance Consultations issued by the
FCA or the Bank of England and logged by Jupiter’s Compliance team during 2023.
Source: Bloomberg, Statista, eMarketer, IDC.
The FCA published over 6,500 pages of regulatory material in 2023
Policy Documents
Consultation Papers
Guidance
Reports
Discussion Papers
Feedback Statements
Guidance Consultations
13Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
1. INCREASE
SCALE
...in select geographies
and channels
2. DECREASE
UNDUE
COMPLEXITY
...with costs managed
carefully through a relentless
pursuit of efficiency
3. BROADEN OUR
APPEAL TO
CLIENTS
...with a curated product
offering, while exploring
new methods of delivery
4. DEEPEN
RELATIONSHIPS
WITH ALL
STAKEHOLDERS
...with purpose and
sustainability embedded
in all we do
OUR STRATEGY
Strategic objectives Progress in 2023
Generated gross flows of £3.3bn and net inflows of £1.8bn
from clients in the Institutional channel. Total assets in
the Institutional channel are now £10bn, or 19% of
Group AUM.
Strong, well diversified late-stage pipeline.
AUM from international clients is now £17.9bn or
34% of Group AUM. Additional focus, investment and
prioritisation of key overseas opportunities, including
Germany and Italy.
Largely completed fund rationalisation process, with
attrition rate of only 0.7% of Group AUM, resulting in
around 25% fewer funds.
Invested in technology across the Group, with a focus on
automation. Over 100 Institutional client reports have
been automated and a further 100 processes automated.
Reduced non-compensation costs by 6% since 2022,
creating space to invest for growth. 19% of total cost
base invested in strategic growth areas.
Formation of Client Group, focused on client delivery and
experience.
Fund rationalisation process allowed space for new
product development.
Launched five Thematic funds, managed by the highly
successful systematic equities team.
78% employee engagement score, an increase of seven
percentage points over the year.
Introduced new tiered pricing structure for UK-domiciled
fund range, allowing clients to benefit from economies of
scale as fund assets grow.
Simplified capital allocation framework resulted in
£53m returned to shareholders through ordinary
and special dividends.
STRATEGIC OVERVIEW
14
Assets under management
Net flows
Net management fees
Underlying earnings per share
Cost:income ratio
Total shareholder return
Underlying earnings per share
Cost:income ratio
Total shareholder return
Investment performance
Assets under management
Net flows
Net management fees
Underlying earnings per share
Total shareholder return
Employee engagement
Underlying earnings per share
Total shareholder return
Geopolitical risk
Investment performance risk
Regulatory risk
Technology and information
security risk
Outsourcing and supplier risk
Technology and information
security risk
Investment performance risk
Regulatory risk
Sustainability risk
People risk
Regulatory risk
Sustainability risk
Outsourcing and supplier risk
Links to KPIs Links to key risks
“WE CREATE A BETTER
FUTURE FOR OUR CLIENTS
AND THE PLANET WITH
OUR ACTIVE INVESTMENT
EXCELLENCE.”
15Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
...IN SELECT GEOGRAPHIES AND CHANNELS
Of our four strategic objectives, increasing scale is the most
important. In an industry of declining revenue margins and
increasing regulatory costs, our focus is on building scale and
driving top line revenue growth to sustainably grow the
business over the medium term.
One of our key areas of focus to increase scale is within the
Institutional channel. We generated net inflows in this channel
of £1.8bn this year, which amounts to £3.8bn since the start of 2022.
Institutional clients now entrust us with £10bn of their assets to
manage. This represents 19% of our total Group assets, an increase
from just 10% in 2018. Our pipeline remains strong and we are
partnering with larger, more sophisticated clients. The average
size of our mandates won in 2023 was £500m, five times larger
than in 2021.
OUR STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
Growing our international business is also a key focus. We saw net
inflows this year from clients based outside our home market of the
UK of over £1bn. International clients now represent £17.9bn of AUM,
or 34% of total Group assets, an increase from 25% in 2018. Particular
focus has been on our presence in Germany and Italy, where we have
invested incremental new resource, as well as prioritising central
resources to drive growth.
+£5.4bn
Five year growth in percentage of assets under management
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
2018 20202019 2021 2022 2023
2021 2022 2023
International AUM
since 2018
Institutional AUM
0
5
10
15
20
2018 20202019
34%
of total Group AUM
18%
of total Group AUM
+£5.3bn
since 2018
INCREASE
SCALE...
16
DECREASE UNDUE
COMPLEXITY...
...WITH COSTS MANAGED CAREFULLY THROUGH
A RELENTLESS PURSUIT OF EFFICIENCY
As the industry faces both top line revenue pressures and increasing
operating and regulatory costs, it is key that we run the business
as efficiently as possible and remove all undue complexity across
the Group.
We have instilled a zero-based budgeting mindset across the Group,
carefully and critically analysing all our costs, and ensuring that we
remain laser-focused in our pursuit of efficiency. We have identified
further savings this year, reducing our non-compensation costs by
6% compared to 2022 and 15% over the last two years. This focus
on efficiency has allowed us to reallocate resource to key growth areas,
with 19% of our costs directed towards strategic growth opportunities.
Although an important ongoing discipline, we have now largely
completed our fund rationalisation process, reducing our number of
funds by around 25% and creating a more differentiated, clearer client
proposition. This targeted and carefully managed process resulted in
an attrition rate of only 0.7% of total Group AUM.
We have also invested in better use of technology across the Group,
focusing on automation of manual processes to drive efficiencies.
Within the newly formed Client Group, we have automated the
production and delivery of over 100 bespoke reports for Institutional
clients, which previously relied upon manual processes. A further
100 bespoke processes have been automated through our ‘citizen
developers’ programme, which will continue to expand through 2024.
15%
decrease in non-comp
costs over two years
25%
reduction in total number
of funds
>100
Institutional client reports
now automated
19%
of total cost base
investing for growth
17Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
BROADEN OUR
APPEAL TO CLIENTS...
...WITH A CURATED PRODUCT OFFERING, WHILE
EXPLORING NEW METHODS OF DELIVERY
In order to sustain and to continue to grow the business, it is vital
that we remain an appealing partner with whom to work for a broad
range of clients. First and foremost, that means delivering consistent,
sustainable high-quality investment outcomes for our clients through
our active investment excellence.
We have delivered strong and improving investment performance
this year. 59% of our mutual fund assets outperformed their peer
group median to end December 2023, an eight percentage point
increase from the previous year. More details can be found on
page 32.
Broadening our appeal to clients also means ensuring that we have
an appropriate, distinct and differentiated offering of investment
strategies. The fund rationalisation process has provided us with the
space to develop new products, including the launch of our Thematic
range, managed by our successful systematic equities team. Collectively,
these five funds represent a market opportunity of over £100bn.
The needs of our clients are also fundamentally changing and it is
critical that our business evolves in order to meet these needs.
Clients are increasingly sophisticated and leveraging technology to
conduct thorough due diligence before we become actively involved
in their selection process. They expect a more bespoke form of client
service and reporting and want to see clear, repeatable, sustainable
investment processes.
To meet these new expectations, we have evolved our client-facing
roles into the newly formed Client Group this year. Success will be
driven here not just through selling individual products to our clients,
but rather through engaging in deeper relationships, becoming
a trusted partner and engaging in an ongoing, highly technical
conversation, while leveraging technology to both automate
and personalise much of our reporting. More details on the
Client Group can be found on page 34.
OUR STRATEGIC PRIORITIES CONTINUED
Client
relationship
Global business
development
Client experience
Strategic
business delivery
18
DEEPEN RELATIONSHIPS
WITH ALL STAKEHOLDERS...
...WITH PURPOSE AND SUSTAINABILITY
EMBEDDED IN ALL WE DO
Our final strategic objective is to build, maintain and strengthen
deep relationships with all our stakeholder groups, including our
clients, our shareholders, our people, our regulators and the society
in which we operate.
Jupiter is a people business. It is critical to our future success that
we build and maintain an inclusive culture where everyone can thrive.
We believe that greater strength can be found in diversity of thought,
experience and background and have introduced a number of
initiatives and targets to evolve our business in this respect.
More details on our people and culture can be found on page 52.
We regularly conduct employee ‘pulse’ surveys, to provide an
opportunity for our people to give their views on Jupiter. Three
surveys were conducted in 2023 and we were delighted that our
participation rate and overall engagement score increased over the
year. Most recently, 85% of our people participated with a 78%
engagement score, an increase of seven percentage points over
12 months.
Our clients remain a key stakeholder group and building deeper
relationships with them will be a key focus for the Client Group
through 2024. We also announced this year that we would introduce
tiered pricing for our UK-domiciled fund range, through which our
clients can share the benefits of economies of scale as our individual
funds grow.
Shareholders are also a key stakeholder group, with whom we build
strong relationships. We have simplified and clarified our capital
allocation framework this year, returning £53m through ordinary
and special dividends. More details can be found on page 30.
Dec 22 May 23 Sep 23 Dec 2360
65
70
75
80
85
Percentage of respondents
I would still like to be working at Jupiter in two years’ timeOverall employee engagement
I am proud to say I work for Jupiter If asked, I would recommend to friends and family that Jupiter is a good place to work
71%
76%
78% 78%
77%
80%
78%
76%
74%
77%
72%
70%
71%
78%
79%
78%
19Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
OUR PERFORMANCE
Employee engagement (%)
78%
Net flows (£bn)
£(2.2)bn
Assets under management (£bn)
£52.2bn
Investment performance (%)
59%
Percentage of our mutual fund AUM above their median over three
years after all fees.
59% of mutual fund AUM outperformed their peer group median over
three years (2022: 51%) and 41% was top quartile. The improvement was
driven by two larger funds, the European and UK Income Trust funds,
moving above their median over the period.
The overall performance figure also improved over other time periods.
Over one year, 65% of mutual fund AUM outperformed (2022: 49%)
and over five years, the figure was 66% (2022: 53%). More details can
be found on page 32.
Why this is important: Investment performance is the lead indicator
for our continued success and demonstrates our competitive
advantage in delivering investment excellence for clients.
Net flows are the gross inflows to our investment strategies less
redemptions during the year.
Gross flows remained strong at £13.2bn (2022: £15.1bn), although
demand fell in the second half of the year. Macro uncertainty around
inflation, interest rates and weaker economic growth led to reduced
retail demand for risk assets, particularly towards the end of the year.
We continued to see strong net inflows into the Institutional channel
of £1.8bn, but saw outflows in the retail, wholesale and investment
trust channel of £4.0bn. More details can be found from page 24.
Why this is important: Net flows are a key lagging indicator of
investment success, reflecting our ability to deliver investment
performance that attracts client funds, and to grow our AUM.
More details on the Group’s use of APMs can be found on page 213.
The total value of assets which we manage on behalf of our clients.
Total Group AUM ended the year 4% higher at £52.2bn. Net outflows
of £(2.2)bn were more than offset by positive market movements of
£4.2bn. However, average AUM fell through the year by 3% to £50.9bn
(2022: £52.4bn).
Why this is important: AUM is the basis on which we earn
management fees and how we generate the majority of our revenue.
Growing AUM through investment performance and positive net
flows demonstrates our ability to deliver positive investment
outcomes and to attract and retain clients.
The combined score from a number of key questions in our
employee engagement surveys.
Our employee engagement score for 2023 was 78%, a seven percentage
point increase from 2022. We have conducted ’deep dive’ surveys this
year on our group strategy and assessing our culture. Over the year,
there was a 17 percentage point increase in our people’s understanding
of the Group strategy. The latter highlighted strengths in feeling safe
to speak up with a concern, wellness and flexibility, and celebrating
success. We currently only have three years’ data for this KPI as we
have not historically conducted comparable employee surveys.
More details can be found on page 52.
Why this is important: The overall engagement score is a key metric
for monitoring employee sentiment and demonstrates our ability to
attract and retain talented employees.
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
1
st
quartile 2
nd
quartile
NON-FINANCIAL KPIs
22
23
21
20
19
52.2
50.2
60
59
43
22
23
21
20
19
1841
1140
2137
2842
38 34
22
23
21
78
71
70
22
23
21
20
19
(2.2)
(3.5)
(3.8)
(4)
(4.5)
20
FINANCIAL KPIs
Net management fees (£m)
£354.0m
Cost:income ratio (%)
73%
Underlying earnings per share (p)
14.8p
Total shareholder return
(25)%
OUTCOME KPI
Fees earned from managing our funds, net of payments to our
distribution partners.
Net management fees decreased by 8% in 2023 as a result of lower
average AUM and the impact of changing business mix on the average
net revenue margin.
Why this is important: Net management fees are the largest
component of our revenue and demonstrate our ability to earn
attractive fees by designing and successfully distributing products that
deliver value to clients.
The ratio of total operating costs divided by net revenue,
excluding exceptional items and the impact of performance fees.
The cost:income ratio increased by four percentage points this year
to 73%. Costs have been carefully managed and there has been a 12%
decrease in total operating costs compared to 2022. However, lower
average AUM and lower net revenue management fee margins have
impacted revenue.
Why this is important: The management of the cost:income ratio
demonstrates our ability to manage costs and to drive growth,
within the context of inflationary pressures and falling fee margins.
Underlying profit after tax divided by issued share capital.
Underlying EPS increased by 31% over the period, broadly in line
with the increase in underlying profits before tax.
Why this is important: EPS measures the overall effectiveness of our
business model and drives both our dividend policy and the value
generated for shareholders.
The total return experienced by our shareholders through a
combination of share price movements and capital returned
to shareholders.
In challenging market conditions, our share price fell by just under
30% in 2023. This was partially offset by the return of capital to
shareholders through a total dividend of 9.8 pence per share,
comprising 6.9 pence of ordinary dividends and 2.9 pence
of a special dividend.
Why this is important: Total shareholder return demonstrates our
ability to deliver a positive return to shareholders, through both share
price performance and the distribution of additional capital.
Link to strategic objectives
Increase scale
Decrease undue complexity Broaden our appeal to clients Deepen relationships with all stakeholders
22
23
21
20
19
354.0
384.8
453.7
384.0
370.0
22
23
21
20
19
73
69
61
62
58
22
23
21
20
19
(25)
(42)
(2)
(26)
50
22
23
21
20
19
14.8
11.3
31.7
28.7
28.8
21Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
OUR BUSINESS MODEL
WHO WE ARE
THE VALUE WE CREATE
Truly active,
high-conviction
investment
management
Client-led
philosophy, focused
on exemplary client
delivery & experience
Industry-leading
talent in a culture
where everyone
can thrive
Jupiter is a specialist, high-conviction, active asset manager. We create a better future for our
clients and the planet with our active investment excellence.
OUR CLIENTS
Investment performance
after all fees
We help our clients to meet
their long-term investment
goals, by delivering investment
outperformance after fees.
OUR EMPLOYEES
Individual engagement
We have a culture that attracts
and develops talent.
We support and challenge our
people to continuously develop.
OUR SHAREHOLDERS
Total returns
We balance investment for
growth of the business with
making returns to shareholders.
OUR COMMUNITIES
Stewardship
We actively engage with the
companies in which we invest
and are focused on the
sustainability of both
investee companies and
our own business.
9.8p
Total dividend
78%
Employee engagement
59%
Mutual fund
investment performance
508
Shareholder resolutions
on ESG issues
BUSINESS MODEL
22
WHAT WE DO
HOW WE DO IT
We create a better
future for our clients
and the planet with
our active investment
excellence
We are fundamentally a people business. We seek to build a diverse employee base
and an inclusive culture where everyone can thrive and achieve their full potential.
Efficient operating
model
We are focused on driving efficiency
through a single operating platform, which
we continue to develop to remove undue
complexity and to adapt as market
conditions evolve.
Governance
and control environment
We have a robust governance and control
environment, which helps us to manage
risk effectively and maintain operational
resilience and efficiency.
Scalable technology
platform
We continue to invest in technology and
data, with a focus on automation, across
the Group to improve efficiency and
remove undue complexity.
BUILD DEEP
RELATIONSHIPS
WITH OUR
CLIENTS
TAILOR OUR
INVESTMENT
EXPERTISE
TO MEET OUR
CLIENTS’ NEEDS
ACTIVELY
MANAGE
INVESTMENTS TO
DELIVER SUSTAINABLE
PERFORMANCE
TO CLIENTS
Page 34
Page 34
Page 32
23Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
STRATEGIC PROGRESS DESPITE
AN UNCERTAIN ENVIRONMENT
In a challenging year, our focus on balancing cost
control with maintaining appropriate investment
in growth areas has been key in enabling us to
pursue our strategic objectives for the benefit
of our stakeholders in the long term.
It has been another year of significant change. Against a
backdrop of continuing market and geopolitical uncertainty,
investor appetite for risk assets inevitably impacted flows
and therefore revenues, particularly in the second half.
Whilst we cannot control the market or investor
sentiment, we do have the ability to continue to
be forward-looking and invest in areas of long-term
business growth, helped by our balance sheet
strength. Alongside this, we have actively
pursued efficiencies, such as introducing
automation into our key processes and
leveraging existing technology, rationalising
our product offering, building scale into our
institutional and international businesses and
controlling our cost base, in line with our stated
strategic objectives. We believe that this approach
gives us a solid and disciplined base from which
we can achieve our goal of delivering long-term
sustainable growth both for our clients and
our shareholders.
Underlying profit before tax for the year, defined as
the statutory profit before tax excluding exceptional
items (see APMs on page 214), was £105.2m, an increase
of 36% on 2022. Excluding the impact of performance fees,
there was a decrease in profitability of £2.8m, reflecting
lower management fee revenues, offset by cost savings, net
gains on seed and interest earned on cash invested in money
market funds. Despite the volatile market conditions and low levels
of retail client demand for risk-exposed products, we saw strong net
flows from Institutional clients in line with our strategic focus. This,
combined with good investment performance and favourable market
movements, resulted in AUM ending the year 4% higher at £52.2bn.
FINANCIAL REVIEW
Wayne Mepham
Chief Financial & Operating Officer
“Underlying profit before tax for
the year was £105.2m, an increase
of 36% on 2022.”
24
We continue to present separately the impact of exceptional
costs arising from the Merian acquisition on the Group’s underlying
profitability as well as the impairment of goodwill across our single
cash-generating unit (CGU). This impairment mainly arises from
higher costs of capital, but also reflects the impact of lower retail
demand across all our capabilities in the short term. Separately, Merian
amortisation charges in respect of intangible assets are scheduled to
cease in June 2024. We have also continued to disclose our underlying
results, excluding the impact of performance fees due to the mismatch
that results from accounting for the fee income and costs associated
with that income in different time periods. The additional disclosure is
intended to help users better understand our financial performance,
including profits from ongoing revenues. Statutory PBT was down from
£58.0m to £9.4m after the deduction of exceptional items of £95.8m
(2022: £19.6m). Exceptional items includes a charge of £76.2m in respect
of goodwill impairment.
Underlying EPS, defined as underlying profit after tax excluding
non-controlling interests divided by the weighted average number
of shares in issue (see APMs on page 213), was up 31% to 14.8p (2022:
11.3p). Basic statutory EPS decreased from 8.9p to a loss of 2.5p.
Macroeconomic and political uncertainty continued to dominate
the markets. However, despite this, fiscal pressure on households,
companies and governments remains. As a result, client preferences
during the year were mainly for low-risk products, such as returns on
cash deposits, which are at levels last seen in 2008.
AUM ended the year at £52.2bn, a £2.0bn increase on the prior year,
driven by market appreciation, despite the changeable market
environment, partially offset by net outflows. Gross client flows
were stronger in the first half of the year, but momentum slowed
in the second half as retail client demand weakened. For the year
as a whole, gross flows were down £1.9bn year-on-year at £13.2bn.
Net institutional flows were once again positive at £1.8bn (2022:
£2.0bn), but this was outweighed by retail outflows of £4.0bn,
reflecting a lack of demand in clients for risk assets, particularly
in the final quarter.
Investment performance showed a marked improvement across
all measurement periods. 59% of mutual funds outperformed their
peers over a three-year period, up from 51% in 2022. Over five years,
outperformance was 66% compared to 53% in 2022, and over one
year, it was 65% compared with 49%.
The main drivers of the increase in the three-year number were two
of our larger funds, European Growth and the Income Trust, moving
above their median over the period.
The most significant increase was in the one-year number, which rose
by 16 percentage points. This was driven by our three largest funds,
Dynamic Bond, European and Strategic Bond, now being above their
median, having performed better than many of their peers.
Of our 12 funds above £1bn in AUM, nine are outperforming over three
years. The three that are not above median over three years are now
doing so over one year.
As an active asset manager, we accept that our investment managers
often have views that differ from the consensus. This may lead to
periods of underperformance but, on long-term performance metrics,
we know we need excellent investment performance if we are to
maintain our position as a leading active asset manager. We therefore
remain focused on ensuring even stronger service to our clients.
That includes investment performance returning to higher levels
in the short to medium term.
2023 2022
Before performance
fees
£m
Performance
fee profits
£m
Total
£m
Before performance
fees
£m
Performance
fee losses
£m
Total
£m
Net revenue 355.6 13.2 368.8 387.0 10.3 397.3
Fixed staff costs (78.1) (78.1) (82.4) (82.4)
Variable staff costs
1, 2
(72.8) (6.4) (79.2) (70.6) (33.9) (104.5)
Non-compensation costs (107.3) (107.3) (114.6) (114.6)
Administrative expenses
2
(258.2) (6.4) (264.6) (267.6) (33.9) (301.5)
Other gains/(losses) 3.2 3.2 (9.7) (9.7)
Amortisation of intangible assets
3
(1.8) (1.8) (2.2) (2.2)
Operating profit before exceptional items 98.8 6.8 105.6 107.5 (23.6) 83.9
Net finance costs (0.4) (0.4) (6.3) (6.3)
Profit before taxation and exceptional items 98.4 6.8 105.2 101.2 (23.6) 77.6
Exceptional items (95.8) (95.8) (19.6) (19.6)
Statutory profit before tax 2.6 6.8 9.4 81.6 (23.6) 58.0
1. Variable costs in respect of performance fee profits/(losses) in 2023 mainly relate to the accounting charge for deferred bonus awards made in respect of 2023 performance
fee revenues (2022: mainly in respect of 2021 performance fee revenues).
2. Variable staff costs and Administrative expenses exclude £0.8m classified as exceptional (2022: £0.8m).
3. Amortisation of intangible assets excludes £18.8m classified as exceptional (2022: £18.8m).
25Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
Throughout the year, we have aimed to maintain focus on all the
controllable aspects of our business and to advance the execution of
our strategy: to increase scale, reduce undue complexity, broaden our
appeal to clients, and deepen relationships with our stakeholders.
To achieve these goals, the Group is committed to investment in its
clients, its systems and its people. We maintain a disciplined approach
to project spend through investment in the most important areas of
growth, but our balance sheet strength enables us to take a long-term
view when planning for the future.
The Group continues to hold healthy levels of liquid assets and capital.
In early 2023, we completed the £10m share buyback we had begun in
October 2022, purchasing and subsequently cancelling a further 1.4m
of our ordinary shares. In order to fulfil a commitment to distribute
70% of the Group’s underlying profits in respect of 2021 and 2022,
we had intended to undertake a further £16m programme in 2023.
After consultation with shareholders, this was replaced by a special
dividend of 2.9p per share which was paid in September 2023.
The Group’s stated dividend policy of paying out 50% of our
underlying earnings excluding performance fees as ordinary
dividends is unchanged. We have also retained our commitment to
make additional returns of capital on a less frequent basis, determined
by the capital needs of the business. We believe this is a sustainable
position, balancing investment in the business and retention of
adequate levels of liquidity with appropriate returns to shareholders
at the right time.
The macroeconomic environment continues to be challenging, but our
focus will continue to be on those aspects of our business that we can
control and building positive momentum to grow the business.
Movement in AUM by product (£bn) 31-Dec-23 Net flows
Market and
other
movements 31-Dec-22
Retail, wholesale and
investment trusts 42.2 (4.0) 2.8 43.4
Institutional 10.0 1.8 1.4 6.8
Total 52.2 (2.2) 4.2 50.2
of which is invested in
mutual funds 38.1 (3.9) 2.7 39.3
ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT
AUM increased by 4% to end the year at £52.2bn (2022: £50.2bn).
Average AUM over the year was £50.9bn, a decrease of 3% on 2022.
Gross flows were £13.2bn, down on the £15.1bn seen last year. For the
first two quarters of the year, gross inflows were trending upwards,
at £7.7bn, significantly higher than the first half of 2022, boosted by
Institutional flows, but demand was more subdued in the second half
as retail demand for risk assets weakened.
In the Institutional channel, gross client flows of £3.3bn came from a
number of different geographical regions, with sizeable mandate wins
in both the first and second halves of the year. Success in this area will
not be linear and we do not expect to see significant mandates funding
every reporting period. We do expect some attrition in the short term
as a result of personnel changes in the management of some segregated
mandates, but our confidence in the business remains strong and we
have a significant late-stage pipeline, some of which we expect to
convert to flows over the next 12 months.
Total net outflows in the year were £2.2bn, down from £3.5bn in 2022.
All of the £2.2bn net outflows occurred in the second half of the year.
We saw net positive flows in the 12-month period to 30 June 2023, the first
net positive 12 months since the first quarter of 2018. We generated positive
net inflows in the Institutional channel of £1.8bn, principally in the first half.
In Retail, wholesale and investment trusts, client redemptions were
spread across multiple strategies, reflecting the ongoing risk-off investor
sentiment in the UK retail market. Our UK retail business continued
to be the source of the majority of our net outflows, with £2.9bn,
predominantly from UK and European equities. Within fixed income,
with the widespread availability of high rates of interest on cash,
our international unconstrained fixed income product saw net
outflows of £1.4bn, but finished the year with very strong performance.
The UK version of this fund saw net outflows of £0.8bn, spiking in the
second quarter as bank deposit rates hit their peaks. Strong investment
performance contributed to the achievement of positive flows in our
India, Asian Income and Japan Income funds.
We saw continuing strong signs of momentum in our Institutional
business, with net inflows of £1.8bn, principally in the first half year,
reflecting the investment we have made in terms of hiring, systems
and client servicing. We expect to see a similar pattern on an ongoing
basis – that is, non-linear flows due to the timing of client funding.
These flows were diversified by region and investment strategy, but
also in size of mandate. Institutional clients now make up 19% of the
Group’s AUM, an increase of five percentage points in the year.
A number of external agencies assess the Group’s ESG risk. We
retained our listing on the FTSE4Good Index Series and achieved an
AAA score from MSCI and an A- rating from CDP, which continues
to position us in the leadership category, according to CDP’s
methodology. The full set of ESG ratings for 2023 can be found in
the Group’s Sustainability Update, available from our website at
www.jupiteram.com.
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED
“We are maintaining our focus on all
the controllable aspects of our
business and advancing the
execution of our strategy...to
increase scale, reduce undue
complexity, broaden our appeal to
clients, and deepen relationships
with our stakeholders.”
26
In October 2023, as part of our strategic focus on broadening our appeal
to clients, we announced our intention to implement a tiered pricing
structure across our UK-domiciled fund range. This becomes effective
in February 2024, and will provide better alignment with our clients,
allowing them to benefit from economies of scale as the overall size of a
fund grows. This is expected to reduce margins in 2024 by 1.5bps to 2bps
excluding any ongoing impact resulting from changes to business mix.
Performance fees were at similar levels to last year at £13.2m (2022:
£10.3m). We have eight funds which have the potential to generate
performance fees, along with a number of segregated mandates.
ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
Against a backdrop of price inflation and lower revenues, cost
control continued to be a key focus during the year. We also
remained focused on retaining an operating model centred around
our clients, with a clear focus on risk management, reducing undue
complexity through investment in technology and automation, and
continued investment in key areas of growth.
In addition, cost control needs to be balanced with offering our staff a
compensation package that enables the Group to remain competitive
in attracting and retaining talent both now and as the market
environment improves.
Total administrative expenses (including exceptional items) were
£265.4m, down 12% from £302.3m in 2022, of which £6.4m related to
performance fees (2022: £33.9m). The remainder of the saving was a
result of our ongoing focus on cost control and efficiency across
the Group.
As in previous years, we have separately presented certain
administrative expenses as exceptional items. These are covered
in more detail on page 28.
As a high-conviction, active asset manager, we believe that ongoing
engagement with investee companies and holding boards to account
plays an important role in preserving and enhancing the value of assets
we manage for our clients.
NET REVENUE
Although financial markets generally finished the year more strongly
than they had started, there were periods of volatility in between, with
equity and fixed income indices experiencing heavy losses at different
points in the year. The biggest recovery occurred in the fourth quarter,
leading to an increase in closing AUM year-on-year, but we still
experienced a decrease in average AUM. This was due to the lower
market levels that had persisted for much of the year, as well as 2022
average AUM having benefited from a higher starting position. Revenues
were down on 2022 levels, reflecting this as well as the lower average
fee rates that mainly resulted from a change in business mix.
Revenue in the year was £405.6m (2022: £443.5m), with net revenues
of £368.8m (2022: £397.3m), of which performance fees contributed
£13.2m (2022: £10.3m). Net revenue comprises revenue less fees and
commissions payable to third parties (see APMs on page 214).
Net revenue (£m) 2023 2022
Net management fees 354.0 384.8
Net initial charges 1.6 2.2
Performance fees 13.2 10.3
Net revenue 368.8 397.3
Revenue 405.6 443.5
Net management fees, comprising management fees less fees and
commissions payable to third parties on those fees (see APMs on page
214), decreased by £30.8m to £354.0m, driven by lower average AUM,
which was £1.5bn lower at £50.9bn.
Our average net management fee margin reduced from 73.5bps in
2022 to 69.5bps for 2023. This reduction was broadly in line with our
expectations, driven by an increase in AUM in lower-margin business,
including significant net inflows into our Institutional business in the
second half of 2022 and the first half of 2023. As the Group continues
its transition to a greater weighting towards Institutional business, we
expect further downward pressure on this measure. Our focus is on
building scale in select areas, growing our existing business and pursuing
other opportunities for growth that will drive increases in absolute
revenue and profits, but which will come with a lower average net
management fee margin for the Group.
Net revenue
£368.8m
2022: £397.3m
Revenue
£405.6m
2022: £443.5m
27Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
Costs by category (£m) 2023 2022
Fixed staff costs
1
78.1 82.4
Variable staff costs before performance
fee-related costs
1
72.8 70.6
Other expenses
1
107.3 114.6
Administrative expenses before performance
fee-related costs
1
258.2 267.6
Performance fee-related variable staff costs 6.4 33.9
Administrative expenses
2
264.6 301.5
Exceptional items 0.8 0.8
Administrative expenses 265.4 302.3
Total compensation ratio before performance
fees
1
42% 40%
Total compensation ratio
2
43% 47%
Cost:income ratio
1
73% 69%
1. Stated before exceptional items and performance fees (see APMs on page 214).
2. Stated before exceptional items (see APMs on page 214).
Before performance fee-related variable staff costs and exceptional
items, administrative expenses were £258.2m (2022: £267.6m), 4% lower
than in 2022.
Our fixed staff costs decreased from £82.4m in 2022 to £78.1m in 2023,
substantially due to the non-recurrence of the £4.1m redundancy
programme expense recognised in 2022 and the resulting cost control
measures we implemented, partially offset by salary inflation. Total
headcount has decreased from 522 at the start of the year to 512 on
1 January 2024 on a full-time equivalent basis. Average headcount for
the Group in 2023 decreased from 572 to 527. Our focus remains on
maintaining a robust process on assessing headcount needs, aligned
to the scale and needs of the business and our clients.
As in previous years, operational agility is at the centre of our approach
to cost management, as well as ensuring we attract and retain talented
people and have a robust control environment.
Variable staff costs (£m) 2023 2022
Variable staff costs before performance
fee-related costs and exceptional items 72.8 70.6
Performance fee-related variable staff costs 6.4 33.9
Variable staff costs before exceptional items 79.2 104.5
Exceptional items 0.8 0.8
Variable staff costs 80.0 105.3
Variable staff costs before performance fee-related costs and
exceptional items increased from £70.6m to £72.8m. The increase
mainly reflects accounting accruals and adjustments relating to
incentive awards and the impact of changes to the share price on
certain elements of deferred bonus awards made in the form of
Jupiter shares.
Performance fee-related variable staff costs were £6.4m,
significantly lower than 2022, as changes in the value of Chrysalis
shares held by the Group to hedge compensation awards had the
effect of substantially front-loading the performance fee-related
charge into 2021 and 2022, as well as other adjustments to amounts
to be paid.
Of the current year charge, only £2.4m relates to prior year awards.
Going forward, in the absence of substantial performance fee income
earnings, we expect such charges to continue at similarly lower levels.
The Group’s total compensation ratio including all performance
fee-related compensation decreased from 47% to 43%, reflecting the
movement from performance fee losses in 2022 to profits in 2023.
The Group’s total compensation ratio before performance fees and
exceptional items increased from 40% to 42%, mainly reflecting the
impact of lower net revenue excluding performance fees earned in
the year.
Other expenses have decreased by £7.3m to £107.3m, due partly to
a reduction in costs that are largely linked to AUM levels, but also
through direct management actions of driving value from our
suppliers, finding efficiencies and lower discretionary spend.
The Group’s cost:income ratio increased from 69% to 73%. This is
largely driven by the 8% decrease in management fees only partially
offset by cost reductions in the year.
EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS
Exceptional items are items of income or expenditure that are
significant in size and which are not expected to repeat over the
short to medium term. Such items have been separately presented to
enable a better understanding of the Group’s financial performance.
Where appropriate, such items may be recognised over multiple
accounting periods.
In 2023, exceptional items were £95.8m (2022: £19.6m), of which £76.2m
related to an impairment charge in respect of the Group’s goodwill
asset. The Group performs impairment tests at least annually in
respect of goodwill acquired as part of its business combinations
involving Knightsbridge Asset Management Limited (2007) and Merian
Global Investors Limited (2020). The test compares the carrying value
of the CGU of which the acquired businesses form part to the net
present value of the Group’s future earnings, as described in Note 11 to
the accounts. As a result of the challenging economic environment,
including higher costs of capital and lower levels of retail demand, the
Group’s judgement was that the value of the goodwill asset at 31
December 2023 had fallen below that of its carrying value. As a result,
an impairment charge of £76.2m was recognised. This is a non-cash
item and does not impact the Group’s regulatory capital or liquidity
position, or its ability to pay external dividends.
The remainder of the exceptional charges in both 2022 and 2023
comprised costs related to the Merian acquisition.
Exceptional items (£m) 2023 2022
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 18.8 18.8
Deferred compensation costs 0.8 0.8
Impairment of goodwill 76.2
Exceptional items 95.8 19.6
The acquired intangible asset of £75.0m relating to the Merian acquisition
in 2020 is being amortised over four years. An annualised charge of £18.8m
(2022: £18.8m) is therefore expected to be recognised until June 2024.
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED
28
EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS)
The Group’s basic and diluted statutory EPS measures were both
losses of (2.5)p in 2023, compared with earnings of 8.9p and 8.8p
respectively in 2022. Underlying EPS was up 3.5p at 14.8p (2022: 11.3p).
Excluding performance fee (profits)/losses, underlying EPS was down
0.9p at 13.8p (2022: 14.7p).
(£m) 2023 2022
Statutory profit before tax 9.4 58.0
Exceptional items 95.8 19.6
Performance fee (profits)/losses (6.8) 23.6
Underlying profit before tax before
performance fee (profits)/losses 98.4 101.2
Tax at average statutory rate of 23.5%/19% (23.1) (19.2)
Underlying profit after tax before
performance fee (profits)/losses 75.3 82.0
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests - (0.6)
Underlying profit after tax before
performance fee (profits)/losses excluding
non-controlling interests 75.3 81.4
Statutory profit before tax 9.4 58.0
Exceptional items 95.8 19.6
Underlying profit before tax 105.2 77.6
Tax at average statutory rate of 23.5%/19% (24.7) (14.7)
Underlying profit after tax 80.5 62.9
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests - (0.6)
Underlying profit after tax excluding non-
controlling interests 80.5 62.3
Weighted average issued share capital 545.0 552.4
Underlying EPS before performance fee
(profits)/losses 13.8p 14.7p
Underlying EPS 14.8p 11.3p
Basic EPS (2.5)p 8.9p
The weighted average issued share capital takes account of the
repurchase and cancellation programme that began in 2022 and
was completed on 20 January 2023, resulting in the reduction of
8.1m shares in issue.
The Group incurred acquisition costs in the form of deferred earn-out
awards to certain former Merian shareholders. These were required
to be treated as compensation costs as they included employment
criteria and were charged over a three-year period to 1 July 2023.
OTHER INCOME STATEMENT MOVEMENTS
Other gains of £3.2m (2022: losses of £9.7m) comprised gains on seed
investments, net of hedges and dividend income.
FINANCE INCOME AND COSTS
Finance income of £5.8m (2022: £0.3m) principally related to interest
earned on the Group’s AAA-rated money market fund investments.
Finance costs of £6.2m (2022: £6.6m) primarily comprised the interest
charge on the Group’s £50m subordinated debt issued in April 2020
and the unwinding of discounted lease liabilities.
PROFIT BEFORE TAX (PBT)
Statutory PBT for the year decreased by 84% to £9.4m (2022: £58.0m),
principally as a result of 2023 goodwill impairment charges of £76.2m.
Excluding exceptional items and net performance fees, underlying PBT
decreased by 3% to £98.4m (2022: £101.2m) mainly due to lower levels
of net revenue substantially offset by lower administrative expenses
and higher seed gains and interest receipts.
TAX EXPENSE
The effective tax rate for 2023 on statutory PBT was 237.2% (2022:
17.4%), higher than the headline UK corporation tax rate of 23.5% (2022:
19.0%). The difference is due to goodwill impairment charges not being
eligible for tax relief.
Jupiter has been awarded accreditation from the Fair Tax Foundation
for the second year. It is a testament to our firm’s commitment to do
the right thing in relation to our tax conduct and how we seek
transparency of our tax affairs for the benefit of our clients and other
stakeholders. Our published tax strategy is available from our website
at www.jupiteram.com.
“Jupiter has been awarded accreditation
from the Fair Tax Foundation for the
second year. It is a testament to our
firm’s commitment to do the right
thing in relation to our tax conduct.”
29Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
CASH FLOW
The Group generated positive operating cash flows after tax in 2023
of £88.0m (2022: £162.3m). This represents 102% of operating profit, in
line with previous years apart from 2022, when the impact of adjusting
for losses on hedges of performance fee awards resulted in flows
representing 252% of operating profit. Net outflows from investing
activities of £56.6m (2022: net inflows of £35.1m) principally comprise
net purchases of financial instruments to hedge fund awards and net
acquisitions of investments by consolidated funds. Outflows from
financing activities of £42.4m (2022: £117.0m) included dividend
payments of £35.2m (2022: £90.2m) made to shareholders and £24.5m
(2022: £21.4m) of shares purchased by the Employee Benefit Trust (EBT)
to hedge deferred compensation awards to employees in the form of
Jupiter shares. The net decrease in cash in the period was £11.0m (2022:
£80.4m increase).
ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The Group’s cash position at the year-end date was £268.2m (31
December 2022: £280.3m) as a result of net cash receipts from
operations being offset by dividend payments to shareholders, seed
investments and payments to the EBT to acquire shares to hedge
deferred bonus awards to employees.
The Group’s issued debt of £50m is repayable in July 2030 or, at the
Group’s option, from April 2025. The revolving credit facility (RCF) of
£40m provides additional access to liquidity. The three-year facility
was effective from April 2023. It was not drawn in the year.
SEED INVESTMENTS
We deploy seed capital into funds to support their growth, to ensure
an effective launch and to accelerate the process of raising assets over
critical size thresholds. As at 31 December 2023, we had a total
investment in Jupiter funds of £87.5m (31 December 2022: £72.6m) at
fair value. This increased by £53m in February 2024, as we injected
catalyst funding into our Asia Pacific Income and Global High Yield
Bond funds in order to help build scale. We have a Board-approved
limit of up to £200m of seed capital funds (at cost), and we anticipate
that additional catalyst funding investments will be made in the near
future to seed growth opportunities.
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The Group continues to maintain large surpluses over its regulatory
capital requirements at both consolidated and individual entity levels.
In 2023, total dividends paid to shareholders were £35.2m against
£12.9m statutory loss after tax, which is net of £95.8m of exceptional
items after tax which have had no impact on regulatory capital or
distributable profits.
Funding of the EBT, net of charges relating to share-based payments,
and tax movements in reserves reduced reserves by a further £24.5m
in the year. The net movement in total shareholders’ equity was a
decrease of £54.4m to £789.5m.
The parent company of the Group, Jupiter Fund Management plc, has
distributable profits of £229.5m (2022: £121.6m). The payment of
dividends by regulated entities within the Group and by Jupiter Fund
Management plc is limited by regulatory capital and liquidity
requirements.
The Group seeks to maintain a balance between providing returns to
shareholders and maintaining sufficient capital and cash reserves to
support its business activities. As well as providing sufficient liquidity
to be able to meet all its liabilities as they fall due, the Group’s working
capital provides funding for seed investments to support both new
and existing fund products and strategies.
DIVIDENDS AND RETURNS OF CAPITAL
In January 2023, we completed our £10.0m share buyback programme to
repurchase and subsequently cancel shares.
In February 2023, we proposed a share buyback programme of
£16.0m in order to fulfil a commitment of returning at least 70%
of cumulative underlying EPS for 2021 and 2022 to shareholders.
However, after consultation with shareholders, the distribution was
instead achieved through the declaration and payment of a special
dividend during the summer.
The Group has an ordinary dividend policy of paying out 50% of
pre-performance fee underlying earnings. The Board’s capital
allocation policy is to make additional returns to shareholders on a
periodic basis, based on the capital needs of the business for growth
and a healthy regulatory surplus. This policy, as part of the Group’s
overall capital allocation framework, allows us to return capital to
shareholders on a clear and sustainable basis.
In line with this policy, the Board has proposed a final ordinary
dividend of 3.4p, taking full-year ordinary dividends for 2023 to 6.9p.
The Board seeks approval for the final dividend at the AGM on
9 May 2024.
We continue to maintain a strong balance sheet which will enable us
to support investment in growth areas or be returned to shareholders.
In line with our capital allocation framework, we will continue to keep
the capital needs of the business under review and make periodic
additional returns of capital when we deem this to be appropriate.
In line with our stated policy, we anticipate these returns will normally
be made every two to three years, with the most recent return of
capital paid in 2023.
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED
“The Group seeks to maintain a balance between
providing returns to shareholders and maintaining
sufficient capital and cash reserves to support its
business activities.”
30
Throughout the year the Board assesses progress by reviewing forecasts
compared to the budget and longer-term projections compared to
the financial plan. The current year forecast and longer-term financial
projections are regularly updated as appropriate and consider the
Group’s profitability, cash flows, dividend payments, share purchases,
seed investments and other key internal and external variables. Scenario
analysis is also performed as part of both the Group’s financial planning
process and within the Group’s ICARA, which is approved by the Board.
These scenarios evaluate the potential impact of severe but plausible
occurrences, which reflect the Group’s risk profile and identify and
model appropriate and realistic management actions that could be
taken to mitigate the impact of the scenarios on capital and liquidity.
In the most recent ICARA, approved by the Board in July 2023,
scenarios included:
sustained market downturn arising from a geopolitical event
combined with an operational risk event and a significant loss in
the seed portfolio;
sustained market downturn arising from a geopolitical event
combined with the departure of a key investment manager; and
the failure of internal policies, leading to a regulatory breach and
the departure of a key investment manager.
Primary management actions to relieve stresses on the Group’s
ability to operate during these scenarios are reductions in variable
compensation costs, reducing returns to shareholders, and disposal,
where possible, of seed investments to provide additional liquidity.
The Group also considers the correlation between different levels
of AUM and profitability, modelling the impact of and sensitivity to
market movements which directly affect the value of AUM and
therefore the Group’s revenues.
We believe that the statement of viability continues to reflect our
internal financial planning, budgeting, forecasting, review and challenge
processes which assess profitability, as well as those through which we
assess risk exposures arising from the implementation of the Group’s
operational strategy.
The Strategic report found on pages 1-71 has been duly approved
by the Board and signed on its behalf by:
Wayne Mepham
Chief Financial & Operating Officer
21 February 2024
LIQUIDITY
The Group’s liquidity comprises cash available for use in the business,
supported by an undrawn RCF of up to £40m. The current RCF expires
in April 2026. The Group maintains a consistent liquidity management
model, with liquidity requirements monitored carefully against the
existing and longer-term obligations of the Group.
STATEMENT OF VIABILITY
In accordance with provision 31 of the 2018 Corporate Governance
Code, the Directors have assessed the prospects of the Group over
a longer period than the minimum 12 months required by the Going
Concern provision.
The Directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation that the
Group will continue to operate and meet its liabilities, as they fall due,
at least until 31 December 2026.
The Board’s viability assessment is based on information known today,
the Group’s current position and strategy, the Board’s risk appetite, the
Group’s financial plans and forecasts, and the Group’s principal risks and
how these are managed, as detailed in the Risk management report
starting on page 64.
The Group defines its long-term strategic planning objectives over
five years and this is underpinned by a rolling five-year financial plan,
the first year of which is the current year budget. The further into
the future the planning horizon is, the greater the level of uncertainty
in the financial projections. Therefore, the Group uses a three-year
period in assessing viability in order to be consistent with the
minimum period used in the Group’s Internal Capital Adequacy
and Risk Assessment (ICARA) and financial projections, and because
it has a sharper focus than the full five-year rolling financial plan.
The rolling financial plan incorporates both the Group’s strategy and
principal risks and is reviewed by the Board at least annually when the
budget for the following year is approved.
In exceptional circumstances, the Board reviews and approves
structural changes to the budget intra-year. These formal approval
processes are underpinned by regular Board and management
committee discussions of strategy and risks, in the normal course
of business.
Details of the key risks faced by the Group, and the strategies in
place to mitigate exposure to them, can be found in Our approach
to risk management, beginning on page 64.
31Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
DELIVERING HIGH QUALITY
INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE
We do not have a house view at Jupiter and there is no CIO
office which dictates positions on any region, style or investment
opportunities. Instead, we empower our investment professionals
with a high degree of autonomy to follow their convictions, within
the confines of rigorous risk and operational policies and processes.
AN IMPROVING TREND IN
INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE
Markets continued to be challenging for active asset managers in 2023,
despite the prior year’s volatility subsiding. Bond yields remained little
changed from the start of the year and equities generally moved
higher, although the UK market lagged the global recovery.
However, in many cases, market movements were highly correlated,
with macro events driving performance often more than underlying
fundamentals. Concerns over inflation, interest rates and economic
growth have driven client demand and in many regions have resulted in
a broad risk-off sentiment, particularly from retail and wholesale clients.
Despite these challenges, we are pleased to report that our overall
investment performance improved over all key time periods
through 2023.
Over three years, which is our Group KPI, 59% of our mutual fund
AUM outperformed its peer group median after all fees. This is an
increase from 51% in 2022.
Over one year, the outperformance figure is 65%, compared to 49%
for 2022. More longer term, over a five year period, 66% of mutual
fund AUM is now above median, compared to 53% in 2022.
Over the three year period, the most significant drivers of the
improvement in the aggregate performance figure were the
European Growth and Income Trust funds. Together, these
account for around £2.3bn of AUM and both moved above
their peer group median during the period.
A number of our strategies continue to deliver exceptional
investment performance. 41% of our mutual fund AUM is in the first
quartile over three years and two thirds of those assets are in the top
decile. These are across a range of asset classes and include Strategic
Absolute Return Bond and Global High Yield bond funds, Asian
Income and our Indian equity strategies, and the Merlin Balanced
and Growth funds.
The growth in the one year figure was primarily driven by our three
largest funds moving above their median: the European fund and the
two vehicles in our flagship unconstrained fixed income strategy,
Dynamic Bond and Strategic Bond. After a period of relative
underperformance through 2022, having taken a non-consensus
view on inflation expectations, it is encouraging to see the funds
return to stronger performance, which is often seen as a lead
indicator of potential flows.
At Jupiter, our purpose is clear. We exist to create
better futures for our clients and the planet with
our active investment excellence.
In order to achieve this, we remain committed to truly active asset
management. Our talented investment professionals take high-conviction
positions in the companies and assets in which we invest.
We have a diverse and differentiated offering for our clients across
a broad range of investment styles, asset classes and investment
universes. We do not seek to provide ‘waterfront’ coverage, but
rather focus only on those specialist strategies where we believe
we can differentiate ourselves and provide the best outcomes for
clients. This year, we have continued to rationalise our fund range,
ensuring that our offering remains differentiated. More details can
be found on page 34.
32
As a result, our investment teams take an approach towards active
ownership that best reflects their investment style and asset class.
The teams define the materiality of ESG-related issues, which then
influence many aspects of their investment processes including
stock selection and allocation, stewardship and engagement.
Active engagement with our investee companies plays a key
role in delivering positive outcomes for our clients and holding the
companies in which we invest to a high standard is an important part
of our stewardship responsibilities. Through 2023, we engaged on 283
occasions with companies on ESG-related issues and we maintained
our signatory status to the Stewardship Code. More details on our
engagement with investee companies can be found from page 36.
We also believe that climate change represents a material long-term
systemic risk for our business and for our investments. Although
we recognise that the pathway to net zero will not be easy and
will be non-linear, our investment approach focuses on increasing
the alignment of our investee companies with net zero over time.
As a signatory to the Net Zero Asset Management (NZAM) initiative,
we have committed to operating our business and managing our
assets on a net zero emission basis by 2050 or sooner.
The overall aggregate outperformance figure is still not where we
would want it to be, but we are pleased to observe the improving
trend over all time periods. As is inevitable with a broad and diverse
range of investment strategies, there remain isolated pockets of
performance challenges, but overall our investment strategies are
broadly performing as we and our clients would expect given their
investing style and the prevailing market environment.
We will continue this focus on delivering investment performance
for our clients and deepening our relationships with this key
stakeholder group.
CONTINUED PERFORMANCE
ACROSS LARGER FUNDS
Our largest funds continue to deliver excellent performance for
our clients.
We manage 12 funds with over £1bn of AUM. Of these, nine have
outperformed over the key three year time period with seven in
the top quartile of their peer group.
As discussed above, the three which are below their median over
three years (Dynamic Bond, Strategic Bond and the European fund)
are now all above over one year.
UK Special Situations, Merlin Growth, Global Equity Absolute Return
and Asian Income are all delivering top quartile performance over one,
three and five years.
Strategies within our alternatives range also continue to perform well,
with Global Equity Absolute Return and Strategic Absolute Return
Bond both delivering positive absolute performance through the year.
A number of our relatively sub-scale fixed income strategies continue
to deliver excellent performance, with Global High Yield and Emerging
Market Debt top quartile over most time periods.
AUM (£bn) Fund 3 year 1 year 5 year
5.2 Dynamic Bond 3 2 2
3.2 European 3 1 3
2.6 Strategic Bond 3 2 3
2.2 UK Special Situations 1 1 1
2.0 Merlin Balanced 1 3 1
1.7
Systematic North
American 2 3 2
1.7 Merlin Growth 1 1 1
1.7 Merlin Income 1 3 1
1.6 Income Trust 1 2 3
1.5
Global Equity
Absolute Return 1 1 1
1.4 Asian Income 1 1 1
1.1 Japan Income 2 3 1
ONGOING COMMITMENT TO ACTIVE OWNERSHIP
As a high-conviction, truly active asset manager, we believe that
responsible investment is not only a societal responsibility but
also a key part of creating long-term value for our clients.
2023 investment performance by quartile
Below median
35%
Above median
65%
1
s
t
:
3
6
%
2
n
d
:
2
9
%
3
r
d
:
2
7
%
4
t
h
:
8
%
1 year
Below median
41%
Above median
59%
1
s
t
:
4
1
%
2
n
d
:
1
8
%
4
t
h
:
7
%
3 years
3
r
d
:
3
4
%
Below median
34%
Above median
66%
1
s
t
:
4
1
%
2
n
d
:
2
5
%
5 years
3
r
d
:
2
6
%
4
t
h
:
8
%
33Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
CLIENT DELIVERY AND EXPERIENCE
A NEW APPROACH TO
WORKING WITH CLIENTS
LEVERAGING TECHNOLOGY TO DRIVE
EFFICIENCIES ACROSS THE CLIENT GROUP
One key aspect of changing client expectations is around client
servicing and reporting. Increasingly, there is demand for more
personalised and more bespoke reporting, accessible by our
clients whenever they wish to do so.
We are also seeing the distinction between wholesale clients and the
Institutional channel become less clear, as the former are becoming
increasingly sophisticated in their engagement with us. Expectations
for client service from some wholesale clients are now at a level
previously associated only with institutions.
To effectively and efficiently meet these changes requires better
use of technology and of automation, which has been a focus in
2023 and will continue to be so throughout the year ahead. Within
client reporting, over 100 Institutional client reports have now been
fully automated, which previously had relied upon manual processes,
and we will continue to build on this number through 2024.
We are also selectively investing in better use of technology throughout
the Client Group and the supporting infrastructure functions.
A WELL-DEFINED CLIENT PROPOSITION
Last year, we announced that we would be conducting a fund
rationalisation programme. Focused on those funds which were
sub-scale or outside areas of expected future client demand,
this programme will ultimately reduce the total number
of funds by around 25%.
Although the process of maintaining a curated client offering
and avoiding product proliferation will always be an ongoing focus,
this more discrete programme is now largely complete. The final
attrition rate from the impacted funds has been only 0.7% of
total Group AUM.
The needs and expectations of our clients are
fundamentally changing. They are becoming more
sophisticated than ever before. They are making
use of a wider array of data and analytical tools.
Due diligence is being conducted in a more
data-led manner and is taking place earlier in
their selection process. Expectations for bespoke
and timely content and reporting are growing.
As a result, it is critical that we adapt the way in which we engage
with our current and potential clients and evolve the nature of
these relationships.
One of the most significant changes we have made this year is
the creation of our Client Group, which has replaced the former
Distribution function.
The newly restructured Client Group has been designed to
reshape and refocus how we engage with clients, deepening existing
relationships and broadening our appeal. We will focus on building
more meaningful relationships with our clients, becoming a trusted
partner, supporting a holistic client experience beyond delivering
investment solutions and engaging in an ongoing, highly technical
conversation.
Success will not just come from selling individual products to clients,
but through more relevant, holistic engagement throughout the whole
client experience and across any touch point clients have with Jupiter,
through which we gain and share insights, provide thought leadership
and investment strategy insights, and deliver more personalised,
targeted and digital content.
Group AUM from
Institutional clients
19%
Group AUM from
international clients
34%
Attrition rate from fund
rationalisation
0.7%
34
As our expertise and brand have developed, we have been working
with larger, more sophisticated clients. In 2021, the average size
of mandate funded was less than £100m. By 2023, this had
increased more than five fold to £500m.
Success in this channel will not be linear and we may reasonably
not expect such rapid growth to continue at the same rate. However,
the outlook for this channel remains positive and we are optimistic
about future growth and diversification across a range of markets.
We also remain focused on building scale from clients based outside
our home market of the UK. Despite weaker demand from European
retail and wholesale clients, particularly towards the end of the year,
we generated £1bn of net inflows from international clients in 2023.
International clients represent 34% of our total Group AUM.
We have made thoughtful, incremental investments in key overseas
markets where we see greatest potential, such as Germany and Italy,
as well as prioritising and reallocating existing resource to drive
future growth.
This process has resulted in a clearer proposition to our clients
and helped us to clarify what it is that Jupiter stands for. However,
this does not mean that our product line-up will remain static. Fund
closures and mergers have also provided us with the space for growth,
to design, launch and invest behind new investment strategies and
vehicles in areas of current and future client demand.
At the end of 2023, we launched our range of Thematic funds,
managed by our highly successful systematic equities team. The
themes covered are disruptive technology, healthcare innovation,
consumer trends, demographic opportunities and the physical world.
Together, these five areas represent an addressable market
opportunity of around £100bn. These were launched in the final
quarter of the year, using our own seed capital to help build
track records.
We have continued to invest our own capital to support and develop
our investment expertise. In addition to seed capital across the
thematic range, we have also recently provided catalyst funding
for Global High Yield bond and Asia Pacific Income strategies.
We have also sought to broaden our appeal to clients this year
while maintaining our focus on cost discipline, by launching existing
products adjacent to our current offerings or through new vehicles
of existing strategies. Through the launch of Merlin Select, we have
developed a lower cost alternative to our highly performing Merlin
range that continues to benefit from the fund selection ability
of the investment team. We have also launched Asia Pacific Income,
an offshore version of the highly successful Asian Income fund,
broadening that offering to both European and Asian clients.
INCREASING SCALE
One of the key areas of strategic focus for increasing scale has
been within the Institutional channel. Following targeted investment
over recent years, we have seen strong progress as we have built
relationships both with consultants and directly with institutions,
developing our presence and reputation in this channel.
In 2023, we generated net inflows from Institutional clients of
£1.8bn which brings the total over the last two years to £3.8bn.
Institutions now entrust us to manage £10bn of their assets,
almost 20% of total Group AUM, which is up from less than 10%
five years ago. The mandates won have been well diversified
by investment expertise, including into systematic and
sustainable equities, and by client geography.
35Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
SUSTAINABILITY
SUSTAINABILITY
2023 was a year in which we continued to build
on our firm-wide sustainability ambitions.
We added resources and combined the existing teams into a
central stewardship and sustainability team to create a shared sense
of ownership of sustainability issues and firm-wide priorities. We
reviewed our sustainability governance framework as part of a wider
governance review. We published our climate strategy and revised our
operational decarbonisation targets to reflect the latest climate
science and best practice.
GOVERNANCE
In 2023, we combined the corporate sustainability and stewardship
teams to deliver more effectively on our investment and corporate
sustainability ambitions. We made additional hires, including a Head
of ESG Research and Integration and a sustainability business manager.
We established a new body, the Responsible Investment Forum (RIF),
to review and opine upon the eligibility of specific securities for
mandates which have restrictions based on frameworks, such as
the UN Global Compact (UNGC), or which engage in controversial
business activities. In addition, the RIF will review the use of future
ESG frameworks and methodologies to ensure they continue to
meet our expectations and drive the right outcomes.
We reviewed our sustainability governance arrangements as part of a
wider governance review and formally incorporated sustainability into
the mandate and responsibilities of the four corporate management
committees, details of which can be found on page 81. This means that
sustainability issues are considered and integrated into the decision
making and oversight processes of our central governance framework.
This structure replaces the previous standalone Sustainability
Committee, which was dissolved in 2023.
ACTIVE OWNERSHIP
We created a dedicated ESG research and integration team, which
works in tandem with the stewardship team to deliver effective ESG
integration support to our investment teams and create and deliver
ESG thematic research. The team’s responsibilities include the
development of internal frameworks to help our investment
managers identify ESG-related risks and opportunities and the
intelligent application of ESG data to enhance the investment
process and create an efficient and effective ESG operating model.
With the active support of the Heads of Stewardship and ESG
Research and Integration, we developed a new investment
stewardship engagement template.
We updated our global voting policy to reflect evolving best practice
and we will enhance our proxy voting reporting to improve
transparency and disclosure for investors and other stakeholders.
We continue to be recognised by the Financial Reporting Council
(FRC) as a Stewardship Code signatory, reflecting our commitment
to stewardship and active ownership and to the integration of ESG
issues into our investment decision making.
The Sustainability Advisory Council continued to provide expert
counsel, insight and guidance on material sustainability issues for
a range of investment strategies, including our flagship global
sustainable equities and ecology strategies.
Building on our Finance for Biodiversity Pledge commitments, we
became a founding participant of Nature Action 100, a collaborative
investor engagement initiative targeting greater corporate ambition
and action to reverse nature and biodiversity loss by 2030.
CORPORATE SUSTAINABILITY
Our 2023 Sustainability Update, which is available on the Company’s
website at www.jupiteram.com, updates stakeholders on our progress
against the core topics of climate, biodiversity, our people, diversity,
equity and inclusion (DE&I) and sustainability in our operations. We
intend to undertake a corporate materiality assessment in 2024 to
identify material ESG topics that will inform our future sustainability
reporting and ensure that we are well positioned to respond to
evolving reporting requirements.
We partnered with a law firm in 2023 to deliver baseline firm-wide
sustainability education, covering introductory topics such as the
Paris Agreement, regulatory sustainability disclosure requirements
and anti-greenwashing. In 2024, we are planning a module-based
sustainability training programme that is tailored according to
functional needs.
We retained our listing on the FTSE4Good Index Series. We achieved
an AAA score from MSCI and retained our A- rating from CDP, which
continues to position us in the leadership category, according to CDP’s
methodology. The full set of ESG ratings for 2023 can be found in the
2023 Sustainability Update.
We continue to be active members of voluntary industry organisations
and associations, including the Investment Association, the Investor
Forum, UK Sustainable Investment and Finance Association and the
Principles for Responsible Investment (PRI). We also submitted our
annual PRI signatory report in line with the organisation’s updated
reporting and disclosure framework.
CLIMATE
The Board approved an updated climate strategy that will form
the foundation of our climate transition plan, which we will begin
developing in 2024.
We are committed to reducing the energy demand related to our
operations. As part of our ongoing net zero commitment, we revised
our Scope 1 and 2 operational net zero targets to set near-term 2030
and long-term 2050 emissions reduction targets that are Paris-aligned
and reflect best practice guidance.
Carbon emissions from the investments we manage on behalf
of our clients make up the vast majority of our footprint. As an NZAM
signatory, 42% of our AUM are in-scope of our net zero asset
alignment approach under the Net Zero Investment Framework (NZIF)
as of October 2021. These consist of our fundamental, long-only,
developed market equities and Sustainable Finance Disclosure
Regulation (SFDR) Article 8 and 9 strategies. Further disclosure on
financed emissions can be found in our 2023 Group TCFD Report,
which is available on the Company’s website at www.jupiteram.com.
In 2024, a key commitment will be to develop an initial climate
transition plan in line with sector guidance from the Transition
Pathway Taskforce (TPT), that builds on our existing Task Force on
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) reporting and our climate
strategy. In the first half of 2024, we will publish in-scope entity and
product TCFD reports in line with mandatory disclosure requirements.
We are actively reviewing the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial
Disclosures (TNFD) recommendations and guidance to determine how
we can better understand the risks and opportunities that result from
our impacts and dependencies.
36
We made changes to our Committees in 2023 to enhance the
focus and efficiency of governance and management structures.
SUSTAINABILITY GOVERNANCE
MEMBERSHIPS AND COMMITMENTS
As part of this restructuring, we considered the roles and
responsibilities of each Committee and how sustainability matters
were considered across the Group.
Further to this review, and reflecting the fact that sustainability
matters are now integrated across the Group’s activities, at the
end of 2023 we transferred the responsibilities of the Sustainability
Committee to various governance and management committees,
aligned with each Committee's core activities. This ensures that the
flow of sustainability-related information is aligned to the principle
objectives of relevant governance and management committees.
For example, sustainability reporting will be reviewed by the
Group’s Audit and Risk Committee, our Operating Committee will
take responsibility for the decarbonisation of our operations and our
Strategy and Management Committee will take responsibility for the
Group’s sustainability strategy.
Sustainability matters will continue to be challenged and overseen
by the Board of Jupiter Fund Management plc and, where appropriate,
subsidiary boards across the Group.
37Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
ACTIVE OWNERSHIP
As a specialist, high-conviction, active asset
manager, we believe that responsible investment
is not only a societal responsibility, but also an
important element of long-term value creation.
Our individual investment teams adopt an active ownership approach
that reflects their asset class and investment strategies, identifying
non-financial information to enable them to make better-informed
and relevant investment decisions.
SUSTAINABILITY THEMES
We have identified material sustainability issues that underpin Jupiter’s
corporate and investment strategy and approach. Our investment
teams analyse material ESG issues identified by their investment
processes, which includes the use of our centralised specialist
resources, to ensure that we protect and enhance the value of our
clients’ investments to deliver risk-adjusted returns in line with
mandates. We continue to focus on these core themes and have
sharpened our focus by assigning thematic responsibility to analysts.
Climate
Limiting global temperature rises to 1.5 degrees above preindustrial
levels, in line with the Paris Agreement, is an urgent challenge facing
the global economy. Our investment approach is centred on
increasing the alignment of our portfolio companies with net zero
over time, using engagement to understand a company’s readiness to
implement climate-related changes, track progress against goals and
demonstrate impact over time. We expect that the transition to a
more sustainable economy will not be linear or risk-free, and that
policy actions and inactions will influence both the pace of the
transition, how asset prices respond and the investment objectives
of funds.
Biodiversity
Biodiversity underpins healthy societies, resilient economies, and the
ability of companies to operate. Nature is deteriorating globally at
unprecedented rates, being accelerated by and amplifying climate
change. Financial institutions and investors are critical in helping to
prevent further biodiversity loss and restoring nature to ensure
ecosystem resilience. We believe that through analysis and
engagement we can better understand biodiversity risks,
dependencies and impacts, and encourage companies to
reduce unsustainable practices.
Human rights
We protect and monitor the rights of our employees through our
employment policies and practices. We monitor potential human
rights issues affecting our investee companies using third-party
data providers.
Human capital
Good human capital management supports both value creation and
business resilience, and we believe that investing in human capital
correlates with longer-term business success.
As an active asset manager, we understand that approaches to human
capital management, including DE&I, will differ and we seek to
understand an investee company’s operating model and engage to
advise on best practice and potential improvements.
Corporate governance
Corporate governance is the process by which companies are directed
and controlled. It is a material factor for all investee companies.
As active owners, we assess company governance on a range of
issues including:
Boards and executive leadership
Remuneration
Protection of minority shareholders’ rights and
related-party transactions
Systemic risks
Conduct, litigation and relations with policy makers and regulators
Corporate culture
Audit and control environment
Cyber risk
The Finance for Biodiversity Pledge
We signed the Finance for Biodiversity Pledge in 2021 as a
signal of our commitment to protect and value our natural
environment. This commits us to protecting and restoring
biodiversity through our investments by: collaborating and
sharing knowledge, engaging with companies, assessing impact,
setting targets and reporting in 2025.
Nature Action 100
Jupiter became a participant of Nature Action 100 in 2023, a
collaborative investor engagement initiative targeting greater
corporate ambition and action to reverse nature and
biodiversity loss by 2030.
NZAM initiative
We are a signatory to the NZAM initiative through the
Institutional Investors Group on Climate Change (IIGCC).
We have committed to operate our business and manage
our assets on a net zero emissions basis by 2050 or sooner.
38
SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
ENGAGEMENT AND
STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITY IN 2023
WE MAINTAINED OUR STEWARDSHIP CODE
SIGNATORY STATUS IN 2023, WHICH WAS AWARDED
BY THE FRC FOR CONTINUING TO MEET THE
EXPECTED STANDARD OF REPORTING.
Number of ESG
engagements:
291
Number of climate-
related engagements:
98
Number of shareholder
resolutions on ESG issues:
508
Number of
proxies voted:
1,964
meetings
22,856
resolutions
Number of resolutions
against management:
1,631
Number of ESG
engagements:
15
collective
276
individual
39Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
ENGAGEMENT IN ACTION
Fixed income gender diversity initiative
Context: In 2023, our fixed income colleagues led a communication
initiative across selected markets to highlight the importance of
gender diversity for investors for their specific strategy.
The aim of this initiative was to convey the importance of
gender diversity to companies and stakeholders. A key aspect
of this communication was to gather intelligence and examples
of good practice and transparency which we can use with other
companies to encourage disclosure of diversity-related efforts
and metrics. Based on company feedback and our subsequent
assessment, the information disclosed will be used by the strategy
to prioritise targeted engagement for discernible outcomes.
Activity: We contacted over 100 companies, including companies
in the UK and continental Europe. We received a large number of
responses and were encouraged that CEOs directly provided input.
Furthermore, many companies requested that we share our
high-level findings to enable them to learn more about peers’
activity and improve diversity outcomes.
Outcome: As an active asset manager, we undertake focused
engagement on gender diversity issues on a case-by-case basis,
but we also believe that a wider thematic push can be effective.
We established useful relationships through the process of this
communication initiative and are well positioned to progress
targeted engagement.
Engagement is central to our active ownership
approach. It advances our responsible investment
objectives, builds lasting relationships with
companies and provides investment teams with
greater insights. Our investment teams maintain a
dialogue with companies to inform their investment
decisions and carry out strategic engagement
based on the materiality of ESG themes.
Management accountability, Entain plc
Context: Our investments in international sports betting and
gambling company Entain were initially through companies which
were acquired through a series of M&A transactions. The group
currently operates a number of gaming brands, centred on its
industry-leading technology platform. It has exposure to a variety
of regulated markets, including the US.
Activity: The basis of our engagement with Entain relates to
management effectiveness and overall business performance.
Our assessment was that Entain’s management were focused on
inorganic growth, sometimes to the detriment of the day-to-day
running of the business, with challenges arising from the integration
of newly-acquired and legacy businesses. We do not oppose M&A
activity, but integration is often complex, time consuming and
costly, and harmonising culture is often problematic for many firms.
In 2021, Entain rejected a bid from its US joint venture partner,
on the grounds it undervalued the company. We supported
management’s position and their strategy going forward. However,
performance in the intervening years has not met expectations,
which has led to investor concerns about strategic execution and
management effectiveness. Entain’s proposition was based on
strategic acquisitions, but the success of this model hinges on its
ability to successfully integrate the technology stack and create
synergies and efficiencies. The group appeared to lack operational
efficiency and over time this made us question the CEO’s leadership.
We convened a meeting with the Chair in October 2023. This
engagement covered the management issues we observed and
honed in on the performance of the CEO and Deputy CEO.
Outcome: Entain’s CEO stood down in December 2023, partly
as a result of pressure from investors, citing similar governance,
leadership and strategic concerns. Investor pressure played a pivotal
role in this outcome, demonstrating the value of our escalation as
part of a wider investor voice. We continue to monitor events and
note the CEO succession process is ongoing and there has been
consolidation in the industry.
In June 2023, we wrote to the Chair to support the appointment
of two independent directors – including the group’s first female
director, who brings differentiated experience in marketing,
e-commerce, and retail – to the board.
This was not the only notable governance-related change for the
group over the period. The group’s founder and then Executive
Chair, communicated his intention to step down in July 2023 having
developed the business since 1983 and achieved listing in 1988. The
board moved towards having an independent non-executive Chair,
which is something we support. The new independent post was
filled by an existing non-executive.
We held our first meeting with the new Chair in September 2023,
which was centred on remuneration and our upcoming AGM vote.
However, we also took the opportunity to reinforce the message
about diversity, which was well received and in keeping with the
new Chair’s beliefs.
We will continue to monitor board developments under the
auspices of the new Chair.
Board composition, Jet2 plc
Context: In February 2022, our UK small and mid-cap equities team held
discussions with the founder of Jet2, the AIM-listed packaged holiday
and airline business, in an attempt to improve the group’s corporate
governance and board gender diversity. This case study outlines
progress made over the period and how this shaped our engagement.
Activity: The board was all-male, which did not reflect the composition
of the group’s workforce or our expectations on good governance.
We made various recommendations in our engagement, which included
increasing board gender diversity and improving board independence.
Outcome: One year later, in February 2023, we continued engaging
with the group with the objective of adding diversity and
independence to the board. The group committed to this progression,
and we conveyed our support for the board’s approach. The group
announced the appointment of a female independent non-executive
director in April 2023, where she would formally take up her board
seat in July 2023.
40
SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
SUSTAINABILITY IN
OUR OPERATIONS
MANAGING OUR OPERATIONAL EMISSIONS
We are committed to reducing our operational emissions in line with the Paris Agreement. In 2023, we revised our operational targets to set
near-term 2030 and long-term 2050 net zero targets aligned with the latest climate science and best practice guidance.
Although our 2023 Scope 1 and 2 (location-based) emissions increased by 18% from the previous year, we are still on track to meet our 2030 net
zero target as emissions have decreased by 19% against our 2019 baseline.
0
100
200
300
400
500
0
100
200
300
400
500
Scope 1 Scope 2 2030 total Scope 1 and 2 (location-based) target
Year-on-year progress towards our Scope 1 and 2 near-term 2023 net zero target
Emissions (tCO
2
e)
203020292028202720262025202420232022202120202019
2023 ENERGY AND CARBON STATEMENT
This statement has been prepared in accordance with our regulatory obligation to report greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions pursuant to the
Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018 which implement the government’s
policy on Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting.
Scope and category
1
FY2023 FY2022
UK Rest of world Total UK Rest of world Total
Scope 1 104 19 123 72 0 72
Natural gas 93 0 93 69 0 69
Fuel for transport 10 19 29 1 0 1
Refrigerants 1 0 1 1 0 1
Scope 2 – location-based 254 17 271 225 37 261
Scope 2 – market-based 0 3 3 0 0 0
Total Scope 1 & 2 (location-based) 358 36 394 296 37 333
Total Scope 1 & 2 (market-based) 104 22 126 72 0 72
Scope 1 & 2 intensity per FTE – location-based
2
0.71 0.07 0.78 0.54 0.07 0.61
Scope 3 N/A N/A 19,517 N/A N/A 20,498
Purchased goods & services (incl. water supply) N/A N/A 16,662 N/A N/A 17,985
Capital goods N/A N/A 402 N/A N/A 897
Fuel-and-energy related activities N/A N/A 50 N/A N/A 45
Upstream transport and distribution N/A N/A 38 N/A N/A 48
Waste (incl. water treatment) N/A N/A 1 N/A N/A 2
Business travel – flights N/A N/A 2,025 N/A N/A 1,156
Business travel – rail N/A N/A 2 N/A N/A 0.08
Business travel – hotels
3
N/A N/A 31 N/A N/A 28
Business travel – taxis N/A N/A 3 N/A N/A Not reported
Employee commuting
3
302 329
Upstream leased assets
4
N/A N/A 0 N/A N/A 8
Any discrepancies in totals are due to rounding.
1. Relevant emissions categories calculated using data from the International Energy Agency (IEA) (2023) emission factors, found at www.iea.org/statistics. All rights reserved;
as modified by Jupiter Asset Management Limited.
2. In the 2022 Annual Report and Accounts we reported market-based Scope 1 and 2 intensity per FTE. We have since moved to location-based reporting in 2023 to align with
our location-based target baseline.
3. We have restated our 2022 business travel – hotels and employee commuting emissions in the above table to correct a calculation error in the 2022 Annual Report and Accounts.
4. Emissions are calculated using the market-based approach for our upstream leased assets.
41Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
During the year, our total fuel and electricity consumption totalled 1,956 MWh, of which 91% was consumed in the UK. The split between fuel and
electricity consumption is displayed below.
FY2023 FY2022
Energy consumption (MWh)
1
UK Rest of world Total UK Rest of world Total
Total electricity 1,226 94 1,320 1,163 74 1,237
Total fuels
2
554 82 636 379 0 379
1. Please note the prior year's figures have been re-presented as they were mislabelled in the 2022 Annual Report and Accounts as kWh, rather than MWh.
2. Natural gas and transportation fuels (petrol and diesel).
Reporting boundary
We use a materiality threshold to determine which emissions are
included in our GHG reporting. We consolidate our organisational
boundary according to the operational control approach. Offices with six
or more employees are included in our reporting boundary. Increases in
employees in certain offices resulted in the number of offices in our
reporting boundary increasing from five to seven for 2023.
Although most of our emissions come from our London head office, the
existing materiality threshold has resulted in some of our smaller offices
falling in and out of scope between reporting years. This has created an
inconsistency between the offices included in our net zero target
reporting and our 2023 GHG emissions reporting. We are reviewing
the appropriateness of our reporting boundary in 2024 in order to
improve the consistency of our reporting.
During the reporting period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023,
our measured Scope 1 and 2 (location-based) emissions totalled 394
tCO
2
e. Our measured Scope 3 emissions totalled 19,517 tCO
2
e.
Scope 1 and 2 emissions
The 18% increase in our Scope 1 and 2 (location-based) emissions in
2023 was largely due to an increase in natural gas consumption at our
head office in London, particularly during the first half of the year.
As the gas usage at our London office is not sub-metered, our
consumption is apportioned based on the floor area we occupy.
Whilst this year’s increase in natural gas consumption is a result of
tenant-wide activity, decisions on the demand for gas in the building
are largely contingent upon weather conditions. We are working with
the building’s site engineer to further understand this increase and
explore opportunities to measure our consumption more accurately.
Longer term, we are engaging with our landlord to implement
alternative heating solutions, which is an important element to
progress our net zero strategy.
The increase in our Scope 1 and 2 emissions was also driven by
an increase in emissions from fuel used in our leased vehicles.
Improvements made to data coverage and granularity have
contributed to this increase. We included a ‘fuel’ category
in our expense system in 2023, which improved our capture of
fuel-related spend, accounting for 63% of mileage emissions.
Our Scope 2 (location-based) emissions increased by 4% from 2022.
Whilst this increase was largely driven by electricity consumption
at our London office, the second half of 2023 saw six consecutive
months of lower electricity consumption compared to the same
period in 2022. Lower consumption can be attributed to the suite
of energy-saving initiatives that we have implemented.
Scope 3 emissions
We have been improving our Scope 3 emissions reporting to improve
data quality, data coverage, and calculation methodologies since 2021.
Improving the categorisation of our spend data has enabled us to select
more appropriate emissions factors resulting in more accurate reporting
of purchased goods and services and capital goods emissions.
Business travel emissions increased by 74% in 2023, primarily due to
a 9% increase in flights taken this year and a 14% increase in distance
travelled. This is in part a result of our strategic focus on growing our
Institutional and International businesses which service global clients.
Another contributing factor to this increase was the rise in the
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs’ air travel
emissions factors used to calculate emissions.
Energy efficiency
With the exception of our Singapore office, all offices within our
operational boundary either use renewable energy or are covered
by renewable electricity certificates in 2023.
Our revised operational target commits Jupiter to reduce absolute
GHG emissions by 46% by 2030 for Scope 1 and 2 (location-based)
emissions from a 2019 baseline.
We have undertaken the following energy and emissions reduction
initiatives at our head office in London during the reporting period:
Conducted an energy-savings assessment.
Installed daylight sensing systems to reduce our lighting usage.
Reduced technology operation time (company printers and monitors).
Removed perimeter lighting.
Turned off boilers from mid-July to October 2023 as recommended
by our landlord due to warmer weather patterns.
Methodology
Our emissions have been verified to a limited level of assurance by an
external third party according to the ISO 14064-3 standard. The assurance
did not include financed emissions, which are calculated separately.
We quantify and report our operational GHG emissions in
alignment with the World Resources Institute’s Greenhouse Gas
Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (revised
version) and the Scope 2 Guidance.
42
SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
We have adopted a materiality threshold of 5% for GHG reporting
purposes. The GHG sources that constituted our operational
boundary for the year are:
Scope 1: Natural Gas, Car Mileage, Refrigerants
Scope 2: Electricity
Scope 3: Purchased Goods & Services, Capital Goods, Fuel-and-
Energy Related Activities, Upstream Transport & Distribution,
Waste, Flights, Rail, Hotels, & Employee Commuting
The Scope 2 Guidance requires that we quantify and report Scope 2
emissions according to two different methodologies (‘dual reporting’):
(i) the location-based method, using average emissions factors for
the country in which the reported operations take place; and (ii) the
market-based method, which uses the actual emissions factors of the
energy procured. The Scope 2 market-based figure reflects emissions
from electricity purchasing decisions that Jupiter has made.
In some cases, values have been estimated where data is either missing
or not yet available due to reporting timelines. December electricity
and gas consumption has been estimated for all offices using an
average of the winter months that were available. December data for
purchased goods and services, capital goods, business travel, waste,
and water (London office only) were extrapolated from the rest of
2023. Estimations were required for our Luxembourg office as data
was only available up until July.
WORKING WITH SUPPLIERS
Our policies and due diligence processes help to ensure that our
suppliers uphold human rights. Our Supplier Code of Conduct sets
out the minimum standards we expect from our suppliers. These
include respect for human rights, DE&I and sustainability. We publish
an annual Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement stating
our approach to understanding and mitigating the risk of modern
slavery in our supply chains and our operations in line with the
UK Modern Slavery Act. As part of our management of supplier
performance and risk, we assess the risk of modern slavery in our
supply chains, as well as supplier responses to sustainability questions.
ACTING RESPONSIBLY
Our approach to tax
We do not tolerate tax evasion, nor the facilitation of tax evasion
by any person acting on the Group’s behalf. We seek to manage
our tax affairs in a straightforward way, which means that we comply
with our tax filing, reporting and payment obligations in all jurisdictions
in a timely manner. Our corporate structure and operating model
ensure that our tax affairs are transparent to the tax authorities.
Our approach is governed by a Board-approved tax strategy.
We ensure this strategy, and the procedures and controls which
underpin our approach, are appropriate, monitored and fully
implemented. All our employees are required to undergo training
in preventing the facilitation of tax evasion.
Fair Tax Mark
In 2022, Jupiter was awarded the Fair Tax Mark accreditation by the
Fair Tax Foundation, the first global asset manager to secure this gold
standard of responsible tax conduct. This is an annual accreditation
and we secured re-accreditation in 2023. Fair Tax Mark accreditation
seeks to encourage and recognise organisations that pay the right
amount of tax at the right time and in the right place.
Tax contributions are a vital part of the broader social and economic
contribution made by businesses, helping the communities in which
they operate to deliver valuable public services and build
infrastructure that paves the way for growth.
As part of the accreditation, our Group tax strategy has been
updated to include a detailed country-by-country breakdown of
financial performance including taxes paid in each jurisdiction and we
strengthened our commitment to responsible tax conduct. These high
standards of conduct are demonstrated both in the Group tax team
and across our organisation, including colleagues in the reward and
finance teams.
Supporting communities
To help meet our responsibility to wider society, our long-standing
Charity Committee leads our charitable giving activities. In 2023,
we put in place a formal budget targeting four key areas:
Corporate Charity – Jupiter welcomed a new Corporate Charity
Partner, Little Village, which was chosen by our employees. Little
Village supports families with babies and children under five living in
poverty across London. Jupiter makes a one-off corporate donation
and organises several events throughout the year including Get Fit
in January, a rounders tournament, themed bake sales and a raffle,
plus individual fundraising. This year 16 employees took part in the
Royal Parks Half Marathon and raised over £10,000 for Little Village.
Rapid Response – Jupiter supported the Disasters Emergency
Committee’s Turkey-Syria Earthquake Appeal.
Doorstep Donations – We offer tangible and targeted support
for charities that are right on our doorstep. In 2023, we supported
St Andrews Youth Club, Cardinal Hume Centre, and Westminster
School, all within a short walk of our London head office.
Global Giving – The Charity Committee continues to work
with colleagues in our global offices to support local charities.
Volunteering
We launched the Alaya platform in 2022 to match our employees
with the volunteering opportunities that matter to them. We recorded
a significant increase in volunteering activity in 2023. The number of
volunteering days increased by 402% from 48 to 241, and the number of
employees volunteering increased from 44 to 153.
We will continue to build upon this achievement and encourage even
more engagement in 2024. Our policy is to provide employees with
five paid volunteering days per annum to promote volunteering
activities across the Group.
Over the course of the year,
Jupiter contributed over
£270,000
to charitable causes
43Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
CLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURES
SUMMARY DISCLOSURES
TCFD recommended
disclosures
Consistency
in Jupiter
disclosures References Response
Governance
a) Describe the Board’s
oversight of climate-related
risks and opportunities.
Fully
consistent
2023 Group
TCFD Report
Governance
pillar (pages
4-5)
2023 Annual
Report and
Accounts:
Governance
at a glance
(page 72)
Governance
framework
(page 80)
Board
activities
(page 82)
The Board has ultimate responsibility for the Group’s strategy including
sustainability and climate. The Group’s sustainability and climate strategy and
progress against elements of the strategy are reviewed twice yearly by the
Board on a pre-defined schedule.
Our internal governance structure provides accountability for sustainability
and ESG and acts to improve the information flows across the business.
Responsibilities for corporate sustainability were transferred to various
governance and management committees as part of the wider changes to our
management committees in 2023, described on page 81. Sustainability reporting
is now reviewed by the Group’s Audit and Risk Committee, our Operating
Committee takes responsibility for the decarbonisation of our operations, and
our Strategy and Management Committee is responsible for the Group’s
sustainability strategy.
The Investment Oversight Committee is accountable for stewardship and active
ownership across the investment teams. In 2023, we established the RIF to review
and opine upon the eligibility of specific securities for mandates which have
restrictions based on frameworks, such as the UNGC, or which engage in
controversial business activities. In addition, the RIF will review the use of future
ESG frameworks and methodologies to ensure they are fit for purpose.
b) Describe management’s
role in assessing and
managing climate-related
risks and opportunities.
Fully
consistent
In the tables below we summarise the more detailed disclosures made
in the 2023 Group TCFD Report, which is available on our website.
This year, we have produced our first standalone TCFD Group Report
to provide stakeholders with a more comprehensive assessment of
how we consider climate-related risks and opportunities in our
governance, strategy, risk management and metrics and targets.
FCA LISTING RULES
Read together, the below summary and our 2023 Group TCFD Report
have been prepared in accordance with FCA Listing Rule 9.8.6R(8).
Consistency with TCFD
We do not yet consider our reporting to be fully consistent with
the TCFD recommended disclosures and the Supplemental
Guidance for the Financial Sector. In the below summary, we provide
transparency on the current level of consistency of our disclosures
against the TCFD guidance. We have identified measures to further
incorporate climate risks and opportunities in our governance,
strategy, risk management and metrics and targets. We expect to
improve the consistency of our 2024 Group TCFD reporting to close
existing gaps following the publication of our in-scope TCFD entity
and product reports and the development of our initial transition plan.
COMPANIES ACT 2006
The below summary disclosures and other sections of the 2023 Annual
Report and Accounts, which are referenced in the table, are intended
to respond to the Companies (Strategic Report) (Climate-related
Financial Disclosure) Regulations 2022 amended sections 414C,
414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. We are considering
how to effectively integrate climate risks and opportunities into our
ongoing business stress testing and scenario analysis in 2024. This will
enable enhanced disclosure on the actual and potential impacts of
climate-related risks and opportunities on our business model and
strategy in our 2024 Annual Report and Accounts and Group TCFD
Report. Group-level scenario analysis in the 2024 Annual Report and
Accounts will be informed by the approach we are developing for our
in-scope TCFD entity and product reports, due for publication in the
first half of 2024. In our 2024 transition plan, we will provide enhanced
disclosure on the targets and milestones used to track performance
against our net zero targets and management of climate-related risks
and opportunities.
44
SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
TCFD recommended
disclosures
Consistency
in Jupiter
disclosures References Response
Strategy
a) Describe the climate-related
risks and opportunities the
organisation has identified
over the short, medium, and
long term.
Fully
consistent
2023 Group
TCFD Report
Strategy pillar
(pages 6-9)
When considering climate risks and opportunities, we use the following
time horizons:
Short term (ST) as less than three years.
Medium term (MT) as three to 10 years.
Long term (LT) as 11+ years.
These time horizons are aligned with our near- and long-term net zero targets.
b) Describe the impact of
climate-related risks and
opportunities on the
organisation’s businesses,
strategy, and financial planning.
Partially
consistent
We have arrived at a set of priority climate-related risks and opportunities
through functional input from the sustainability, ESG R&I, and risk teams which
were then reviewed and challenged by the Risk and Conduct Committee.
The risks and opportunities and the potential impacts are described in the table
on page 46.
c) Describe the resilience of
the organisation’s strategy,
taking into consideration
different climate-related
scenarios, including a 2°C
or lower scenario.
Partially
consistent
We are considering how to effectively integrate climate-related risks and
opportunities into our ongoing financial planning. We are developing our
approach to scenario analysis in advance of enhanced TCFD product and entity
reporting in the first half of 2024. We expect to report Group-level impacts
under different scenarios next year.
Climate-related risks and opportunities are managed through our climate
strategy and risk management processes. Our climate strategy sets out our
near-term 2030 and long-term 2050 net zero targets and the actions we are
taking across three climate strategic pillars of: 1. decarbonising our operations,
2. accelerating portfolio transition and 3. stakeholder engagement.
We undertook building assessments in 2022 and 2023 to identify energy saving
initiatives at our London office, which accounted for 88% of our Scope 1 and 2
(location-based) footprint in 2022. These initiatives form the basis of our
decarbonisation pathway and revised operational net zero targets.
Our investment teams have the discretion to interpret portfolio climate risks
and opportunities as appropriate for their asset classes and investment processes.
Our underlying investment approach is to seek to understand the climate risks and
opportunities facing companies, including their alignment with net zero, through
in-depth company research and analysis, assessment of sector trends and use of
third-party data sets. We adopt additional approaches for portions of our AUM
or specific strategies which are aligned with our core objectives.
Certain information contained herein (the “Information”) is sourced from/copyright of MSCI Inc., MSCI ESG Research LLC, or their affiliates
(“MSCI”), or information providers (together the “MSCI Parties”) and may have been used to calculate scores, signals, or other indicators. The
Information is for internal use only and may not be reproduced or disseminated in whole or part without prior written permission. The
Information may not be used for, nor does it constitute, an offer to buy or sell, or a promotion or recommendation of, any security, financial
instrument or product, trading strategy, or index, nor should it be taken as an indication or guarantee of any future performance. Some funds may
be based on or linked to MSCI indexes, and MSCI may be compensated based on the fund’s assets under management or other measures. MSCI
has established an information barrier between index research and certain Information. None of the Information in and of itself can be used to
determine which securities to buy or sell or when to buy or sell them. The Information is provided “as is” and the user assumes the entire risk of
any use it may make or permit to be made of the Information. No MSCI Party warrants or guarantees the originality, accuracy and/or
completeness of the Information and each expressly disclaims all express or implied warranties. No MSCI Party shall have any liability for any
errors or omissions in connection with any Information herein, or any liability for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential or any other
damages (including lost profits) even if notified of the possibility of such damages.
45Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
SUMMARY DISCLOSURES CONTINUED
TCFD recommended
disclosures
Consistency
in Jupiter
disclosures References Response
Risk management
a) Describe the organisation’s
processes for identifying and
assessing climate-related risks.
Fully
consistent
2023 Group
TCFD Report
Risk
management
pillar (pages
10-11)
2023 Annual
Report and
Accounts
Risk
management
(pages 64-69)
The Board and executive management are responsible for establishing and
maintaining a strong risk management culture that embeds and supports a high
level of risk awareness and a sound control environment.
Sustainability risk is one of our key risks. It is defined as the failure to identify,
assess, manage and report on ESG issues that could cause actual or potential
material negative impacts on our core business activities.
Enterprise sustainability risks are assessed and managed within Jupiter’s standard
risk framework and control environment.
b) Describe the organisation’s
processes for managing
climate-related risks.
Fully
consistent
Climate-related risks and opportunities
The following table sets out priority climate-related risks and opportunities for 2023, including the actual and potential impacts to the business.
Climate-related risks and opportunities are managed through our climate strategy and risk management processes described in further detail in
the 2023 Group TCFD Report.
Risk type Risk and opportunities Timeframe Impact
Transition risks
Policy and
legal
Exposure to litigation Failure to adequately prepare for the transition to a low-carbon economy resulting in:
Financial penalties of non-compliance;
Litigation from investors and other stakeholders; or
Reduced demand from clients.
Market Changing client
behaviour
Changes in client preference resulting from increased awareness of transition risks resulting in:
AUM impacts; or
Reduced revenue.
Reputation Shifts in client
preferences
Misleading communications and/or regulatory non-compliance resulting in:
Regulatory enforcement;
Reduced demand for products; or
Outflows from products.
Physical risks
Acute Increased severity of
extreme weather
Portfolio companies could be negatively impacted financially and operationally by
increased severity of extreme weather events resulting in:
Reduced valuation of investments; or
Stranded asset risk.
Opportunities
Products
and services
Shift in client
preferences
Increased demand for new or existing products which employ climate-focused
strategies resulting in:
Increased revenue.
Time frame key
Long term Medium term Short term
46
SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
TCFD recommended
disclosures
Consistency
in Jupiter
disclosures References Response
Risk management continued
c) Describe how processes
for identifying, assessing,
and managing climate-related
risks are integrated into
the organisation’s overall
risk management.
Fully
consistent
2023 Group
TCFD Report
Risk
management
pillar (pages
10-11)
2023 Annual
Report and
Accounts
Risk
management
(pages 64-69)
Investment teams analyse material ESG issues including climate risk identified
by their investment processes to ensure that we protect and enhance the
value of our clients’ investments to deliver risk-adjusted returns in line with
mandates. The investment management teams are supported by dedicated
stewardship and ESG R&I teams that assist with asset monitoring, company
research, and proxy voting as well as direct and collaborative engagement.
Metrics and targets
a) Disclose the metrics
used by the organisation to
assess climate-related risks
and opportunities in line
with its strategy and risk
management process.
Partially
consistent
2023 Group
TCFD Report
Metrics and
targets pillar
(pages 12-13)
2023 Annual
Report and
Accounts
Managing our
operational
emissions
(pages 41-43)
Described on page 41, we quantify and report our operational GHG emissions in
line with best practice guidance and data is assured by an external third party
according to industry standards.
During the reporting period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023, our
measured operational Scope 1 and 2 (location-based) emissions totalled 394
tCO
2
e. Our measured Scope 3 emissions totalled 19,517 tCO
2
e, excluding
category 15 financed emissions.
Despite an increase in our operational emissions this year, we are on track to
meet our near-term 2030 Scope 1 and 2 net zero target, which was revised in
2023 to align with the latest climate science.
The greatest portion of our emissions comes from our investments. In
accordance with the TCFD guidance, we use different metrics to report our
financed emissions, which can be found in the 2023 Group TCFD Report with
associated notes.
The estimated total carbon emissions (Scope 1 and 2) associated with our
investments is 3,036,016 tCO
2
e for 2023. This includes long-only listed equities
and corporate bonds, which accounted for over half of our AUM as of 29
December 2023. Cash and derivatives are excluded.
Total financed emissions refer to Jupiter’s share of allocated emissions from
investments apportioned on an Enterprise Value Including Cash (EVIC) basis
using third-party data provided by MSCI
1
. The carbon emissions data coverage
of the eligible assets reported above is 89%.
We have updated the calculation methodology in this year’s report to align
with TCFD guidance and to ensure consistency with our forthcoming TCFD
entity and product reports. Asset ownership is now apportioned on an EVIC
basis instead of market capitalisation.
Due for publication on our website in the first half of 2024, our TCFD entity
and product reports will include forward-looking metrics under different
climate scenarios and weighted average carbon intensity data for in-scope
entities and funds.
As a committed member of NZAM, we have set the following
Group-wide targets:
Reduce portfolio emissions intensity (Scope 1 and 2 only) of in-scope assets
by 50% by 2030 from 2020 baseline.
Achieve net zero by 2050 for 100% AUM.
For our operations, we define net zero as achieving our long-term target to
reduce our emissions by 90% or more and balancing any residual emissions.
Our near-term target is to reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 (location-based)
GHG emissions by 46% by 2030 from a 2019 baseline.
b) Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2,
and, if appropriate, Scope 3
GHG emissions, and the
related risks.
Partially
consistent
c) Describe the targets
used by the organisation
to manage climate-related
risks and opportunities and
performance against targets.
Fully
consistent
1. See MSCI disclaimer on page 45.
47Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
ENGAGING WITH
OUR STAKEHOLDERS
OUR CLIENTS
Why we engage
Our clients are the people and firms that invest in our funds and
segregated mandates. We engage to help us understand their needs,
investment objectives and priorities and how these will evolve, which
enables us to develop solutions to meet their investment objectives.
We also engage to seek feedback on our clients’ experience and how
we can enhance the service provided to them.
What is important to them?
Investment capabilities.
Investment returns net of fees.
Our ESG approach and practices.
Client service and reporting.
Risk and liquidity management.
How the Group engages
Primarily through our Client Group and investment management
teams, who are key to building relationships with current and
potential clients.
We have held virtual and physical meetings, conferences and
road shows.
Due diligence meetings where clients meet with key individuals
throughout the Group and assess our governance, policies and
processes to ensure we will be effective stewards of their assets.
How the Board engages
Direct engagement with clients at Board briefings, where we seek
their views on market trends, client needs and feedback on Jupiter.
Review and analysis of client engagement surveys, where clients
provide feedback in a confidential manner through a third party.
Updates from our Client Group at each Board meeting.
Key challenges
Ensuring we have a differentiated product range which provides
solutions to our clients, in light of the number of funds available
in the market place.
Development of more tailored client reporting and servicing,
based on continually evolving client expectations.
Outcomes
Gross sales of £13.2bn across the Group.
Introduction of tiered pricing on our UK domiciled fund range.
Over 10,000 client engagements across the world.
Overall client satisfaction increased to 8.3/10 from 7.8/10
in the previous year, under the client engagement survey.
OUR PEOPLE
Why we engage
It is our people who enable us to deliver for our clients and make a
positive difference in the world. We engage with them to understand
their priorities which helps us to retain, develop, motivate and recruit
talented individuals who are aligned with our culture.
What is important to them?
Opportunities for career progression and development.
Working in a diverse and inclusive culture.
Fair reward and supportive benefits package.
Comfortable working environment.
Our ESG approach and practices.
How the Group engages
We have an employee engagement forum ‘Connections’ which
discusses employee views and initiatives and provides feedback
to management.
All-employee townhalls and employee surveys.
Through our management structure.
Our CEO holds ‘Meet the CEO’ sessions with staff from across all
areas of the business.
Our all-employee magazine.
Weekly emails from our CEO.
How the Board engages
The Board engages directly with the Chair of Connections at least
twice per year and the Non-Executive Directors also meet with the
Connections Chair without management present.
The Remuneration Committee also meets with the Connections
Chair to discuss employee views on remuneration matters.
Review and analysis of our employee engagement surveys
undertaken throughout the year and oversight of action plans
to address items raised.
Informal discussions with the Board on a rotational basis
across departments.
Regular updates from our HR Director on the Group’s culture, including
a review of the culture dashboard, and relevant employee matters.
Key challenges
Ensuring the retention of our employees in a highly competitive market.
Promoting a collaborative working environment and consistent
culture across all functions and jurisdictions in which we operate.
Ensuring a diverse talent pool.
Outcomes
Employee engagement score increased to 78% from 71% in 2022.
New medium-term and long-term diversity targets set by the Group.
Low attrition rate with 7.6% regretted leavers throughout 2023.
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
48
OUR SHAREHOLDERS
Why we engage
Our shareholders are the people who own the business and we rely
on their support and engagement to help us deliver our long-term
strategy. Understanding their views and providing regular updates to
them on the performance of the business is of key importance to the
success of the Company.
What is important to them?
Long-term sustainable business, with clear articulation of strategy.
Attractive returns.
High standards of governance and effective risk management.
Our ESG approach and practices.
How the Group engages
Our results presentations and roadshows with investors, which are
undertaken after our final and interim results and are a critical part
of our investor relations programme.
Meetings with Jupiter’s senior managers and investor relations team
throughout the year.
How the Board engages
Individual meetings with Executive Directors throughout the year, who
provide updates to the full Board on the engagement undertaken.
Direct engagement with our Chair, Committee Chairs and Senior
Independent Director as appropriate.
Our AGM which is attended by all Board Directors, who also engage
with individual shareholders after the formal meeting.
Feedback provided through the Group’s brokers and investor
relations team who present to the Board.
Key challenges
Returns provided to shareholders due to the decline in share price
during 2023.
Outcomes
Underlying EPS of 14.8p, payment of ordinary dividends amounting
to 6.9p and return of £16m capital through a special dividend in the
amount of 2.9p per share.
Amended the thresholds of authorities sought at the AGM,
to address feedback provided by key shareholders.
Incorporated shareholder feedback into Directors’ Remuneration
Policy, to be proposed at 2024 AGM.
Transferred to a new registrar to enhance services provided to our
retail shareholders.
CONSUMER DUTY
Having a culture which puts our clients at
the centre of everything we do, meant we
were well positioned to comply with the new
Consumer Duty requirements as introduced
by the FCA. These requirements were
introduced to create a higher standard
of consumer protection across financial
services and help to ensure that firms put
their customers’ needs first.
To ensure compliance with the new requirements we
undertook a project which was overseen by the boards of
our UK regulated entities and Jupiter Fund Management plc.
We already produce an annual assessment of value, which
demonstrates and rates the value our funds have delivered to our
clients and can be found on our website (www.jupiteram.com).
We have appointed one board director from each of our
UK regulated entity boards as Consumer Duty champions, to
represent our clients in the boardroom, ensure focus on good
client outcomes and that we have appropriate processes in
place to support vulnerable clients.
We have reviewed all of our governance documents, policies
and other appropriate documentation to make clear our
obligations to clients. We have developed metrics to measure
outcomes for our clients and ensured appropriate reporting
and escalation to our Culture and Conduct Committee and
our regulated entity boards. We are not complacent and are
conscious that requirements and expectations will evolve,
and we will continuously focus on improving the outcomes
we deliver to our clients.
SECTION 172 DIRECTORS’ DUTY
The Directors have continued to discharge their duties in
accordance with section 172 of the Companies Act, which
includes the need to consider the interests of the Company’s
wider stakeholders. Details of how the Directors have fulfilled
their duties can be found throughout the Strategic and
Governance reports.
Further details on how the Directors’ duties are discharged,
and the oversight of these duties, are included in the
Governance section starting on page 72.
49Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT CONTINUED
OUR BUSINESS PARTNERS
Why we engage
Our business partners include our distribution partners (platforms,
advisors, wealth managers, financial institutions, funds of funds and life
companies) and our suppliers. They are critical to ensuring the effective
distribution and servicing of our products and they supplement our
operational infrastructure, which enables us to benefit from their
expertise and scale.
What is important to them?
A product range which meets their clients’ requirements and
delivers outperformance.
Development of beneficial and effective long-term
business relationships.
Prompt payment for services and rebates.
Accurate and timely information, in order to fulfil their obligations.
How the Group engages
Our Client Group and investment teams engage regularly with
our distribution partners through meetings and briefings.
Distribution partners also undertake due diligence meetings and
meet with key individuals throughout the Group and assess our
governance, policies and processes to ensure we will be effective
stewards of their clients’ assets.
Our procurement team which is responsible for central engagement
with our suppliers and set the governance framework for managing
the relationships.
Direct and regular contact with the relevant business areas to which
the services/goods are supplied.
Meetings with senior managers across Jupiter’s business.
How the Board engages
Representatives from our distribution partners attend Board
briefings to provide their views on industry and client trends, fund
selection processes and feedback on our products and services.
Regular updates from our Client Group.
Updates from our operations and procurement teams on
management of key suppliers.
Key challenges
Ensuring sufficient information flows with distribution partners in
accordance with Consumer Duty requirements.
Ensuring we have a differentiated product range which provides
solutions to our Distribution partners’ clients, in light of the number
of funds available in the market place.
Development of more tailored reporting and servicing,
based on continually evolving expectations.
Ensuring high levels of service from third parties to our clients.
Outcomes
AUM through distribution partners of £37.3bn.
To understand supplier capability and deliver value to our clients,
Jupiter engaged in over 10 competitive supplier processes in 2023.
ENGAGING WITH OUR PEOPLE
We have an established employee engagement forum and work
advisory panel called Connections, which engages with senior
management and the Board on behalf of employees. We also
consult with Connections on any changes and developments
within the business to seek employee feedback.
Connections consists of employee nominated members
who represent each of our functions. They engage with their
respective areas and come together to represent the voice
of Jupiter’s employees. In addition to engaging regularly with
management, the Connections Chair engages with the Board
directly on behalf of the Connections forum, both with and
without management present. The Chair also attends a
Remuneration Committee meeting to discuss feedback
following the variable compensation round.
During the year Connections considered and provided feedback
on a number of areas including:
Results of the employee engagement surveys undertaken
during the year and development of action plans to address
points raised by employees.
Received updates on the revised appraisal process including
the new 360 feedback process, which had originally been a
suggestion from Connections.
Received updates on the changes to the structure of the
Client Group and Operations functions, provided feedback
from employees across the business and facilitated responses
to employee questions.
Received updates on the changes to the governance
structure and discussed the practical implications of how
these would be implemented, together with addressing
employee questions.
Discussed the process and timetable for the annual
compensation review.
Engaged with management on the usage of office space and
how this can best be utilised, including the commission of an
employee survey.
50
OUR COMMUNITIES
Why we engage
We believe we have a responsibility to make a wider contribution to
society. This includes the effective stewardship of the assets we invest
on behalf of our clients, which we believe is the biggest potential
impact we can have.
What is important to them?
The impact we and our investee companies have on the
environment and wider society.
Our plans to improve and enhance the impact we have and achieve
better outcomes for all stakeholders.
Our initiatives to support diversity, equity and inclusion across
the industry.
How the Group engages
Our investment managers, supported by our stewardship team,
regularly hold meetings with investee companies on ESG matters
to help drive benefits for society.
We have an established Charity Committee which leads charitable
activities across the Group and the engagement with our charitable
partners, including through our volunteering partnership scheme.
Our publicly available information and various methods to engage
with us directly on key matters.
How the Board engages
Regular updates from our sustainability and stewardship team.
Key challenges
Increasing pace of sustainability disclosure and reporting regulations.
Driving progress in investee companies on sustainability issues.
Outcomes
Revised our net zero targets for our operations and introduced a
medium-term target.
291 ESG-focused stewardship meetings held.
241 volunteer days used by our employees.
£270,000 donated to charitable causes.
STATE AND REGULATORS
Why we engage
State authorities set the legal and tax frameworks within which
we operate, and regulators are responsible for supervising their
respective financial systems including the entities and people working
within them. They have an interest in ensuring we act with integrity
and transparency, are effective stewards of our clients’ investments
and comply with regulatory requirements. We also engage with
regulators and policy makers to help develop and understand
evolving regulatory requirements.
What is important to them?
Protecting the interests of clients.
Protecting markets and ensuring their smooth operation.
How our business protects clients’ interests and acts responsibly,
through our governance and control frameworks, and ESG approach
and practices.
How the Group engages
Our compliance team leads engagement with our regulators
to keep them updated on developments within our business.
Regulators also meet with senior managers across the business,
as appropriate.
Regulatory applications, notification and filings, and participation in
thematic reviews.
Engagement with tax authorities across the world to ensure
responsible and transparent tax conduct.
How the Board engages
Regular updates from our compliance team including details of
regulatory engagement, themes and priorities of different
regulators and forthcoming regulatory changes.
All Directors across the Group engage directly with the regulators
as and when required.
Key challenges
The large amounts of regulatory change and divergence between
differing regulatory regimes, particularly following the UK’s
departure from the EU.
Outcomes
Ensured compliance with the FCA’s newly introduced Consumer
Duty requirements.
Established and embedded the Culture and Conduct Committee.
Re-accredited for the Fair Tax Mark by the Fair Tax Foundation.
£177m regulatory capital surplus.
51Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
OUR PEOPLE AND CULTURE
At the heart of our business are our talented
people. Their insights, experience and creativity
allow us to deliver for our clients and make a
positive difference for our stakeholders.
Independence of thought and individual accountability are at the core
of what makes Jupiter an attractive home for talent. To fully harness
the value of our people, whatever their role in the organisation,
we seek to create an environment in which we continuously listen,
where each of us is prepared to challenge and be challenged, and
where we are prepared to act on the inputs we receive.
PULSE SURVEYS
In 2023, we continued to deepen our engagement with our employees
through the implementation of more frequent engagement surveys,
encouraging a two-way dialogue with our people. At key points in the
year, we have checked in on key strategic topics for Jupiter, capturing live
feedback on the things that matter to our people and to our business.
Since moving to engagement pulsing in 2022, our overall engagement
score has continuously trended upwards, and we were delighted to
have closed the year with a 78% engagement score, which represents
a seven percentage point increase against 2022, and an eight
percentage point increase compared to 2021.
CONNECTING PEOPLE WITH PURPOSE
We recognise the need to connect our people with our purpose
and build a shared understanding of where we are, and where we
want to be.
PEOPLE AND CULTURE
When we launched our strategic objectives at the beginning of the year,
each member of our leadership team ran workshops to give their teams
an opportunity to connect with our business strategy. These sessions
helped to create a shared direction and purpose across the organisation,
building an understanding of the strategy, and how we expect it to shape
our priorities at a collective and individual level.
To complement this, we ran the first of our engagement survey
‘deep dives’ on the topic of Jupiter’s business strategy, which
gave all employees an opportunity to provide feedback on how
connected they feel to the wider Jupiter strategy, as well as to identify
any areas where more was needed to help bring it to life. The results
were very strong, with a 19 percentage point increase in people’s
understanding of our strategic priorities compared to December 2022.
Whilst the scores on strategy understanding peaked in May, immediately
following the roll out, they have remained consistently high throughout
the year.
I understand
Jupiter’s purpose
87%
Dec 2023
May 2023: 92%
I know how the work I
do helps Jupiter to
achieve its strategic
priorities
89%
May 2023
I understand
Jupiter’s strategic priorities
84%
Dec 2023
May 2023: 86%
Each of our deep dives asks a different question set,
examining a topic in more detail to complement our annual
survey. Where no trend is displayed the most recent score
rate is quoted.
52
We have continued to increase the ways our people can hear about
and share progress against our objectives within our business over the
course of the year. From our investment in a new intranet platform
allowing our people to connect with colleagues and news from
around Jupiter, to weekly CEO blogs and all-staff townhalls providing
key updates on strategic topics, our people have more ways than ever
to connect with our wider purpose and how we are progressing.
ASSESSING OUR CULTURE
One year on from the launch of our new Jupiter behaviours in 2022,
September proved an opportune time for a deep-dive survey on
Jupiter’s culture, reflecting on the progress we have made.
This focused on assessing employees’ views on the core components of
a healthy organisational culture, and highlighted strengths in feeling safe
to speak up if an employee had a concern (86%), wellness & flexibility
(88%), and celebrating success (84%). Areas identified for development
include continuing to enhance collaboration between teams, and
continuing to improve information cascade through line managers.
Overall, the scores pointed to a positive and inclusive culture at
Jupiter, reflective of the actions taken to embed Jupiter’s values
throughout the organisation, including a clear stance on conduct
and our codified behaviours.
CONNECTIONS
Our employee representative forum, Connections, helps to drive
engagement at all levels of the business and regularly communicates
with our people to gather views. The Chair of the forum provides
updates to the SMC and the Board, and Connections act as the
Group’s formal workforce advisory panel for UK staff.
Connections representatives work with their teams to identify key
themes from pulse surveys and work with the leadership team to
implement initiatives that will improve the employee experience,
culture and business outcomes. Examples of initiatives from 2023
include the creation of an analyst forum, and ways for teams to
better recognise everyday achievements and celebrate successes.
360 FEEDBACK
We know that we can only grow as individuals and collectively
if we recognise what we do well, and understand where we can
improve. That’s why this year we have implemented digital 360
feedback as a mandatory part of Jupiter’s performance review
process, extending our focus on feedback to our people
themselves as well as to our business.
To support our people, we ran training on how to give and
receive effective feedback, as well as practical sessions with
managers to provide a safe space to practice giving difficult
messages and gain peer-to-peer support.
446
number of people who provided feedback about a colleague
14
average number of pieces of feedback received
5,946
pieces of feedback given across four questions
60
65
70
75
80
85
71%
72%
70%
77%
76%
74%
78%
77%
80%
78%
78%
79%
Dec 2022 May 2023 Sept 2023 Dec 2023
71%
76%
78% 78%
Overall Employee Engagement
I am proud to say I work for Jupiter
I would still like to be working at Jupiter in two years’ time
If asked, I would recommend to friends and family that Jupiter is a good place to work
Engagement pulsing trends
53Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
PEOPLE AND CULTURE CONTINUED
LIFE AT JUPITER
CAREER & DEVELOPMENT
Our people are encouraged to challenge themselves, and
continuously develop their skills to maintain a competitive edge.
Each year, we build a core curriculum of training courses based on
the short- and long-term needs of our business and our people.
This year we complemented this offer with the introduction of
LinkedIn Learning’s digital library of over 16,000 courses to all
employees globally, providing access to on-demand learning for all.
In addition to the core offer, we provide generous support for
professional qualifications.
36% of colleagues
attended a personal development
course in 2023
When it comes to career management, in January we committed
to running training sessions on career development and having
positive career conversations with employees and line managers.
We also ran a popular ‘speed mentoring’ session allowing people
across the business to connect with senior leaders outside their
business area, and understand how they built their career at
Jupiter. This will continue to be an area of focus for us in 2024, as
we constantly seek to clarify pathways to progression and open up
opportunities for the retention of our talent.
REWARDING OUR EMPLOYEES
Our reward framework is designed to attract, motivate and retain
talent. Through a mix of fixed and variable components, our
competitive total compensation offer rewards success and the
promotion of our culture and values.
Enabling Group-wide share ownership is an important objective
in promoting our cultural pillar of ‘We succeed together’.
Compensation awards, particularly deferred bonuses and
longer-term incentive plans, are designed to align the interests of
our employees with those of our clients and wider stakeholders.
For the fifth year in a row, we have again granted a free share
award of £2,000 to each of our employees and continued our
‘CEO Award’ programme (also granted in Jupiter shares) which
recognises a select number of employees who have made an
exceptional contribution to the success of Jupiter. In addition,
all employees can participate in a variety of schemes to purchase
Jupiter shares.
FINANCIAL RESILIENCE
In 2023, we transitioned to a new employee pension scheme with
an ambition to give our employees more flexibility and control
over their financial futures by offering an increased range of
investment options and savings vehicles.
The scheme includes an option allowing employees to divert a
proportion of their Jupiter employer contribution into an ISA
or Fund & Share account, providing additional flexibility for
different life stages and what will have the most impact on
their financial wellbeing.
As part of this roll-out, we partnered with our pension provider to
run a series of one-to-one financial wellness sessions, which were
taken up by almost half of Jupiter’s employee population, as well
as a seminar on financial resilience in October as part of a day of
our inaugural ‘Benefest’ event.
More than 50%
of Jupiter’s people attended a one-to-one or group
financial wellness session in 2023
Acknowledging the challenges posed for employees during the
cost of living crisis, in April 2023, we committed to a minimum pay
award for all employees earning below £100,000.
HEALTH & WELLBEING
We remain clear on our stance on hybrid working, with all
employees expected to work in the office for a minimum of three
days per week and two days from home. We acknowledge the
significant benefits this brings to both work-life balance and
productivity, and believe that our approach balances the changing
needs of our diverse workforce with our desire to maintain a
strong shared culture and focus on collaboration.
“My wellbeing at work is supported by Jupiter”
82%
Sept 23 pulse survey
We recognise the importance of enhancing our offer
internationally, making Jupiter an attractive place to work wherever
our employees are in the world. In this spirit, we have this year
begun reviewing our holistic benefits package across all of our
Jupiter offices, including increasing the level of paid health
assessments for our employees in the UK and enhancing our
maternity and paternity offer in international offices.
In October, we ran our inaugural ‘Benefest’ event, where we
brought employees together to understand more about the
health and wellness, financial and lifestyle benefits on offer to
them through Jupiter. This included a popular session on sleep
management, the opportunity to sign up to funded health-checks
and flu jabs, as well as an opportunity to sign up to new benefits or
ask questions about cover directly to Jupiter’s benefit providers.
54
We value our people
Independence of thought and individual accountability define us.
We believe that diversity and the freedom to think and act
differently will set us apart.
We actively look for ways to bring diverse perspectives into our
decision making.
We create the space for everyone to have a positive impact and
help our people to shape their own career paths.
We support people with the right development opportunities and
experiences. We encourage people to seek out opportunities for
personal and professional growth so can they can reach their
full potential.
We put clients first
A passionate focus on serving our clients and a commitment
to delivering superior performance after fees is central to
why we exist.
We aim to put the client at the core of all decisions.
Our business is built on trust, and we collaborate and develop
strong relationships so that we can make the right decisions for
clients every day.
Our intellectual curiosity means that we’re always looking to
improve how we meet their needs and objectives.
We succeed together
Only by working together as one team can we meet our
individual and business goals.
We maximise our collective impact by working and winning
as a global team.
Together, we focus on our strategy and prioritise everything
we do accordingly.
We value the ideas and capabilities we all bring to the business,
as well as the contribution every single person makes on our
journey to growth.
We celebrate successes and inspire each other to go further to
drive greater returns.
We challenge ourselves
We thrive on open debate, feedback
and continuous improvement.
We welcome constructive challenge and aren’t afraid to say
what we think.
We are driven and continually seek out innovative and different
solutions to improve what we do and how we do it.
We remove barriers to high performance so that we can always
do our very best for our clients.
OUR CULTURAL
PILLARS
55Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
DIVERSITY, EQUITY & INCLUSION
Diversity of thought, experience and perspectives has long
underpinned our high-conviction investment approach, and is
fundamental to how we think. We respect and celebrate different
perspectives and are tenacious in our ambition to extend this as
widely as possible.
But we know that we are not alone in acknowledging the challenge
our industry collectively faces when it comes to becoming truly
diverse. We know that we need to work harder than ever to attract
and retain diverse talent, and remain steadfast in our commitment to
change in this area.
In 2022, we refreshed our DE&I framework and enhanced the role of
our employee networks, and focused on data gathering which allowed
us to report our employee data in full in our 2023 Annual Report and
Accounts. We have strong data disclosure across gender, ethnicity,
sexual orientation and religion, and we are working on how to enhance
our data collection on other metrics including gender identity.
In 2023, we have maintained our rhythm of activity on our core
areas of focus – gender, ethnicity and social mobility. On gender,
this includes assessing support for women’s life stages with the
implementation of a menopause plan, progressively extending paid
maternity leave internationally and the implementation of gender
balanced shortlists for senior roles. More broadly, we have made
multiple educational events and learning opportunities available
to all staff, and our work with Arrival Education, detailed on page 61,
has supported our progress on ethnicity and socio-economic diversity
for early careers.
PEOPLE AND CULTURE CONTINUED
We continue to drive significant activity through the work of our
employee networks, more details of which can be found on page 57,
coupled with strong leadership support through data transparency,
target setting and incentivisation.
At an industry level, we have continued our longstanding support for
Investment20/20, recruiting trainees into our business through the
scheme for the 10
th
year, and remain supporters of both the Diversity
Project goals and Women in Finance Charter. We have taken on new
partnerships in 2023, including LGBT Great, through which we were
proud to achieve a bronze rating in their LGBT Inclusion standard.
27%
of senior management
is female
74%
The culture at Jupiter
makes me feel included
18%
of senior management is
minority ethnic
87%
I feel able to be
myself at work
40%
of our hires
were female
46% including
internal hires
86%
If I had a concern
about how something
was being done, I would
feel comfortable
escalating it
31%
hires from an ethnic
minority background
90%
I feel safe within my
team proposing ideas
or challenging existing
ways of working
We respect and celebrate different
perspectives and are tenacious in
our ambition to extend this as widely
as possible.
A SNAPSHOT: DE&I AT JUPITER
All scores relate to the ‘culture deep dive’ pulse survey run in September 2023. ‘I feel able to be myself at work’ was also asked as part
of our full survey in December with a score of 87%.
Diversity data as at 1 January 2024 and hiring data as at 31 December 2023. Senior management is composed of the Senior Management Committee (see page 80)
and SMC-1, excluding Executive Directors.
56
OUR DIVERSITY TARGETS
Despite significant attention on this topic over recent years, we
acknowledge that we did not meet our 2023 targets on gender
representation made in 2020 as part of our commitment to the
Women in Finance Charter, achieving a gender balance of 27% women
in senior leadership against a target of 40%. Targets are an important
driver for change, and we are committed to maintaining the
momentum that we have built here.
This year, we have undertaken a significant data analysis exercise to
assess our position, review any blocks, and identify meaningful actions
we can take to improve our position. Taking into account retention
and recruitment considerations, we have extended our deadline of
40% women in senior leadership to 2033, and introduced an interim
target to ensure that we remain on track.
We have taken a similar approach with the introduction of a target for
ethnic minority background in senior management of 30% by 2033,
with an interim target of 22% by 2026 in line with the Parker Review.
In practice to achieve this we will need to recruit at least 50% women
and at least 30% ethnic minority background into our senior
management population consistently over 10 years – meaning our
target, whilst extended, remains stretching.
DE&I AT JUPITER
Jupiter Fund Management plc Board
Oversight of DE&I targets, strategy and plan.
Executive Directors
Accountable for DE&I outcomes,
linked to remuneration.
DE&I forum
Chaired by Matthew Beesley, representatives from
each employee network meet quarterly to review
Jupiter-wide themes, initiatives and progress.
Our employee networks
Jupiter’s employee networks are allocated an
annual budget, and are empowered to deliver
initiatives that they believe will make an impact.
Each network has an executive sponsor who
is a senior manager within the organisation.
Our line managers
Measured on culture & inclusion as part
of annual objectives.
Our people
Expected to behave in line with our Jupiter Code
of Ethics & Code of Conduct. Encouraged
to support DE&I objectives through training,
events, and initiatives throughout the year.
EMPLOYEE NETWORK CORE OBJECTIVES & 2023 INITIATIVES
Create an environment
where everyone can
thrive, irrespective
of gender.
2023 focus on
menopause (see case
study on page 59)
Ran an internal and
external campaign
for International
Women’s Day
Promotes cultural and
ethnic DE&I at Jupiter.
Implementation of
senior leadership
ethnicity target
Supporting outreach
with Arrival Education
Create a supportive
network and safe space
for LGBT+ employees
and allies.
Allyship training
with Interinvest and
celebrating Pride with
the community and
allies at Jupiter
Awarded LGBT Great’s
Bronze standard for
LGBT inclusion
Multi-faith group
celebrating the role of
faith in the workplace.
Formally relaunched
in 2023 with Eid and
Diwali celebrations
Consult and support
on religious inclusion
for events
Newly formed group
championing
neurodiversity.
Pilot training for
managers and HR
teams on supporting
neurodiverse employees
Consulted on
office redesign
Gender Equality
Network
Gravity
(Ethnicity & Culture)
Pride
(LGBT+)
Faith Neurodiversity
All Senior management Board
Gender Target 40% 40% 40% + 1 woman in a senior position
Date 2026 2033 2025
Ethnicity Target 30% 30% 1 Board member
Date 2026 2033 Maintain
57Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
PEOPLE AND CULTURE CONTINUED
GENDER
Men 6
2022
5
2023
Women 32
Board
71%
Men
29%
Women
2023
2022
Men 3
2022
7
2023
Women 24
Executive management
64%
Men
36%
Women
2023
2022
Men 290
2022
263
2023
Women 180173
Other employees
60%
Men
40%
Women
2023
2022
Men 33
2022
58
2023
Women 921
Senior management
73%
Men
27%
Women
2023
2022
Data as at 1 January 2024. Executive management includes the SMC and Company Secretary. Senior management includes the SMC and SMC-1 population, excluding Executive
Directors in accordance with FCA guidance. 2022 comparison data reflects the previous definition of senior management in accordance with Jupiter’s previous organisational
structure, which included a smaller population.
58
JUPITER AND THE MENOPAUSE
A menopause working group forms a key part of
Jupiter’s Gender Equality Network. Their work led
to the launch of Jupiter’s Menopause policy and
has continued strongly in 2023 with a focus on
education and support.
A primary area of focus for the working group was education and
awareness – acknowledging that the menopause remains a ‘taboo’ topic
in the workplace for many. In 2023, we ran a series of education sessions
for both managers and staff covering key symptoms and typical ways
of managing them, as well as how to have supportive conversations.
Support for people experiencing the menopause is often
excluded in private medical cover. With this in mind, and in
conjunction with the Gender Equality Network, Jupiter has
implemented additional cover for menopause and problem
periods into private medical cover for all eligible employees.
Jupiter’s menopause working group also runs a monthly Menopause
Café, which runs virtually and provides employees experiencing
menopause or perimenopause, or supporting a family member,
colleague or friend who is, the opportunity to connect with
others in an informal way.
The work of the menopause working group is a demonstration
of the strength of the employee network framework at Jupiter,
with networks benefiting from leadership support to implement
well-considered initiatives that will have an impact on our diversity
and talent retention.
“We were delighted to see a great turnout
for our menopause awareness session,
which attracted attendees from across
the organisation. It was particularly good
to see our male allies there to learn more
about the menopause and how they can
support peers, team members, and even
friends and family.”
from member of menopause working group
“Jupiter’s efforts to enhance our support
for the menopause form part of our
plans to improve our gender diversity
by not only attracting but also retaining
our female talent for the long term.
I am deeply passionate about playing our
role in bringing about change within our
industry. We are investing in our DE&I
efforts - asking difficult questions and
not being afraid to experiment to
generate better outcomes.”
Tracey Kinsella, HR Director
59Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
White British/White Other 86%
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups 14%
Asian/Asian British 0%
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British 0%
Other Ethnic Group 0%
Not specified/Prefer not to say 0%
Board diversity
73%
0%
27%
0%
0%
0%
Board diversity
White British/White Other
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups
Asian/Asian British
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British
Other Ethnic Group
Not specified/Prefer not to say
68%
2%
13%
0%
4%
13%
Senior Management diversity
White British/White Other
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups
Asian/Asian British
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British
Other Ethnic Group
Not specified/Prefer not to say
62%
3%
18%
4%
2%
11%
Other diversity
White British/White Other
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups
Asian/Asian British
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British
Other Ethnic Group
Not specified/Prefer not to say
89%
11%
0%
0%
0%
0%
Board diversity
White British/White Other
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups
Asian/Asian British
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British
Other Ethnic Group
Not specified/Prefer not to say
100%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
Executive Management diversity
White British/White Other
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups
Asian/Asian British
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British
Other Ethnic Group
Not specified/Prefer not to say
White British/White Other
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups
Asian/Asian British
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British
Other Ethnic Group
Not specified/Prefer not to say
71%
2%
10%
0%
0%
17%
Senior Management diversity
White British/White Other
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups
Asian/Asian British
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British
Other Ethnic Group
Not specified/Prefer not to say
61%
4%
17%
3%
2%
13%
Other diversity
Board
Senior management
Executive management
Other employees
2023
2023
2023
20222022
2022
2022
2022
ETHNICITY
PEOPLE AND CULTURE CONTINUED
2023
60
AN INSIGHT INTO
ASSET MANAGEMENT
In 2022, we began a series of Financial Confidence
workshops with young people from low-income
and/or ethnically diverse backgrounds, which sees
us pair Jupiter employees with young people for
a full day session on building financial literacy.
The day covers three topics: managing income, being smart about
debt, and starting saving and investing, and includes plenary sessions
and small group coaching. The sessions have proved a real success,
with over 100 young people supported in just over a year
since launch by over 70 Jupiter employees.
In July 2023, we took this further and set out to deepen our relationship
as a firm with the young people that we have connected with through
our Financial Confidence sessions, and offered 20 places on a
week-long ‘insights week’. The young people spent a week visiting
our London offices, and heard from our employees about the
different roles and routes into asset management, as well as
participating in personal development sessions including mock
interviews, speed networking, and sessions on how to
articulate your strengths.
Over the course of the week, more than 50 Jupiter employees
contributed to one of the sessions, giving the young people
the opportunity to expand their network, hear about the
experiences of people within the industry and increase
their chances of securing a role in the future. Many of our
employees have built ongoing relationships with the young
people they have interacted with, and we look forward to
continuing to support them on their career trajectories.
100+
young people supported
through our Financial
Confidence workshops
100+
Jupiter employees have
volunteered through our
work with Arrival
“I’ve learnt a lot about Jupiter as a
company and they have shown that
they are very open to young talent and
that they support individuals who want
to develop and thrive.”
Arrival attendee
61Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
PEOPLE AND CULTURE CONTINUED
Gender
2023 2022
Women Men Women Men
Board members 2 5 3 6
% of Board 29% 71% 33% 67%
Senior positions on the Board (CEO, CFO, SID, Chair) 0 4 1 3
Senior management 21 58 9 33
% of senior management
1
27% 73% 21% 79%
Other employees 173 263 180 290
% of other employees 40% 60% 38% 62%
Total 196 326 192 329
% Total 38% 62% 37% 63%
Executive management
2
4 7 2 3
% of executive management 36% 64% 40% 60%
1. The definition of senior management has been updated to reflect the new management structure, resulting in a larger overall population size. Jupiter defines senior
management as SMC and SMC-1. For the purpose of the above senior management excludes Executive Directors, who are reported as Board members.
2. Executive management includes members of the Senior SMC and Company Secretary, in line with the Listing Rules guidance.
Jupiter systematically collects data on legal gender from all employees on a mandatory basis. Gender identity data collection commenced in late
2022 with a completion rate of 79%. Due to the sample size of data available, it is not used as the basis of reporting at this time.
Data reported as at 1 January 2024.
62
Ethnicity
2023
White British/
White Other
Mixed/Multiple
Ethnic Groups Asian/Asian British
Black/African/
Caribbean/
Black British
Other Ethnic
Group
Not specified/
Prefer not to say
Board members 6 1 - - - -
% of Board 86% 14% - - - -
Senior positions on the Board (CEO, CFO, SID, Chair) 4 0 0 0 0 0
Senior management
1
54 2 10 - 3 10
% of senior management 68% 2% 13% - 4% 13%
Other employees 272 15 77 16 7 49
% of other employees 62% 3% 18% 4% 2% 11%
Total 332 18 87 16 10 59
64% 3% 17% 3% 2% 11%
Executive management
2
8 - 3 - - -
% of executive management 73% - 27% - - -
2022
White British/
White Other
Mixed/Multiple
Ethnic Groups Asian/Asian British
Black/African/
Caribbean/
Black British
Other Ethnic
Group
Not specified/
Prefer not to say
Board members 8 1
% of Board 89% 11%
Senior positions on the Board (CEO, CFO, SID, Chair) 4
Senior management
1
30 1 4 7
% of senior management 71% 2% 10% 17%
Other employees 288 18 79 14 9 62
% of other employees 61% 4% 17% 3% 2% 13%
Executive management
2
5
% of executive management 100%
1. The definition of senior management has been updated to reflect the new management structure, resulting in a larger overall population size. Senior management excludes
Executive Directors.
2. Executive management includes members of the SMC and Company Secretary, in line with the Listing Rules guidance.
“We continue to drive
significant activity on DE&I
through the work of our
employee networks, coupled
with strong leadership support
through data transparency, target
setting and incentivisation.”
63Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
OUR APPROACH
TO RISK MANAGEMENT
Our aim is to manage risk in a manner that
effectively mitigates harm to clients, the firm
and the market while achieving Jupiter’s
strategic objectives.
The Board and executive management are responsible for establishing
and maintaining a strong risk management culture that embeds and
supports a high level of risk awareness and a sound control
environment across the firm.
This is achieved through leadership behaviours setting the ‘tone
from the top’, governance structures, a clear definition of roles
and responsibilities, and regular communication reinforcing
appropriate behaviours.
The Group has a robust enterprise risk management framework (ERMF)
to provide a comprehensive approach to identifying, assessing,
monitoring, mitigating and reporting risk.
RISK GOVERNANCE AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Group operates a three-tier risk governance framework, known as
the ‘three lines of defence’ model, which distinguishes between risk
management and risk oversight. This approach provides a clear and
concise separation of duties, roles and responsibilities.
The Audit and Risk Committee reviews the appropriateness of the
’three lines of defence’ model and the effectiveness of the Group’s
risk management and internal controls on an annual basis as per the
Audit and Risk Committee report on page 98.
The Board has ultimate responsibility for oversight of the risks of the
Group and for determining the risk appetite limits within which the
Group must operate. It delegates day-to-day responsibility for risk
management and control activities to the Chief Executive Officer,
supported by the Risk and Compliance Committee, with oversight
from the Audit and Risk Committee.
The ERMF clearly defines the roles and responsibilities for risk
management and provides a process for escalation through our
governance structure, which enables ongoing and robust oversight.
Audit and Risk Committee
The Audit and Risk Committee is accountable for reviewing the
effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and its internal control
systems, oversight of the Internal Audit function and the Group’s
relationship with external auditors. It is also responsible for reviewing
and monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial statements.
Risk and Compliance Committee
The Risk and Compliance Committee is responsible for the
oversight of the Group’s risk profile relative to its agreed risk appetite.
It is accountable for overseeing the design and operating effectiveness
of the Group’s risk management frameworks and policies, including
compliance with relevant regulations. The Committee receives
regular reporting and ongoing updates, from which it reports any
recommendations and escalations to the Audit and Risk Committee.
KEY GOVERNANCE COMMITTEES
RISK MANAGEMENT
FIRST LINE
Business functions
The business functions and line
managers across the Group are
responsible and accountable for
the identification, assessment and
management of the individual risks
and associated controls within their
respective areas of responsibility.
Risk and Compliance
Risk and Compliance, supported by
additional control and oversight functions,
provide independent oversight and
challenge with respect to the first line’s
management of their risks, and provide
assurance that the Group’s regulated
activities are undertaken in accordance
with regulatory requirements.
Internal Audit
Internal Audit is an independent provider
of assurance over the effectiveness of the
Group’s processes and governance with
regards to risk, assessing whether they are
adequately controlled and challenging
management to improve their
effectiveness as appropriate.
SECOND LINE
THIRD LINE
64
ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK
The ERMF enables Jupiter to identify and
manage the material risks to which it is exposed.
The ERMF supports the effective management of
risks to ensure that the Group’s risk profile remains
within its risk appetite, protects and enhances
stakeholder value by contributing to the
achievement of our objectives and informs
the ‘three lines of defence’ to ensure
effective escalation of material risk issues.
Areas of focus
Development of an ESG-specific risk register.
Thematic approach to risk assessments.
Top-down risk assessment to refine the key risks.
Impact tolerance testing to enhance operational resilience.
Emerging risk register development.
ERMF
Risk appetite
statements
Top-down
risk
assessment
Risk and control
self-assessment
Key risk
indicators
Incident
management
Operational
risk scenario
analysis
Emerging risks
Operational
resilience
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
The Group’s risk appetite defines the level and type of risk
that the Group is prepared to accept in pursuit of its strategic
objectives and business plan, taking into account the interests of
its clients, shareholders and other stakeholders, as well as capital
and other regulatory requirements. An important part of the
Board’s remit is to determine the Group’s risk appetite, taking
into account the business environment, and the current and
likely future condition of our business and operations.
B
The top-down risk assessment (TDRA) identifies the Group’s
material risks and monitors their profile. The TDRA is used to
provide a firm-wide view to help identify cross-functional and
strategic risks. The risks identified through the TDRA are
continuously monitored and reported to the appropriate
committees and boards.
C
The bottom-up identification and assessment of risks is
performed by teams across the business through a risk and
control self-assessment (RCSA). The assessment identifies and
monitors risks and associated key controls by considering the
operating environment, processes, roles and responsibilities,
as well as incidents. Risks are assessed on both an inherent and
a residual basis, with ratings determined for potential impact
and likelihood. Where processes or controls are identified as
insufficient, management is required to take appropriate action
to ensure they are improved to meet an acceptable level of risk
to the Group.
D
Key risk indicators (KRIs) are used by the Group to provide an
early sign of changing key risk exposures, enabling management to
identify potentially crystallising risks which are used to inform and
support management decision making.
E
An incident is an event due to a lack of or failure of the control
environment. These events likely lead to negative impacts for
clients and/or the firm. An incident can be incurred due to
inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems,
or from external events. Incidents are reported, recorded and
investigated to determine the root cause, impact and trends
and to ensure that appropriate remediation work is completed
as required. Incidents are monitored and captured across the
business and independently reviewed to ensure completeness
and accuracy. Analysis of incidents is used to support our TDRA,
RCSA and operational risk scenario analysis (ORSA) processes.
F
The ORSA is a forward-looking assessment of exposures to severe
but plausible operational risk events. It is used by the Group to
identify and quantify the material risks that have the potential to
impact Jupiter, based on the experience and opinions of internal
subject matter experts. A variety of scenarios are used to
estimate the impact of events on capital requirements. The
Group also uses scenario analysis to ensure that we understand
our exposure to high-severity events and implement mitigating
actions, in line with our risk appetite.
G
Emerging risks are risks that could significantly affect the Group’s
risk profile outside the risk assessment period. They are raised by
the business through the TDRA and RCSA process. Each one is
challenged to consider when the risk could impact the Group
and any action required to ensure we are fully prepared should
they begin to crystallise.
H
Operational resilience addresses how the continuity of the
services that the Group provides is maintained regardless of the
cause of disruption and helps to ensure that it is prepared for the
inevitability of disruption, rather than only trying to minimise the
probability of disruption occurring.
65Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
RISK PROFILE
The Group is exposed to various risk types in pursuing its business
objectives which can be driven by internal and external factors.
Understanding and managing these risks is imperative to the
business to reduce potential harms to clients, the firm and the market.
Some risks are pursued to support the business plan, such as the risks
relating to investment performance. Other risks are inherent in routine
business activities, such as the risk of financial crime. The differing
risks faced by the Group are documented within the risk taxonomy
and managed through the Group’s ERMF in line with risk appetite.
The type and severity of the risks the Group faces can change quickly
in a complex and competitive environment, therefore the framework
for managing these risks is dynamic and forward-looking to ensure it
considers both current and emerging risks which could potentially
impact the Group.
The Group conducts an annual ICARA to understand its exposure
to risks including operational, capital adequacy, liquidity and
credit/counterparties. These risks are also monitored to ensure
they are managed on a prudent basis and remain within regulatory
requirements and the Group’s risk appetite.
RISK TAXONOMY
The risk taxonomy defines and describes the different risk types
the Group is exposed to, providing a consistent methodology for
assessment and reporting. The Group has exposure to strategic,
investment, financial and operational risks. These are, where applicable,
further broken down into subcategories within the Group’s enterprise
risk taxonomy to provide consistency of reporting across the different
components of the framework.
RISK APPETITE
The Group’s risk appetite defines the level and type of risk that the
Group is prepared to accept in pursuit of its strategic objectives and
business plan, taking into account the interests of its clients and
shareholders, as well as capital and other regulatory requirements.
An important part of the Board’s remit is to determine the
Group’s risk appetite, considering its strategic plans, the business
environment and the current and likely future condition of its
business and operations.
OPERATIONAL RESILIENCE
The Group defines operational resilience as the Group’s ability
to prevent, adapt, respond to, recover and learn from operational
disruption. This forward-looking approach allows the Group to assess
and understand its vulnerabilities with the intention of undertaking
mitigating actions to prevent harm to clients, the firm and the market.
Operational resilience addresses how the continuity of the services
that the Group provides is maintained regardless of the cause of
disruption and helps to ensure that it is prepared for the inevitability
of disruption, rather than only aiming to minimise the probability of
disruption occurring. It includes preventative measures and the
capabilities in terms of people, processes and organisational culture
to adapt and recover when things go wrong.
The effective oversight and management of the Group’s operational
resilience requires it to identify the services which, if disrupted,
could cause intolerable harm to clients, the firm or the market.
These are described as important business services (IBS). Each IBS
is required to have been mapped (i.e., underlying people, systems,
suppliers and processes) to identify the key dependencies and have
an appropriate impact tolerance set at the first point at which a
disruption would pose an intolerable level of harm. End-to-end
testing of severe yet plausible scenarios are used to gauge the extent
to which the Group is able to stay within the set impact tolerances
and agree remedial action where those tolerances are exceeded.
“Our risks can change quickly in a complex
and competitive environment, therefore
the framework for managing these risks
should be dynamic and forward-looking.”
Premises not
available
Unavailability
of critical
system or
infrastructure
Unavailability
of staff
Cyber security
incident
Failure of
third-party
supplier services
The five scenarios identified as the primary types
of crises affecting the Group are:
66
REPUTATIONAL RISK
The Group defines reputational risk as the risk of loss or other adverse
impact arising from unfavourable perception of the firm on the part
of consumers, counterparties, employees, regulators, shareholders,
other stakeholders, the media or the general public. Managing
reputational risk is fundamental to the strategic objectives of the
firm and is managed across the various risk categories to which the
firm is exposed. For example, reputational risk can arise as a result of
operational incidents, strategic decisions, or generally as a result of
inappropriate behaviour within the Group, as perceived by various
stakeholder groups. The impact on the Group’s reputation is
considered when assessing risks within the ERMF.
EMERGING RISKS
The Group defines emerging risks as risks that will not or are deemed
implausible to crystallise within the current risk assessment period.
Emerging risks have many unknowns in terms of cause, impact and
likelihood and the Group looks to understand these risks on the
horizon to plan mitigation where possible.
Emerging risks are captured through the RCSA, the TDRA and utilising
the ‘PESTLE’ methodology for horizon scanning which focuses on
political, economic, socio-cultural, technological, legal and
environmental risks.
Emerging risks are assessed, monitored and reported via the ERMF.
Key risk Description Linked strategy
G
Geopolitical risk
The risk we fail to adequately respond to changes and/or disruption within the
geopolitical environment.
I
Investment
performance risk
The risk that portfolios do not meet their investment objectives including
against our peers and benchmarks.
O
Outsourcing and
supplier risk
The risks arising from incidents or failure of providers of services to deliver on their
obligations, or inadequate selection or oversight of providers.
P
People risk
The risk of failures or poor practices relating to people management.
R
Regulatory risk
The risk of failing to comply with our regulatory obligations including failures to
implement changes required to meet new regulatory requirements.
S
Sustainability risk
Sustainability risk is the failure to identify, assess, manage and report on ESG issues
that could cause actual or potential material negative impacts on our core
business activities.
T
Technology and
information security risk
The risk of deliberate attacks or accidental events that have a disruptive effect on
interconnected technologies.
Link to strategic priorities
Increase scale Decrease undue complexity Broaden our appeal to clients
Deepen relationships with all stakeholders
KEY RISKS
The table below lists the key risks to the firm on a residual basis, which
is considered to be the risk exposure after the application of existing
mitigating controls, assessing the risks on the potential impact and
likelihood of them crystallising.
Overall, the evolution of the Group’s risk profile during 2023 has been
driven by external challenges such as regulatory and investor demands
on sustainability. Geopolitical events across the globe have also
prompted increased market volatility and operational risks.
Further details on the mitigation in place for our most material risks
are included on the following pages.
KEY DEVELOPMENTS
During the year under review, a number of the Group’s risk activities
were reviewed and refreshed under the newly appointed Head of Risk,
following the separation of the Risk and Compliance functions.
These included:
The development and embedding of a revised risk management
framework which will continue to be an area of focus going forward.
Review and approval of the revised risk taxonomy and risk
appetite statement.
Adoption of a thematic approach to RCSAs.
Enhancement of the TDRA process to refine the key risks.
Emerging risk register development.
67Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
Description Management actions
G
Geopolitical risk
Geopolitical events such as the invasion of Ukraine and conflicts
across the globe disrupt markets, which increases volatility and
operational risk. The corresponding changing global sanctions
regimes increase our financial crime risk.
We continue efforts to diversify across both regions and asset
classes. Our strategy is to defend our existing UK positions
where prudent to do so, while also increasing the scale of our
international and Institutional businesses.
The Board and the Strategy and Management Committee
regularly review the strategic plan, opportunities and threats,
budgets and targets.
Our financial crime framework continuously evolves to ensure
the ever-changing landscape of financial crime is mitigated
through robust monitoring and testing.
I
Investment performance risk
Delivering positive outcomes to our clients through active management
is at the core of the organisation and failure to deliver against our
commitments leads to poor client outcomes and loss of AUM.
All performance is monitored closely and challenged
on a regular basis through senior management engagement.
The investment risk team provides detailed analysis of
market-related risks facing Jupiter's funds and corporate balance
sheet, ensuring that these are communicated accurately and
used to challenge and inform various stakeholders, enhancing
the investment management process.
Performance is overseen and assessed through active value
assessments to ensure that clients are receiving the best
possible product outcome.
O
Outsourcing and supplier risk
The firm is reliant on suppliers to which we have outsourced certain
services and any failure from our third parties can lead to a negative
impact on our clients, our staff and the firm.
We continue to review and assess our appetite for outsourcing
to ensure that it remains effective in relation to the size and
scale of our business.
We continue to work closely with our critical third-party
suppliers to ensure that the services they provide
remain resilient.
Our framework for the oversight of activities delegated to third
parties is continually reviewed in line with our risk appetite and
regulatory requirements to ensure effectiveness.
P
People risk
People are at the core of the business, however, ensuring management
of performance, conflicts of interest and conduct is imperative to
minimise poor culture, loss of key staff, poor outcomes for our clients
and harm to markets.
The Group recognises that conduct risk can crystallise across various
parts of the business and can be strategic, financial, infrastructural
or behavioural in nature. Conduct risks can arise on both
an individual and Group basis.
Focused recruitment, talent and learning programmes are in
place, supported by robust HR policies and procedures which
comply with all relevant rules, regulations and guidelines.
We respect and celebrate different perspectives
and experiences.
We actively manage succession and succession plans are
in place for critical staff.
Conduct risk is monitored through the conduct risk dashboard
which is designed to provide a lens into conduct risk from which
the Culture and Conduct Committee and boards can review and
investigate both potential and actual conduct risk issues within
the Group.
We have also continued to focus on educating employees on
the importance of good conduct, with a specific training
programme rolled out to all employees.
68
Description Management actions
R
Regulatory risk
The risk of not complying with regulatory changes remains significant as
we continue to see a high volume of regulatory activity, for example,
related to sustainability, Consumer Duty and operational resilience. Our
strategic focus of growing the scale in our international business further
increases our regulatory footprint.
To ensure we remain well placed to meet all regulatory
challenges, we continue to proactively engage with our
regulators in an open and transparent manner while investing
in education, training and a robust second line function.
We have a cohesive and holistic approach to managing the
evolving landscape of regulatory risk across jurisdictions and
utilise industry insight and specialist expertise as required to
respond to regulatory change, for example, the EU Digital
Operational Resilience Act.
S
Sustainability risk
Sustainability risks can impact and manifest in many ways including
financial under-performance, reputational damage and operational risks,
such as greenwashing, linked to climate change.
Sustainability risks are captured and managed within Jupiter’s
ERMF and control environment.
In 2023 we further enhanced automated monitoring of ESG
risks within our portfolios and increased resourcing in our
control teams.
Our governance approach to sustainability is described
on page 36.
T
Technology and information security risk
Our dependency on technology and data is significant and therefore
it is imperative that we protect our clients, staff and the firm against
technology failure, loss of data and system corruption.
Jupiter is certified in accordance with the UK government-
backed ‘Cyber Essentials Plus’ scheme, demonstrating our
ongoing commitment to reducing the likelihood of a successful
cyber event, despite the rising number of external attacks seen
across the industry.
We continue to make investments in our security systems
to identify and reduce vulnerabilities as quickly as possible.
We have invested in ongoing training and awareness on the
risks of phishing and similar attacks, and we continue to work
with our third-party suppliers to ensure that they are able to
demonstrate compliance with Group standards and
internationally recognised good practice.
69Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY
INFORMATION STATEMENT
The non-financial and sustainability information required to be disclosed is detailed below and certain information is included by reference to the
following locations in the Annual Report and Accounts:
Non-financial information Section Page
Business model
Our business model 22
Principal risks
Our approach to risk management 64
Key performance indicators
Our key performance indicators 20
TCFD Statement (including
disclosures to comply with
the Climate-related Financial
Disclosure Regulations)
TCFD report 44
Jupiter has a number of policies and statements which are in place to support the effective governance of the organisation. The key policies are
summarised in the table below. During the year all policies have operated effectively and how we ensure their effective implementation is
detailed below.
Clients
Treating Customers Fairly
This policy is to ensure that the Group consistently embeds the principle of treating customers fairly,
which includes a commitment to dealing with investors in its products and its discretionary clients
honestly, openly, competently and with integrity.
Conflicts of Interest
This policy is designed to ensure that we operate to high standards and take all appropriate steps to
identify and prevent, or manage conflicts of interest that may occur between the interests of one client
and another, or between the interests of a Group company (or an employee) and clients.
Our People
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
There is a Diversity, Equity and Inclusion statement for both the Board and the wider Company which sets
out our approach to promoting a culture of diversity, equity and inclusion.
Code of Ethics
Details the standards of conduct all of our employees are required to adhere to. Our Culture and Conduct
Committee oversee the operation of this policy and escalate any breaches through our governance framework.
Conduct Rules
The FCA Conduct Rules are high-level overarching requirements that apply to individuals on how they
conduct themselves in relation to their activities at Jupiter and, where relevant, their personal conduct.
They are designed to ensure our people act with integrity and uphold the highest standards of conduct.
Health and Safety
The policy is designed to protect the health, safety and welfare of our employees and visitors to our
offices to provide and maintain safe working conditions.
Whistleblowing
The purpose of the policy is to outline the channels through which employees can raise issues or concerns
about the activities of Jupiter or its employees. It has been adopted to foster a culture of openness and
transparency and to encourage employees to raise concerns of suspected wrongdoing. See policy
implementation overleaf for further information.
Environment and Society
Environmental
This policy provides a commitment to mitigate the direct impacts of our activities on the environment
wherever possible.
Sustainability
This sets out our approach to sustainability matters including our sustainability strategy, governance and
the material sustainability issues relevant to Jupiter’s corporate and investment footprints.
Responsible Investment
This policy details how we integrate ESG matters into our investment management activities and our
views/approach on material ESG matters.
Stewardship
This policy details how we incorporate voting, governance and sustainability considerations into our
investment management process to improve the outcomes for our clients.
Tax Strategy
This strategy ensures that we comply with our tax reporting and payment obligations in a timely manner
and that we engage with tax authorities in a co-operative and transparent way.
NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION STATEMENT
70
Human Rights
Human Rights
We strongly support the protection of individuals’ human rights and this is embedded in our corporate
values. Our employment policies and practices are designed to protect our employees’ human rights.
Modern Slavery
Our Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement details the steps we have taken to ensure that
there are no instances of modern slavery in our workplace or throughout our supply chain, and how we
oversee our investee companies to receive assurance over their practices and supply chains.
Data Protection
This policy is designed to ensure we protect any personal information that the Group may hold related
to individuals.
Financial Crime
Anti-Bribery and Corruption
This policy ensures that the Group operates to high ethical standards and complies with all applicable
anti-bribery and corruption laws.
Anti-Money Laundering and
Terrorist Financing
The Group’s anti-money laundering (AML) framework is designed to ensure that it complies with the
requirements and obligations set out in relevant legislation, regulations, rules and industry guidance for
all jurisdictions in which we operate and mitigates the risk of the Group being used to facilitate financial crime.
Anti-Tax Evasion
The Group is committed to acting professionally, fairly and with integrity in all its business dealings and
relationships, wherever it operates, and implementing and enforcing effective systems to counter the
facilitation of tax evasion.
Market Abuse
The purpose of this policy is to ensure Jupiter staff observe the proper standards of market conduct,
protect the integrity of the markets in which we operate and do not obtain an unfair advantage from the
use of inside information to the detriment of third parties who are unaware of such information.
POLICY IMPLEMENTATION
We ensure the effective implementation of our policies by:
Fostering a culture of integrity and accountability;
Clear communication of our policies through our employee
induction, training, management briefings and our intranet, through
which we make our key policies available to our people;
Our governance framework, including our Board, management and
reporting committees, which provide us with a robust structure
within which we oversee the implementation of the policies;
Workforce training programmes, covering areas such as anti-bribery
and corruption, money laundering, market abuse and tax evasion,
which employees are required to complete each year;
Our employee handbook, which assists with contractual terms,
expected conduct and our policies; and
Reviewing the majority of our policies at least annually to ensure
they are in line with best practice, meet our regulatory
requirements and are updated with any changes required for their
effective implementation.
The business is responsible for implementing these policies,
principles and codes and they have operated effectively and in line
with anticipated outcomes. The effectiveness of these policies is
reviewed by our risk and compliance teams (second line of defence)
and Internal Audit (third line of defence).
For further information on how our three lines of defence model
operates, please see the Our Approach to Risk Management
section on page 64.
Our Culture and Conduct Committee considers any breaches of key
policies and also reviews a wide variety of conduct metrics, including
late training, training failure rates and late attestations. These matters
are then escalated to the Audit and Risk Committee, Remuneration
Committee and regulated entity boards as required.
We operate an independent whistleblowing line enabling our employees
to confidentially raise any concerns, including non-compliance with
our policies and procedures. Currently, the Chair of the Board is
responsible for overseeing the investigation of any whistleblowing
reports, however this will be transitioned to the Chair of the Audit and
Risk Committee once a permanent Chair for that Committee is recruited.
71Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
GOVERNANCE AT A GLANCE
GROUP NOMINATION
COMMITTEE
100% independent
Please see the Committee’s report
starting on page 94
GROUP AUDIT AND RISK
COMMITTEE
100% independent
Please see the Committee’s report
starting on page 98
GROUP REMUNERATION
COMMITTEE
100% independent
Please see the Committee’s report
starting on page 112
GOVERNANCE AT A GLANCE
JUPITER FUND MANAGEMENT PLC BOARD
66% independent
For further information on the governance framework in place across the Group, including the
management committees established by the CEO, please see our governance framework on page 80.
2018 UK Corporate Governance Code compliance
Jupiter supports the principles of corporate governance as set out in
the 2018 version of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code) as
issued by the Financial Reporting Council (FRC), which can be found on
the FRC website at www.frc.org.uk.
Having reviewed the provisions of the Code the Board is satisfied
that throughout the accounting year ended 31 December 2023,
Jupiter complied with the provisions of the Code. Further information
on how the Company has applied the principles of the Code is set out
in this Governance section, as per the below:
Code principle Page reference
Board Leadership and Company Purpose 1-90
Division of Responsibilities 73, 78-81
Composition, Succession and Evaluation 90-97
Audit, Risk and Internal Control 64-69, 98-111
Remuneration 112-149
Board and Committee changes during 2023
April 2023
Nichola Pease stepped down as Chair of the Board and
Nomination Committee and as a Director and member of
the Remuneration Committee
David Cruickshank was appointed Chair of the Board and the
Nomination Committee and stepped down as Chair of the
Audit and Risk Committee
Karl Sternberg was appointed interim Chair of the Audit and
Risk Committee
Roger Yates was appointed as a member of the Audit and
Risk Committee
May 2023
Chris Parkin stepped down as a Director
February
Approved
revised strategy
Approved
parameters for
introduction of
tiered pricing
April
Appointment of
a new Group
Chair
July
Returned £16m
of capital to
shareholders via
a special
dividend
October
Approved new
medium and
long-term
DE&I targets
Creation of a new
Client Group
Management
and governance
framework changes
November
Approved
recruitment of
new UK income
investment
management
team and
transfer of their
existing fund
December
Approved offer
of recruitment
of new UK
special
situations
investment
manager
For further information on these decisions and other activities undertaken by the Board during 2023 please see our Board activities table
starting on page 82.
KEY DECISIONS TAKEN DURING 2023
Gender Ethnicity
Female White3 7
Male Asian7 3
STRATEGY & MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE COMPOSITION
as at 31 December 2023
72
Board breakdown
BOARD COMPOSITION
as at 31 December 2023
STRATEGY AND MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE COMPOSITION
as at 31 December 2023
1.8
Suzy Neubert
2.5
David Cruickshank
7.5
Karl Sternberg
2.3
Dale Murray
6.2
Roger Yates
Direct Indirect
Chair and Non-Executive tenure
(years)
Finance
Risk
Asset
management
Client facing
Disruption
Strategy
ESG
Transformation
Regulatory
People
Technology
5
3
1
1
2
1
1
Directors skills and experience
2
7
2
2
4
6
6
7
6
5
7
Direct Indirect
UK
Europe
Asia Pacific
The Americas
7
7
5
5
International experience
Gender Ethnicity
Female White3 7
Male Asian7 3
STRATEGY & MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE COMPOSITION
as at 31 December 2023
Independence
Gender
Ethnicity
Board [breakdown]
Independent Non-Executive Directors
Female
White
4
2
6
Male
Mixed ethnicity
5
1
Executive Directors 2
Chair 1
Directors’ skills and experience
Direct - the Director has direct executive experience of the area.
Indirect - the Director has had oversight experience of the area
73Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
CHAIR’S INTRODUCTION
TO GOVERNANCE
Dear Stakeholder,
I am pleased to present our Governance report for
the year ended 31 December 2023, which provides
details of how our governance framework is
designed, how it has operated throughout
the year and the outcomes it has achieved.
Our statement of compliance with the
Corporate Governance Code can be found in
our Governance at a glance section on page 72.
ENSURING OUR CULTURE IS EMBEDDED
A key role of any board is to set the firm’s culture and ensure it
is embedded across the organisation. Here at Jupiter we have a
strong culture centred around our clients and our people (for
further information on our culture please see pages 2 and 52).
We have continued to embed and enhance our culture across the
firm, through increased engagement, a revised conduct risk framework
and the establishment of a Culture and Conduct Committee. The
Board review the Group’s culture dashboard twice per year, which
tracks a number of metrics linked to each of our cultural pillars.
The metrics considered include the results of our staff surveys,
run throughout the year, employee turnover, DE&I metrics, disciplinary
proceedings (where relevant), employee related breaches, appraisal
outcomes and training amongst others. There is also a qualitative
overlay detailing recent positive cultural outcomes and areas of
focus going forward. This coupled with our employee and client
engagement provides a detailed view of how well Jupiter’s culture
is embedded across the Group.
Over 2023 we were pleased to see a strong upward trend in many of
the metrics we track; especially pleasing were the scores arising from
our employee and client surveys. Our employee engagement score
increased from 71% in 2022 to 78% in 2023 and our overall client
satisfaction score increased from 7.8/10 to 8.3/10, demonstrating
progress against two of our strategic objectives: to broaden our
appeal to clients and deepen our relationships with stakeholders.
STRENGTHENING OUR STRATEGIC FOCUS
In February the Board approved the revised strategy as proposed by
Matthew Beesley and the wider management team. Throughout the
year we have worked hard to embed the new strategy across the
Group, with management running strategy focus sessions across
all teams and helping to link the work of each team to our overall
strategy. The Board has undertaken various deep dives into the
elements of the strategy throughout the year and approved further
investment in the business through a number of key strategic projects,
all of them linked to a key objective of our strategy, to help drive the
business forward. We will continue to oversee these initiatives to
ensure good progress and continue to look for opportunities to
expedite growth.
AN EFFECTIVE GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK
In October Matthew Beesley proposed changes to our management
structure and the structure of our management committees, within
our wider governance framework, which help him discharge his
responsibilities as CEO. Under the revised structure there are four
corporate committees: a Strategy and Management Committee,
a Culture and Conduct Committee, a Risk and Compliance Committee
and an Operating Committee.
CHAIR’S INTRODUCTION TO GOVERNANCE
David Cruickshank
Chair
“A key role of any board is to set the
firm’s culture and ensure it is embedded
across the organisation. Here at Jupiter
we have a strong culture centred around
our clients and our people.”
74
Further information on these can be found within our governance
framework on page 80. Each of the committees’ composition was
reviewed in accordance with the senior manager responsibilities
(under the FCA’s SM&CR regime) to ensure appropriate accountability,
and that each committee had the individuals with the correct
executive responsibilities to enable efficient decision making,
and that the committees’ composition had the correct balance
of skills, experience and diversity. These changes are designed
to further enhance the focus and efficiency of the management
governance structure.
A STRONG BOARD WITH A FOCUS ON
IMPROVING DIVERSITY
During the year we had an externally facilitated Board performance
review which demonstrated that the Board and its Committees were
working effectively; further information on both the process followed
and outcomes of the evaluation can be found on page 92. We were
pleased with the results and particularly the areas of improvement
highlighted since the last external evaluation undertaken in 2020.
We have had two departures from the Board during 2023, namely
Nichola Pease and Chris Parkin. Nichola was our previous Chair and
not only did her departure impact our overall Board gender diversity,
it also meant that we no longer had a woman in a Board leadership
role. This has meant that as at 31 December 2023 we were not
compliant with two of the requirements of the Listing Rules, which
are on a comply or explain basis, namely that 40% of the Board is
comprised of women and that there is one woman in a leadership
role (namely CEO, CFO, Chair or senior independent director).
We, as a Board, are disappointed to have not met these targets
but note the unexpected nature of the changes.
As previously disclosed we are currently undertaking a search process
for at least one further Non-Executive Director. Ensuring the right skills
and experience, cultural fit and impact on the Board’s overall diversity
are the key criteria being considered in the recruitment process.
Further information on this can be found in my Nomination
Committee Report on page 94.
LISTENING TO SHAREHOLDER FEEDBACK
At our 2023 AGM, two resolutions did not pass with the requisite
majorities, both of which were special resolutions requiring 75%
approval, and two further resolutions, whilst passed by shareholders,
received less than 80% approval. The outcome of these votes was
primarily driven by our largest shareholder and we have engaged
with them on these matters. Detailed below is a summary of the
key considerations for each resolution and the actions we have
taken as a result of this engagement.
Directors’ authority to disapply pre-emption rights
This resolution failed to pass with the requisite 75% authority.
Under this resolution we had sought authority to issue shares
without pre-emption rights up to a maximum amount of 5% of
the issued share capital, which was lower than the 10% set out in the
revised statement of principles published by the Pre-Emption Group
in November 2022. Whilst this was in line with our shareholder’s voting
policy it was voted against due to the level of authority sought to
allot shares (as below) which was above their voting policy of 10%.
Authorise the Company to purchase its own shares
This resolution failed to pass with the requisite 75% authority.
Our shareholder’s concerns regarding this resolution are specific
to the size of their shareholding and their desire not to increase this
above a specific percentage holding. Prior to our 2023 AGM we had
previously sought authority to re-purchase shares up to 10% of the
issued share capital which we reduced to 5% of the issued share
capital. Our major shareholder has confirmed that this did not
provide sufficient headroom. Following the failure of this resolution we
could not proceed with our previously announced share repurchase
programme in the amount of £16m and instead elected to repay
capital to our shareholders via a special dividend which was paid to
shareholders in September 2023. This year we will be seeking authority
to repurchase 3% of the issued share capital, reduced from the 5%
sought at the 2023 AGM.
Directors’ authority to allot shares
This resolution was passed with just under 75% approval. At the 2023
AGM we sought authority to allot shares up to 33% of the issued share
capital, which is below the maximum recommended levels contained
in the relevant share capital management guidelines applied across the
industry. It is however above the voting guidelines issued by our major
shareholder, which require this to be no greater than 10%. We have
taken account of this feedback and will be reducing the level of
authority sought to 10%.
Re-election of Dale Murray
This resolution was passed with just under 74% approval. Our major
shareholder applies more stringent requirements than the prevailing
proxy advisor guidelines in relation to the number of external
mandates held and voted against Dale’s re-election on this basis.
As described within the Nomination Committee report on page 97
we keep under careful review the number of external mandates held
and the associated time commitments. The Board has no concerns
with Dale’s ability to commit sufficient time to her role at Jupiter,
which was carefully considered by the Nomination Committee when
recommending her re-election at the 2024 AGM. In addition, Dale has
confirmed she will be stepping down from the board of one of her
commitments to a private company during 2024.
We hope the actions taken as above will help facilitate greater
support at the 2024 AGM. We have continued to engage with
shareholders throughout the year, not least through our investor
relations team and Executive Directors but also following my
appointment as Chair and on specific matters such as our AGM
and Directors’ Remuneration Policy (as detailed within our Remuneration
Committee report on page 112). We would like to thank our shareholders
for this engagement to help us better understand their views and for
their continued support.
I hope the following pages provide our stakeholders with greater
insight into our governance practices and the activities undertaken
by the Board and its Committees during 2023.
David Cruickshank
Chair
21 February 2024
75Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Matthew Beesley
Chief Executive Officer
Wayne Mepham
Chief Financial &
Operating Officer
Suzy Neubert
Independent
Non-Executive Director
Roger Yates
Senior Independent Director
Karl Sternberg
Independent
Non-Executive Director
Dale Murray
Independent
Non-Executive Director
David Cruickshank
Chair
From left to right
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
76
77Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
BOARD OF DIRECTORS CONTINUED
Appointed: Chair in April 2023 and Independent Non-Executive
Director in June 2021
Committees: Chair of the Nomination Committee
Skills and experience: David spent his executive career at Deloitte
and retired from the firm in June 2020. He qualified as a chartered
accountant in 1982 and specialised in advising on large international
corporate transactions. He was appointed a partner in 1988 and led
the UK Tax Practice from 1998 until 2006. He was elected Chair of
Deloitte’s UK Board in 2007 and served two terms before being
elected Chair of Deloitte’s Global Board in 2015. During this period
David led the Boards through a period of major regulatory change
and business transformation. David has broad experience across
different industry sectors and geographies and brings extensive
Chair experience to the role. He has excellent financial knowledge
and experience of corporate transactions. David also brings substantial
sustainability knowledge from both previous and current roles.
Previous appointments: David is the former Chairman of Deloitte’s
UK Board and then Deloitte’s Global Board and previously served as
Co-Chair of the Partnering Against Corruption Initiative at the World
Economic Forum.
Current external appointments: David is the current Non-Executive
Chair of McInroy & Wood Ltd, the Social Progress Imperative Inc and
the Education and Employers Charity. He is also a member of the
Council of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland.
Appointed: Chief Financial & Operating Officer in January 2024 and
Chief Financial Officer in September 2019
Skills and experience: Wayne has over 28 years’ experience in asset
management and across the financial services sector gained in senior
financial roles and as a chartered accountant. He brings extensive
financial management, accounting and investment industry knowledge
to the role, which he applies strategically for the benefit of our
stakeholders. Wayne also brings a detailed understanding of risk
management, internal control frameworks and asset management
operations, supporting his wider role within the organisation.
Previous appointments: Wayne began his career at
PricewaterhouseCoopers where he progressed to lead audits in
the Insurance and Asset Management practice. Prior to joining Jupiter,
he worked at Schroders plc for nine years and was responsible
for the Global Finance function as well as Procurement and
Investor Relations.
Current external appointments: Wayne has no external appointments.
Appointed: Chief Executive Officer in October 2022, Deputy
Chief Executive Officer in June 2022, and Chief Investment Officer
in January 2022
Skills and experience: With nearly 25 years of experience in the
investment industry including leadership positions at Artemis, GAM
and Henderson, Matt has an in-depth knowledge of the industry with
experience in the management and oversight of teams specialising in
varying investment strategies based in Europe, Asia and the US.
Matt’s strategic insights, leadership skills and unwavering focus
on client outcomes mean that he is ideally placed to lead Jupiter.
He brings a huge amount of energy to the role and has increased
the pace of execution across the firm since his appointment as CEO.
Previous appointments: Matt was previously Chief Investment Officer
at Artemis and has held senior investment roles at GAM and Henderson
Global Investors. Matt was also formerly a member of the Church of
England Pension Board’s Investment Committee, advising on $4bn of
ethically invested pension fund assets.
Current external appointments: Matt has no external appointments.
Appointed: Independent Non-Executive Director in September 2021
Committees: Member of the Audit and Risk Committee and
Member of the Nomination Committee
Skills and experience: Dale is a qualified accountant and
technology entrepreneur. She brings to the role a good understanding
of technology and disrupted markets, combined with financial acumen
and an entrepreneurial spirit, having founded and invested in businesses
within the technology sector. Dale also brings a sharp focus on cultural
issues and is passionate about DE&I.
Previous appointments: Dale co-founded the British mobile telecoms
software business Omega Logic. Following Omega Logic’s sale to Eposs
Ltd, then First Data Corporation, Dale served as CEO of the enlarged
Group until 2005. She then made a number of investments in the
digital sector and was awarded the British Angel Investor of the
Year in 2011.
Dale was previously a Non-Executive Director at Peter Jones
Foundation, UK Trade & Investment, Sussex Place Ventures Ltd
and the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills.
Current external appointments: Dale currently serves as a
Non-Executive Director of Xero Ltd, Lendinvest plc, The Cranemere
Group Ltd, Rated People Limited and Lightspeed Commerce Inc.
David Cruickshank
Chair
Wayne Mepham
Chief Financial & Operating Officer
Matthew Beesley
Chief Executive Officer
Dale Murray
Independent Non-Executive Director
78
Appointed: Independent Non-Executive Director in March 2022
Committees: Member of the Remuneration Committee and
Member of the Nomination Committee
Skills and experience: Suzy is a qualified barrister with a broad asset
management experience extending over 30 years. She has an in-depth
knowledge of capital markets and, importantly, evolving client needs,
having previously led the global distribution function at J O Hambro
Capital Management. Prior to this role, Suzy was Managing Director
of Equity Markets at Merrill Lynch and therefore brings an excellent
understanding of the international wholesale and institutional
channels in which the Company operates.
Previous appointments: Suzy started her career in asset management
as an analyst before moving into sales and marketing. Suzy was Global
Head of Distribution at J O Hambro Capital Management until 2020
and had previously been Managing Director of Equity Markets at
Merrill Lynch.
Current external appointments: Suzy is currently a Non-Executive
Director of ISIO, LondonMetric Property plc and of LV= where she
chairs the investment committee, and is a trustee of the Prince’s Trust.
Appointed: Senior Independent Director in May 2021
and Non-Executive Director in October 2017
Committees: Member of the Nomination Committee, Member of the
Audit and Risk Committee, and Chair of the Remuneration Committee
Skills and experience: Roger has considerable knowledge of the asset
management business with over 30 years’ experience in the industry
having served as a fund manager, CEO, non-executive director and
chairman. Having led two global asset managers, Roger also brings
significant understanding of international business management to
the Board. He has extensive remuneration experience both from
an executive perspective and as a Remuneration Committee Chair.
Previous appointments: Roger started his career at GT Management in
1981 and subsequently held positions at Morgan Grenfell and Invesco
as Chief Investment Officer. He was appointed Chief Executive Officer
of Henderson Group plc in 1999 and led the company for a decade.
Most recently Roger was a Non-Executive Director of IG Group Ltd,
Chairman of Electra Private Equity plc and Chairman of Pioneer Global
Asset Management S.p.A. He was also a Non-Executive Director of
JPMorgan Elect plc from 2008 – 2018.
Current external appointments: Roger is the Senior Independent
Director at Mitie Group plc and Chair of The Biotech Growth Trust plc.
Appointed: Independent Non-Executive Director in July 2016
Committees: Interim Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee,
Member of the Nomination Committee, and Member of the
Remuneration Committee
Skills and experience: Karl has some 30 years’ international
experience in the investment industry and brings extensive knowledge of
investment management gained through both executive and non-executive
roles. He has a detailed understanding of risk management, investment
industry trends and the competitive landscape.
Previous appointments: Karl was a founding Partner of institutional
asset manager Oxford Investment Partners, which was bought by
Towers Watson in 2013. Between 1992 and 2004 he held a number of
positions at Morgan Grenfell/Deutsche Asset Management including
Chief Investment Officer for London, Australia, Europe and the Asia
Pacific. Since 2006 he has developed his non-executive director career,
with a focus on investment management and the investment trust
sector in particular. He served as a Non-Executive Director of Friends
Life Group plc where he chaired the Investment Oversight Committee.
Karl was Chairman of JPMorgan Income & Growth Investment Trust plc
until 2016 and also served on the Boards of Lowland Investment
Company plc, JP Morgan Elect plc and Railpen Investments.
Current external appointments: Karl is Chairman of Monks
Investment Trust plc and Clipstone Industrial Reit plc and a
Non-Executive Director of Herald Investment Trust plc and
Howard de Walden Estates. Effective 1 March 2024, Karl will
become a Non-Executive Director of Apax Global Alpha Limited.
Suzy Neubert
Independent Non-Executive Director
Roger Yates
Senior Independent Director
Karl Sternberg
Independent Non-Executive Director
79Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
The Board has an effective governance framework in place to help promote the success of the Company
for the benefit of all its stakeholders. The day-to-day management of the Group is delegated to the
Chief Executive Officer, with the exception of matters specifically reserved for the Board’s decision.
An overview of the governance framework and key roles and responsibilities is detailed below.
MATTERS RESERVED FOR THE BOARD
The Board has a schedule of matters specifically reserved for its
attention and a summary of the key items can be found below:
Establishing the Group’s commercial objectives and strategy
Setting the Group’s purpose, culture and values
Approving significant capital projects, expenditure and borrowings
Overseeing the Group’s operations and management, and maintaining
an effective system of internal controls and risk management
Setting the annual budget
Approving the capital allocation, dividend payments and other
uses of capital
Ensuring adequate succession planning, including agreeing Board
and other senior appointments and the appointment or removal
of the Company Secretary
Deciding major acquisitions, disposals and investments
The full schedule of matters reserved for the Board can be found on
our website at www.jupiteram.com
GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK
* The roles of Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Senior Independent Director are clearly defined in writing, approved by the Board and available on the Company's website at
www.jupiteram.com.
GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK
Chief Executive Officer (CEO)*
Proposes the strategy and ensures its execution
Runs the business within the delegated authorities risk
management and internal control frameworks
Builds and maintains an effective management team
THE BOARD
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Chief Financial & Operating Officer (CFOO)
All aspects of financial and capital reporting and the
integrity thereof
Supports the CEO in the execution of the strategy
Delegated responsibility from the CEO for
management of the Group’s risk profile, internal
controls and the day-to-day operations
Responsible for Finance, Risk, Operations, Technology,
Investor Relations, Procurement & Facilities
Non-Executive Chair* Senior Independent Director* Independent
Non-Executive Directors
Leads the Board, ensuring its
effective discharge of duties
Ensures effective governance
Engages with stakeholders and
ensures their views are understood
by the Board and decisions
consider their interests
Sounding board for the Chair
Leads the Chair’s performance
appraisal and succession
Available to shareholders and
Board members, should they have
concerns not resolved through
normal channels
Contribute to and constructively
challenge management on the
development and implementation
of the strategy
In conjunction with management,
establish the Board’s risk appetite
and monitor the control framework
Constitute the Board’s
governance committees
80
MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES
BOARD GOVERNANCE COMMITTEES
Strategy and Management
Committee
Chair – Matthew Beesley
Operates under the authority
and direction of the CEO
Formulates strategy and
oversees the successful
execution thereof
Agrees business plans,
budgets, policies and
procedures for the
day-to-day management
of the Group
Culture and Conduct
Committee
Chair – Matthew Beesley
Operates under the authority
and direction of the CEO
Oversees Jupiter’s conduct
framework including conduct
risk and culture and
Consumer Duty
Risk and Compliance
Committee
Chair – Wayne Mepham
Operates under the authority
and direction of the CFOO
Manages the Group’s risk
profile, relative to its agreed
risk appetite, and the internal
control framework
Oversight of compliance with
regulatory requirements and
compliance monitoring plans
Operating Committee
Chair – Wayne Mepham
Operates under the authority
and direction of the CFOO
Ensures the operational
excellence of the Group
Monitors and drives the
evolution of the Group’s
operating model in line with
the Group’s strategy and
emerging best practice
CULTURE AND CONDUCT
COMMITTEE
During the year we established a Culture and Conduct Committee,
to serve as the central governance committee for our conduct
framework. This Committee is comprised of senior managers across
the business and ensures Jupiter’s employees uphold the highest
standards of conduct.
It considers matters relevant to Jupiter’s culture, conduct and risk
framework, including tracking of conduct risk metrics and
dashboards. The Committee reviews any potential breaches of the
conduct rules, escalation of conflict of interest matters and where
appropriate considers fitness and propriety assessments.
The Committee reports on its activities to the Audit and Risk
Committee, Remuneration Committee and the Group’s regulated
entity boards.
Nomination Committee
Chair – David Cruickshank
Remuneration Committee
Chair – Roger Yates
Audit and Risk Committee
Interim Chair – Karl Sternberg
Board Committee comprises all
independent Non-Executive Directors
and is chaired by the Chair of the Board
Recommends changes to the structure of
the Board, oversees succession planning
for the Board and senior management, and
talent and diversity policies across Jupiter
Board Committee comprises three
independent Non-Executive Directors
Responsible for overseeing the
remuneration of Executive Directors,
senior management and Group-wide
remuneration policies
Board Committee comprises three
independent Non-Executive Directors
Responsible for overseeing financial
reporting, risk management and internal
control framework, compliance and
external and internal audit
Read how we are delivering our priorities
from page 94
Read how we are delivering our priorities
from page 112
Read how we are delivering our priorities
from page 98
81Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
BOARD ACTIVITIES
BOARD ACTIVITIES
Board activities
In addition to the five scheduled meetings the Board held seven
additional meetings, which were convened to consider certain
matters which were urgent or needed consideration before the next
scheduled Board meeting. The Board also held a strategy off-site, over
two days, which was attended by all Directors, who were also joined
by members of senior management on one of the days. Should a
Director be unable to attend a meeting they review all of the papers
in advance of the meeting and raise any questions with the Chair, CEO,
CFOO or member of senior management as appropriate. The Chair will
also engage with the absent Director prior to, and post, the meeting
to ensure their views are represented and outcomes are discussed.
A Board briefing session is held in the day or so before a Board
meeting and these sessions are designed to assist with Director
training and knowledge of the business. Further information can
be found within the Board effectiveness section on page 90.
The Chair has held private meetings with the Non-Executive Directors,
some of which included the CEO. Individual Non-Executive Directors
have also met with senior members of management on an individual
basis. This engagement has been supported by the Company’s
Non-Executive Director pairing system, under which each
Non-Executive Director is paired with a member of the Strategy
and Management Committee. They hold four meetings a year and
the scheme is designed to give the Non-Executive Directors greater
understanding of the relevant business unit and help management to
gain a better understanding of the Board and its objectives and views.
The Senior Independent Director has also met with other Directors
to evaluate the Chair’s performance.
Director Meetings attended
Matthew Beesley 12/12
David Cruickshank 12/12
Wayne Mepham 12/12
Dale Murray
3
11/12
Suzy Neubert
3
11/12
Chris Parkin
1, 3
3/4
Nichola Pease
2
2/2
Karl Sternberg 12/12
Roger Yates 12/12
1. Chris Parkin stepped down as a Non-Executive Director effective 10 May 2023.
2. Nichola Pease stepped down as Chair and a Non-Executive Director effective
26 April 2023.
3. The meetings the Directors were unable to attend were ad-hoc meetings arranged
on short notice.
At each meeting the Board receives an update from the CEO, CFOO
and members of senior management from investments, Client Group
and operations who report on the performance of these functions
and key areas of focus going forward. Various members of the firm’s
senior management team attend part or all of the Board meetings,
and this includes the General Counsel, who attends all meetings to
advise on legal and regulatory considerations. The CEO also provides
regular updates to the Board members, outside Board meetings,
on developments within the business and any matters to raise to
the Board’s attention.
The principal Board activities and outcomes considered during the
year are detailed in the table overleaf, together with the strategic
priorities, principal risks and impacted stakeholder groups.
Link to strategic priorities
Increase scale
G
Geopolitical risk
I
Investment performance risk
O
Outsourcing and supplier risk
P
People risk
R
Regulatory risk
S
Sustainability risk
T
Technology information security risk
Clients
Decrease undue complexity People
Society
Broaden our appeal to clients Shareholders
State and regulators
Deepen relationships
with all stakeholders
Business partners and suppliers
KEY
Link to principal risks Relevant stakeholder group
82
Item Discussions and outcomes Link to strategy, risk and stakeholders
STRATEGY AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT
Strategic updates
and progress
Approved a revised strategy for the Group.
Undertook a two-day strategy deep dive which included sessions from
members of the senior management team with a focus on industry trends,
technological developments and key priorities for their functions.
Reviewed merger and acquisition trends and opportunities across the industry.
Reviewed and challenged the strategic priorities for 2024, as proposed by
management, and identified the key areas of focus. The Remuneration
Committee developed a framework to help support and reward the delivery
of these strategic priorities which are essential to the sustainable growth of
the business (please see page 112 for further detail).
I
P
Tiered pricing Approved the introduction of tiered pricing on the Group’s UK domiciled
fund range, subject to final approval from the relevant legal entity boards,
helping to deliver economies of scale benefits to clients and drive better
client outcomes.
I
Fixed income
strategy
Received an update from the Head of Fixed Income on the Group’s strategic
plans for growth within Fixed Income, including client trends and the
development of specialised fixed income funds.
I
P
Equities strategy Approved the recruitment of two new investment teams to further diversify
the Group’s product offering for clients and support succession planning
across the Group.
Agreed the structure for the departure of the Chrysalis Investment Trust to
a self-managed construct which reduced complexity within Jupiter and was
considered in the best interests of clients and shareholders.
Engaged with the Head of Equities, who was appointed during the year,
on her strategic proposals to develop the investment management teams,
rationalise funds and optimise performance for clients.
Deep dive on funds identified as growth opportunities including target
markets, suitability of resources, potential market opportunity and
competitive landscape.
I
P
Market
intelligence,
client trends and
peer analysis
Reviewed industry and client trends and assessed their potential impact
on the Group together with actions to ensure the Group is well positioned
to address these themes.
Considered the performance of peer firms relative to Jupiter.
I
Client Group Approved the restructuring of the Group’s Distribution function into a
new Client Group with a refreshed focus on developing client solutions
and enhancements to the overall client experience.
Received an update from the new Client Group management team on
progress made in restructuring the function and key priorities to ensure a
client centric focus.
I
P
Target operating
model
Approved management’s proposals to review the Group’s strategic supplier
relationships, with the objective of consolidating relationships and leveraging
the benefits of more strategic partnerships for shareholders and clients.
Received an update on the progress of the Group’s data strategy and
implementation thereof, including the technology to facilitate the strategy.
O
P
T
83Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
BOARD ACTIVITIES CONTINUED
Item Discussions and outcomes Link to strategy, risk and stakeholders
STRATEGY AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CONTINUED
Capital and
liquidity
Declared the Group’s interim and annual dividends, in line with the revised
capital allocation policy which was approved last year.
Approved the return of £16m of capital through a share repurchase
programme and the subsequent change to the payment of a special dividend.
Approved the execution of a new RCF in the amount of £40m.
Institutional
business
Received an update on the progress of the Group’s Institutional business
including the development of the team by jurisdiction, pipeline of
opportunities and actions taken to improve client onboarding and servicing.
I
PERFORMANCE
Monitored
financial
performance and
capital position
Ongoing monitoring of financial performance including revenue, profit and
cost forecasts against budget and KPIs, and considered performance against
market consensus.
Monitored forecast liquidity and regulatory capital surplus to ensure it
remained within the Board’s risk tolerance.
Received updates on the Group’s seed portfolio and performance of
associated hedging and forward contracts.
I
Investment
performance
Regular review of investment performance across all fund ranges and
investment trusts and assessed funds against expected performance
outcomes in light of the market environment.
Received presentations from a range of fund managers on their investment
strategy, growth strategy and key challenges and opportunities.
I
P
R
Client Group
reporting
Received regular updates from the Client Group on Group flows, pipeline
of opportunities, client views and peer performance.
I
Sustainability
See page 36
for further
information
Approved revised net zero targets for our operations, aligned to the latest
climate science and external guidance, and introduced a medium-term target.
Reviewed and challenged the Group’s plans to decarbonise the Group’s
operations and investment portfolio, and the programme to comply with
the extended TCFD requirements and development of carbon transition plans.
Challenged and agreed the Group’s sustainability and climate-related risks.
Considered progress against the Group’s sustainability strategy and
voluntary initiatives.
R
S
2024 budget
and five-year
financial plan
Challenged and approved the 2024 budget and five-year financial plan, having
reviewed the underlying assumptions for net flows, revenue margins, investment
performance, macro-environment, costs and various scenario analysis.
P
84
Item Discussions and outcomes Link to strategy, risk and stakeholders
PEOPLE AND CULTURE
Culture and
conduct
Agreed the establishment of a Culture and Conduct Committee to help
embed the Group’s culture, monitor individual conduct, enhance
accountability and oversee Consumer Duty outcomes.
Monitored the Group’s culture through the review of the culture dashboard,
which includes metrics on employee engagement, attrition rates, staff training
and conduct matters.
P
R
Employee
engagement
Met with the Chair of the Group’s employee forum, both with management
in attendance and privately with only the Non-Executive Directors to hear
feedback from employees (please see page 50 for further information}.
Reviewed results of employees pulse surveys throughout the year noting
the trend of improving scores. Agreed actions to address themes arising
from the surveys.
Engaged with employees informally after Board meetings, in a series of
social engagements.
Following the appointment of David Cruickshank as Chair, David engaged
with senior managers across the business in a number of 1-2-1 meetings.
P
Diversity, equity
& inclusion (DE&I)
Reviewed the progress against the Group’s 2023 DE&I targets and
challenged management to better understand the rationale for why
these had not been met.
Reviewed the Group’s DE&I strategy and emphasised the need to accelerate
progress, with a number of initiatives agreed including the development of a
diverse leadership programme, enhancements to the recruitment processes
and extended diversity data collection and reporting.
Challenged and agreed the revised medium and long-term DE&I targets to
ensure they were sufficiently stretching and reviewed the plans to achieve
these targets.
P
S
Employee
retention
and reward
Received updates from the Remuneration Committee on proposals to
further support employee retention in the challenging market and industry
operating environment.
P
Chair succession Approved, upon the recommendation of the Nomination Committee,
the appointment of David Cruickshank as Chair of the Board, following
the decision of Nichola Pease to step down.
Agreed subsequent changes to the leadership and composition of the Audit
and Risk Committee and composition of the Remuneration Committee.
RISK MANAGEMENT AND COMPLIANCE
For further information see the Risk management report on page 64 and the Audit and Risk Committee report on page 98
Risk appetite
statement & ERM
Framework
Reviewed, challenged and approved the revised risk appetite statement,
associated metrics and ERM Framework, which had been developed by the
newly appointed Head of Risk.
G
I
O
P
R
S
T
Principal and
emerging risks
Discussed the principal and emerging risks and the enhanced process for
identifying these.
Reviewed and approved the risk management disclosures in the annual and
interim reports as recommended by the Audit and Risk Committee.
G
I
O
P
R
S
T
85Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
BOARD ACTIVITIES CONTINUED
Item Discussions and outcomes Link to strategy, risk and stakeholders
RISK MANAGEMENT AND COMPLIANCE CONTINUED
Assessed
effectiveness of
internal controls
Reviewed the effectiveness of the internal control environment including
consideration of risk incidents, the output from the risk and control self-
assessments, compliance monitoring and internal audit findings.
G
I
O
P
R
S
T
Cyber security
risk
Explored the measures undertaken to protect the firm and its stakeholders
from cyber-attacks.
Reviewed recent cyber incidents in the public domain and lessons to be learnt.
Challenged if the team had sufficient resource to provide appropriate protection.
Assessed the Group’s operational resilience after a cyber-attack, including
consideration of a cyber incident test undertaken in the first half of the year.
T
GOVERNANCE
Governance and
management
changes
Approved a number of changes to the Group’s senior management and
individual responsibilities.
Approved management’s proposals to enhance the Group’s governance with
four key management committees being the Senior Management Committee,
Risk and Compliance Committee, Operating Committee and Culture and
Conduct Committee.
Approved the key roles and responsibilities for each committee and the
streamlining of delegations across the Group with an increased focus on the
work of the regulated entity boards in line with regulatory expectations.
P
R
Shareholder
engagement
Received updates from the Group’s brokers and in-house investor relations
teams on shareholder views and market trends including shareholder activism
and defence.
Received updates on engagement with key shareholders following the
Group’s AGM.
Oversaw the transfer of the Group’s registrar to ensure minimum disruption
to shareholders and improved shareholder and Company service levels.
Client
engagement
Engaged directly with clients to hear their views on various matters including key
trends impacting the industry, product development and feedback on Jupiter.
Reviewed the results of the client engagement survey and considered
feedback provided by clients.
Consumer Duty
For further
information
please see
page 49.
Oversaw the Group’s programme to ensure compliance with the new
Consumer Duty requirements.
R
Modern slavery
and human
trafficking
Challenged the Group’s approach to preventing instances of modern slavery
in its operations and supply chain and processes for managing this risk within
its investee companies. Approved the Group’s modern slavery and human
trafficking statement for publication.
P
R
86
Item Discussions and outcomes Link to strategy, risk and stakeholders
GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
Board evaluation
For further
information
please see
page 92.
Discussed the outcome of the externally facilitated 2023 Board evaluation
and agreed action items to address points raised.
Health and safety Received an update on health and safety across the Group.
P
Tax strategy Approved the Group’s tax strategy and reviewed compliance thereon,
and noted the successful re-certification under the Fair Tax award.
R
Terms of
reference
Reviewed and approved terms of reference for the Board’s key Committees.
EXTERNAL REPORTING
For further information see the Audit and Risk Committee report on page 98
Annual Report &
interim results
Upon the recommendation of the Audit and Risk Committee, reviewed,
challenged and approved the 2022 Annual Report and 2023 Interim results.
Reviewed analyst presentations for the full year, interim and Q3 presentation.
Appointment of
auditors
Resolved to recommend to shareholders the appointment of EY as the
Group’s external auditors at the May 2023 AGM.
ICARA Reviewed, challenged and approved the Group’s ICARA with a focus on
the revised capital requirements following the assessment.
G
I
O
P
R
S
T
87Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
CONSIDERING STAKEHOLDERS
IN DECISION MAKING
CONSIDERING STAKEHOLDERS IN DECISION MAKING
Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 requires the Directors to act
in the way that they consider, in good faith, would be most likely to
promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members
as a whole, and in doing so have regard (amongst other matters) to:
a. The likely consequences of any decision in the long term
(please see pages 82-89);
b. The interests of the Company’s employees
(please see pages 48-63, 89);
c. The need to foster the Company’s business relationships with
suppliers, customers and others (please see pages 48-51, 88-89);
d. The impact of the Company’s operations on the community
and the environment (please see pages 36-47); and
e. The desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation for
high standards of business conduct and the need to act fairly
as between members of the Company (please see pages 70-71,
74-75, 80-89).
The Company’s section 172 statement of compliance can be found
on page 49, together with an overview of our key stakeholders, their
key priorities, how the Group and the Board engage with them and
outcomes of that engagement.
How are stakeholder interests considered?
The Board continually considers stakeholder interests and views
and discusses how any decisions will impact the different stakeholder
groups. The Board obtains information on stakeholders from across
the business and also through direct engagement; further details of
how we engage with our stakeholders can be found on page 48. In
order to be managed and considered effectively, stakeholder interests
need to be embedded across all levels of the organisation. This means
that decisions taken below the Jupiter Fund Management plc Board
level also consider the interests of our stakeholders and help to ensure
the appropriate escalation of stakeholder considerations through the
Group’s governance framework. Our culture, values, governance
framework, code of conduct and training all help to support this.
Our subsidiary entities also consider stakeholder interests and the
Group’s key regulated and operating entities have specific regulatory
requirements to consider client interests, which has been further
expanded by the introduction of the FCA’s Consumer Duty rules,
including the appointment of a Director from each UK regulated
entity board as a Consumer Duty Champion (see page 49 for
further information).
Stakeholder considerations in our decision making
Where decisions are taken, the impact on different stakeholders is
clearly identified within Board papers and discussed by the Board. Our
Executive paper summary includes a dedicated summary on stakeholder
considerations to ensure all relevant issues are appropriately identified
and escalated for Board review, challenge and inclusion in discussions.
Stakeholders can have different and sometimes competing interests,
priorities and views, and these need to be balanced with each other
and within the wider duty of the Board to promote the long-term
sustainable success of the Company and in accordance with our
regulatory obligations. Not all decisions can deliver the desired
outcomes for all stakeholders.
Overleaf we have included information on some of
the key decisions taken by the Board during the year,
and how stakeholder interests were considered.
88
CREATION OF A NEW CLIENT GROUP
The Board regularly considers feedback from clients and
developing client trends to ensure that our products and
levels of client service are aligned to client needs and
expectations. During the year management proposed changes
to the structure of our Distribution function into a new Client
Group which has been designed to reshape how we engage
with clients in order to deepen our relationships and enhance
our clients’ experience across all elements of their engagement
and investment with us (further information on this can be
found on page 34).
The Board carefully considered the potential impacts of the
proposals on clients and employees and the costs of
restructuring the function which would impact shareholders.
It concluded that the potential disruption to clients would be
mitigated by the implementation plans for the new structure
with the client facing element of distribution remaining
unchanged within the client relationship function.
The changes would help further drive focus on clients and
improve the service delivered to clients, which was required to
meet the increasing sophistication and expectations across all
client types. There would be a focus on driving improvements
in consistency of service and efficiency of the function overall,
which would benefit all stakeholders.
S.172 duties: a), b), c)
RECRUITMENT OF NEW INVESTMENT TALENT
Throughout the year the Board has reviewed investment talent
across the industry and made the decision to recruit additional
investment talent into the firm, broadening our appeal to clients.
The Board considered the investment management teams’
track records and level of value delivered to clients through
their current investment products, together with the level of
client demand for their strategies.
The Board reviewed and challenged the proposed
remuneration packages for the investment team and
if this would represent fair value for shareholders.
The Board also considered the potential views
of employees, if the new investment teams
would fit within Jupiter’s culture and if their
products would be complementary to
Jupiter’s existing investment strategies.
The recruitment also helped to diversify
the investment management team and
support succession planning which was
considered to be in the best interests
of all stakeholders.
S.172 duties :a), b), c)
INTRODUCTION OF TIERED PRICING
During 2023 the Board decided to introduce tiered pricing across
the Group’s UK domiciled fund range, which was also subject
to approval by the board of Jupiter Unit Trust Managers Limited,
our regulated subsidiary with responsibility for overseeing our
UK domiciled fund range.
This decision impacted a number of stakeholders: our clients,
shareholders and employees and was of interest to our key
regulator, the FCA. It is also a good example of competing
interests between different stakeholder groups with the
tiered pricing reducing the revenue earned by the firm. This is
not generally aligned to the interests of shareholders but is in
the interest of our clients who benefit from economies of scale,
once a fund they are invested in passes certain AUM thresholds.
However, the decision may also make the products more
attractive to clients, thereby increasing the AUM within the funds
which would ultimately benefit all stakeholders. Overall the Board
considered that the introduction of tiered pricing would drive the
sustainable success of the business and was therefore in the best
interests of stakeholders.
S.172 duties: a), b), c), e)
89Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
BOARD EFFECTIVENESS
BOARD EFFECTIVENESS
Meeting Key topics for discussion Supporting documentation
Chair
To discuss views on Jupiter, recent key decisions and strategic priorities
for the Board.
Previous Board packs and minutes
Board forward agenda
Chair of the
Remuneration
Committee and SID
An overview of the Group’s remuneration policies, recent decisions and
key issues.
Remuneration policy
Previous Committee packs
and minutes
Chair of the Audit and
Risk Committee
An overview of the Group’s enterprise risk management policy and three
lines of defence operating model. Key areas of focus and recent decisions.
External and internal audit plans
ERM policy
Internal and external audit
evaluations
Previous Committee packs
and minutes
Chief Executive Officer
The Group’s culture, strategy, stakeholder views and recent
business developments.
Cultural pillars and latest
dashboard
Group strategy and
strategic tracker
Chief Financial &
Operating Officer
(CFOO)
The Group’s financial performance, financial plans, investor relations,
operating model, supplier overview and management, and recent
developments across the CFOO’s areas of responsibility.
Budget and financial plan
Latest financial
performance reporting
Overview of the
operations function
Latest beneficial shareholder
register and engagement summary
Co-Heads Client Group
An overview of the Group’s client-facing footprint, teams, key clients
and their views, and the recent flow picture.
Introduction to Client Group
Overview of key clients
Latest value assessment
Flow profile
HR Director
Overview of the team, Jupiter’s culture, remuneration structures,
employee policies and initiatives to drive improvements in DE&I, and
learning and development across the business.
Cultural pillars and
latest dashboard
DE&I policy and targets
Remuneration policy
Head of Internal Audit
Overview of the team and the culture across Jupiter, the progress on the
internal audit plan and recent audit findings.
Internal audit plan
Summary of recent findings and
outstanding management actions
INDUCTION
A tailored induction programme is provided to all new Non-Executive
Directors and is designed to provide a thorough understanding of
the Group’s strategy, culture, performance, risks, operations, key
stakeholders, the governance structure and the regulatory environment.
The induction process includes meetings with senior managers across
the Group and key advisors. Each Director is provided with a tailored
induction pack consisting of documentation to help brief the Director
on the Group’s business and their individual role. All Directors receive
access to all previous Board packs and minutes, including for each of the
Board Committees. Whilst there were no Board inductions during 2023,
as no new Directors joined the Board, the below table provides an
overview of the core induction framework.
Additional meetings may be arranged to further tailor the induction
process dependent on the Director’s role and experience. For instance,
if the Director is to hold senior management responsibilities, under the
FCA’s Senior Manager and Certification Regime (SMCR), the induction
will include a meeting with the Head of SMCR. For senior Board roles,
meetings with shareholders, advisors and other stakeholders will be
arranged. Due to the nature of the business, specific site visits are not
necessary and all meetings are undertaken at the Group’s headquarters
in London.
90
Meeting Key topics for discussion Supporting documentation
Head of Equities and
Head of Fixed Income
An overview of each of the Group’s investment strategies and potential
development thereof.
Introduction to
investment management
Recent performance reports
General Counsel (GC)
and Company Secretary
Overview of the GC’s role and team including the Irish and Luxembourg
offices, the Group structure, governance framework, Board processes,
AGM and major shareholders.
Introduction to the GC’s office
Group entity and governance
structure charts
Board policies and processes
Head of Compliance
Overview of the Compliance function, key priorities for the team,
recent engagement with regulators and outcomes of recent compliance
monitoring activities.
Introduction to Compliance
Compliance monitoring plan
Head of Risk
Overview of the Risk function, the enterprise risk management policy,
risk appetite statement, internal control environment, investment risk
and liquidity risk management. Key recent projects and risk incidents.
Introduction to Risk
Risk appetite statement
ERM policy
Latest ICARA
Chief Strategy and
Transformation Officer
Group’s strategy and progress towards the strategic objectives,
sustainability approach and initiatives including progress against targets,
recent business developments and change programmes.
Group strategy and
strategic tracker
Current change programme
Connections Chair
Views of employees and an overview of recent matters considered by
the Group’s employee forum.
Overview of Connections
External auditors
Summary of the audit approach and observations, and results as
reported to the ARC.
External audit plan and most
recent external audit report
CHAIR TRANSITION
During the year we undertook a transition in the Chair role
following Nichola Pease’s decision to step down from the Board.
David Cruickshank, who had served on the Board since June 2021,
was appointed Chair on 26 April 2023 and further information on the
selection process can be found in our Nomination Committee report
on page 96.
As an existing Director and Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee,
David had excellent knowledge of the Group’s business, its culture
and people, and its governance. A formal handover from Nichola to
David, in line with Jupiter’s SMCR framework, was undertaken and
documented which focused on areas David had less visibility of in his
NED role, such as individual Director performance, Executive Director
personal objectives and remuneration, and Board operations.
Whilst not a member of the Remuneration Committee, since his
appointment as Chair, David attends Remuneration Committee
meetings which has assisted in enhancing his knowledge of these
matters and enabling his contribution to the discussions as Chair
of the Board. Upon his appointment as Chair of the Board, David
held several sessions with the Company Secretary to discuss Board
governance matters, met with employees across the business and
sought meetings with key shareholders. David regularly meets on
an individual basis with the Executive Directors, Company Secretary,
General Counsel and other members of senior management.
TRAINING
Directors receive training and education through external courses and
seminars and also through the Board briefings sessions held before
each meeting. The briefing sessions include a mix of internal and
external experts and, during 2023, the following sessions have
been held:
Presentations from our investment managers on their investment
strategies and market developments.
Presentation on legal and regulatory developments impacting the
industry across the Group’s core jurisdictions.
Cyber risk update, key trends and steps taken to protect against
cyber threats.
Corporate brokers on the industry, key trends, shareholder views
and defence.
All Directors have access to the services of the Company Secretary,
who advises the Board on governance matters, and Directors are able
to obtain independent advice, at the Company’s expense, where this
is necessary to discharge their duties effectively.
91Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
BOARD EFFECTIVENESS CONTINUED
BOARD PERFORMANCE REVIEW
In line with the provisions of the Code the Board undertakes a performance review every year and every third year this is facilitated by an external
evaluator. This year’s Board performance review was externally facilitated by Clare Chalmers Ltd, who also undertook the last external review in
2020 but has no further connection with the Group. The induction was undertaken in accordance with the CGI’s principles of good practice and
the diagram below provides details of the process followed for the 2023 evaluation.
Selection
Documentation
review
Board and
Committee
observations
Individual
interviews
Reporting
The Company Secretary ran an external tender process for the Board performance review, which was
overseen by the Chair
The Chair and Company Secretary reviewed the proposals and agreed a short-list of potential firms
The proposals from the short-listed firms were reviewed by the Nomination Committee which made
the final decision on which firm was appointed to undertake the review
The Board performance review team reviewed:
Recent Board and Committee packs
Matters reserved for the Board and Committee terms of reference
Annual Report and Accounts
Board skills matrix and training plan
Board forward agenda
The last Board evaluation and action plan
Clare Chalmers attended and observed one meeting for the Board and each key Committee
Individual interviews were conducted with each Director, the General Counsel, Company Secretary, Head of
Internal Audit and HR Director
The SID also met with individual Directors to discuss feedback on the Chair
A draft report was submitted to the Chair and Company Secretary for review and a meeting held between
the parties to discuss the outcome of the performance review and consider actions arising therefrom
The full report was submitted to the Board and Clare Chalmers attended the December Board meeting
to discuss the outcome of the review and action plan items with the Board
The Chair met with individual Directors to discuss any relevant feedback and in turn the SID provided
feedback to the Chair
A formal action plan was agreed by the Board
92
2023 evaluation conclusions
The Board evaluation demonstrated that the Board was performing
effectively and progress on a number of matters since the external
evaluation in 2020 was highlighted. A summary of the Board
performance review can be found below:
Board composition and culture: The performance review
demonstrated that the Board had a diverse range of skills and
experience which were appropriate for the needs of the business.
The review highlighted that the Board would benefit from additional
members, particularly when considering the composition of the
Board’s Committees, and to improve overall Board diversity.
However, it was noted that there was an ongoing search process for at
least one additional Non-Executive Director and the process itself was
commended for the open and transparent approach taken. The review
commended the Board dynamics and relationship with management,
which was considered supportive whilst providing suitable challenge.
The review highlighted that the new Chair had made a strong start to
the role and particularly commended the effective relationships built
with Directors and across the wider business. The pace of change across
the asset management industry was noted with the need to ensure the
Board maintained sufficient dynamism.
Board oversight: The Board was considered to have the appropriate
level of oversight in relation to strategy and performance of the
business but it was noted that the Board would benefit from further
sessions on strategic blue-sky thinking. The CEO’s open style and
effective engagement were specifically praised. The review noted
the strong oversight of culture and quality of reporting in this regard.
The Board’s oversight of risk was noted as an area of improvement
since the last external evaluation, with changes made to the Risk,
Compliance and Internal Audit operating models over recent years
delivering positive outcomes.
2022 priorities 2023 status
Build in additional CEO
sessions with the Board
prior to Board meetings.
A number of private sessions have been held with only Board members in advance of Board meetings
before the formal Board meeting starts.
The CEO meets regularly with Board members outside the formal Board programme.
Following a number of management changes attendance at Board meetings has been reduced, with only the
Board, Company Secretary and General Counsel attending the whole meeting.
Enhanced oversight of strategic
execution while the revised
management and governance
structures were embedded.
The Board received regular updates on the Group’s strategy and progress against the strategic objectives
was monitored closely by the Board. There has been a significant increase in the pace of execution, with a
number of strategic projects completed and good progress made in other areas.
Arrange sessions for Board
members to share external
experience and lessons learnt.
Due to the level of Board activity and additional meetings held during the year to address essential business
matters, additional sessions have not been arranged however individual Directors have continued to share
such experiences during Board meetings and briefings.
Improve engagement with
employees, both formal
and informal, and improve
understanding of both
employee views, but also
employees’ understanding
of the role of the Board.
The Board has increased engagement with employees with a focus on more informal engagement with
different departments on a rotational basis after Board meetings and over lunches.
The senior management team were paired with Non-Executive Directors to develop sessions for the Board
strategy off-site, providing a valuable opportunity to work cohesively on joint projects.
The Chair and Non-Executive Directors meet individually with members of senior management, the
investment team and the Client Group.
The Non-Executive Director pairing scheme continued throughout the year and new pairings have been
agreed for 2024.
The Non-Executive Directors met privately with the Chair of Connections, the employee forum.
Stakeholders: There were positive conclusions on the level of
engagement with employees, both through the formal Connections
forum and the more informal Board and employee engagements,
commenced during 2023. Overall the review indicated there had
been good progress with the strategic initiative to deepen relationships
with stakeholders, particularly with clients. Whilst the Board had a good
understanding of shareholder views, it was felt that further distribution
of analyst notes and written summaries would be beneficial.
Board efficiency: The review found the Board was operating efficiently
and specifically highlighted the thoughtful and well balanced forward
agenda. The high quality of papers and review process was specifically
noted, with the potential to further enhance papers with greater
standardisation. The Board briefings were commended with Directors
finding them very informative and a good opportunity to broaden
engagement across the wider business and with key external
stakeholders. It was agreed that further Non-Executive Director only
sessions should be built into the Board calendar. The quality of support
provided by the Company Secretary and General Counsel was noted.
The following items were identified for further action/focus
during 2024:
Build in more time to the Board programme for wider blue-sky
thinking sessions
Keep focus on the pace of execution of strategic initiatives
Ensure distribution of analyst notes and written shareholder
summaries to Non-Executive Directors
Consider further standardisation across Board papers
Include more Non-Executive Director only sessions in the
Board calendar
93Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
NOMINATION
COMMITTEE REPORT
“Jupiter is committed to building a
diverse workforce across all levels
of the organisation and, more widely,
to driving change within the industry.”
David Cruickshank
Chair
COMMITTEE MEMBERS AND
REGULAR ATTENDEES
During the year, the Committee held five meetings, three of
which were scheduled.
Meetings Meetings attended
Nichola Pease
1
1/1
David Cruickshank 5/5
Karl Sternberg 4/5
Dale Murray 5/5
Roger Yates 4/5
Suzy Neubert 5/5
1. Nichola Pease stepped down from the Board and Committee on
26 April 2023.
In addition a sub-committee meeting was held, led by the
Senior Independent Director, to consider Chair succession
and all non-conflicted Directors attended this meeting.
Throughout the year Karl Sternberg and Roger Yates were not
able to attend one meeting each. Both Directors read the
papers prior to the meeting and engaged with the Chair before
and after the meeting to ensure their views were included in
discussions and they were briefed on the outcomes.
All of the independent Non-Executive Directors are members
of the Nomination Committee and the Chair of the Board also
chairs the Nomination Committee, except where the Chair’s
succession is being considered, when the Committee is chaired
by the Senior Independent Director. The CEO and HR Director
are invited to attend Committee meetings where appropriate
and to facilitate informed debate.
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
COMMITTEE’S KEY RESPONSIBILITIES
Keep the composition of the Board and its Committees under
review to ensure a correct balance of skills, knowledge, experience
and diversity is in place.
Lead the search and selection process for new Board appointments,
including identifying the skills and experience required.
Oversee succession planning for Directors and senior executives.
Review the Company’s policies and practices for talent
management, development and diversity.
Consider each Director’s performance and continuing contribution,
including the review of their external time commitments and, when
appropriate, recommending their re-election to shareholders.
Consider and, if appropriate, approve potential additional external
appointments and conflicts of interest.
A full copy of the Committee’s terms of reference, which are
reviewed by the Committee and approved by the Board on an annual
basis, can be found at www.jupiteram.com
94
DEAR STAKEHOLDER
I am pleased to present my first report as Chair of the Nomination
Committee, since my appointment as Chair in April this year.
Overleaf is a letter from Roger Yates, our Senior Independent
Director, outlining the process followed for the Chair succession.
The remainder of this report provides an update on the activities
of the Nomination Committee during 2023.
Board changes
The Committee has overseen a number of changes to the Board
during 2023. Nichola Pease decided to step down from the Board
on 26 April 2023 and this led to a number of changes to Board roles
effective the same date, including my appointment as Chair. Due to
my appointment as Chair, I stepped down as a member and Chair of
the Audit and Risk Committee and Karl Sternberg was appointed
interim Chair of this Committee. Roger Yates, our Senior Independent
Director, was also appointed to the Audit and Risk Committee. Chris
Parkin a Non-Executive Director and a representative of TA Associates,
a major shareholder in the Company, stepped down at the 2023 AGM
held on 10 May 2023.
The Committee commenced a search process for at least one
Non-Executive Director following the decision of Nichola Pease
to step down. The Committee approved a role specification and
engaged Spencer Stuart to assist with the recruitment process.
Other than providing recruitment services, Spencer Stuart have
no other connection to the Group and have signed up to the
voluntary executive search code of conduct.
Spencer Stuart prepared a long-list of candidates based on the
role specification, which included the need for candidates to have
financial and accounting experience, ideally gained within investment
management or the wider financial services sector and previous board
level experience within a listed company. Diversity has also been a key
consideration within the recruitment process.
A short-list of candidates was identified and meetings arranged with
members of the Nomination Committee and the Executive Directors.
The Nomination Committee has met regularly to discuss feedback
on candidates, including consideration of the views of the Executive
Directors, who provided feedback to the Chair. We expect to be
able to announce the conclusion of this process in the near future.
To ensure appropriate succession and refreshment of the Board,
we will be commencing a further recruitment process during 2024.
Diversity and inclusion
Jupiter is committed to building a diverse workforce across all levels
of the organisation and, more widely, to driving change within the
industry. We consider diversity in its widest sense which includes gender,
ethnicity, disability, sexuality, neurodiversity and socio-economic
background. By developing a truly diverse workforce we can better
understand and represent our clients and the communities in which
we operate. We believe increased diversity leads to better decision
making, improved innovation and reduced risk. Details of the initiatives
we are taking to improve diversity across Jupiter and the industry can
be found starting on page 56.
We are disappointed with the progress we have made against our
targets, including our targets set under the Women in Finance
Charter (as detailed on page 57) and the gender diversity at Board
level. The progress against our Board diversity targets was impacted
by the decision of Nichola Pease to step down from the Board, who
was not only a female Director but also in a Board leadership role.
This has meant that we have missed two out of three Board diversity
targets as at 31 December 2023.
Under the targets within the Listing Rules, 40% of the Board should
be comprised of female Directors and as at 31 December 2023, 29%
of Jupiter’s Directors were female. Currently there are no female
Directors in a Board leadership role (defined as the Chair, CEO,
CFO or Senior Independent Director), which has been impacted
by the change in Chair.
We are confident that the additional recruitment processes will drive
improvements in the overall gender diversity of the Board. In addition,
once the recruitment processes are completed, the Nomination
Committee will consider all Board and Committee roles. This
will enable the Committee to consider the full range of skills and
experience of the Directors and ensure the optimal composition of
the committees and appropriately allocate roles and responsibilities
amongst the Board members.
Jupiter has one Director from a minority ethnic background and has
therefore met this target. Our Board diversity policy can be found on
page 96 and further information on the Board composition, diversity,
independence, tenure and skills and experience can be found on page
73. Our wider diversity reporting, in line with the requirements of the
Listing Rules, can be found on page 63.
2024 focus
The Committee will review all Board and Committee roles and make
recommendations for any changes to the Board. We will continue to
focus on wider Director succession planning to ensure that the Board
has the appropriate skills, experience, diversity and independence to
ensure the sustainable success of the Company. There have been
changes to our management and governance structure which were
reviewed and agreed by the Board and further information on the
changes can be found in my opening Chair’s statement on page 7
and our Governance report on page 74. Following these changes
the Committee will focus on succession planning across the
refreshed management team.
David Cruickshank
Chair of the Nomination Committee
95Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
CHAIR SUCCESSION
Letter from the Senior
Independent Director
Dear Stakeholder
During 2023 we executed on our succession plans for the Chair role,
following Nichola Pease’s decision to step down for personal reasons.
This process was managed by the Nomination Committee, led by me
as Senior Independent Director.
As with all key Board roles we keep succession plans under review
and whilst Nichola’s departure was accelerated we had recently
undertaken a review of the current market for suitable candidates.
This review used an external search firm Russell Reynolds, who have
no connection with the Group outside recruitment services and are
signatories to the voluntary code of conduct for executive search
firms. In addition to potential external candidates the Committee
considered internal succession candidates, balancing a number of
factors including the need for continuity especially given the recent
change in the CEO, appropriate Board diversity, Chair experience and
cultural fit with the Board and the wider organisation.
The Nomination Committee recommended to the Board the
appointment of David Cruickshank, an existing Non-Executive
Director and Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee, as Board Chair.
The Committee noted the depth of David’s knowledge of Jupiter’s
business and the strength of his relationships with key stakeholders,
developed during his tenure on the Board. This provided important
continuity to Jupiter during a period of change and, coupled with
David’s extensive Chair experience, meant the Nomination
Committee recommended David as the preferred candidate which
was duly agreed by the Board.
Roger Yates
Senior Independent Director
BOARD DIVERSITY POLICY
Policy statement
A culture which is inclusive and supports diversity is essential to the
long-term success of our business and better enables us to respond
to our stakeholder needs. We understand that a diverse Board
brings a broad range of perspectives, insights and challenge
which supports sound decision making. The Board sets the tone
for inclusion and diversity across the business and we believe in
having a diverse leadership team and an open and inclusive culture.
We believe a truly diverse Board will include and make good use
of differences in the skills, experience, background, race, gender,
disability, sexuality and other distinctions between Directors.
These differences will be considered in determining the optimum
composition of the Board and when possible should be balanced
appropriately. All Board appointments are made on merit, in the
context of the skills, experience, independence and knowledge
which the Board as a whole requires to be effective.
Implementation
In reviewing Board composition, the Nomination Committee will
consider the benefits of all aspects of diversity in order to enable
the Board to discharge its duties and responsibilities effectively.
In identifying suitable candidates for appointment to the Board,
the Committee will consider candidates on merit against objective
criteria and with due regard for the benefits of diversity on the Board.
As part of the annual performance evaluation of the effectiveness of
the Board, Board Committees and individual Directors, the Board will
consider the balance of skills, experience and independence and the
diversity representation of the Board, including gender, how the Board
works together as a unit, and other factors relevant to its effectiveness.
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
KEY ACTIVITIES DURING THE YEAR
Worked with the wider Board to execute on the Group’s succession
plans for the Chair role.
Commenced and managed a search process for an additional
Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee.
Reviewed succession plans for senior managers and investment
teams across the business, including a comprehensive talent
mapping exercise.
Reviewed the Board skills, experience and knowledge, and assessed
the composition of the Board and its Committees.
Assessed the contribution, independence and performance of
Directors and recommended to shareholders their election or
re-election to the Board.
Board and Committee composition
The Committee reviewed the composition of the Board and its
Committees during the year, focusing on the skills, experience and
diversity of the Directors and taking into account all relevant
governance requirements, best practice and the views of shareholders.
The Committee agreed that the Board’s current composition was
appropriate, in light of the ongoing recruitment process at that time,
and agreed that the Committee would review the skills and
experience of the Board again following the on-boarding of
additional directors.
Succession planning
In 2022 management undertook a comprehensive talent mapping
exercise across the organisation, which was refreshed during 2023 and
used to help develop the firm’s succession planning across the Board,
senior management and investment management teams. The Committee
reviewed and challenged the talent mapping, development plans and
succession planning. Following this review there have been a number
of changes to the senior management of the firm and this will be a
focus for the Nomination Committee at its next meeting in May.
96
2022 priorities 2023 status
In light of the recent executive changes
and introduction of the senior management
team, focus and further develop executive
succession planning and develop a
framework for both internal and
external potential resources.
An extensive talent mapping and succession planning exercise was undertaken in 2023 and was
commended in this year’s evaluation. Due to further management and governance changes in
Q4 2023 this will continue to be an area of focus in 2024.
Work with the Remuneration
Committee to help ensure the
retention of key employees.
The Committee has worked with the Remuneration Committee and wider Board to develop
initiatives to retain key employees across management and the investment teams.
Build time into the meeting schedule for
the Committee to reflect on its activities,
key priorities and for members to share
best practice and experiences.
The Committee members have shared experiences and best practice throughout the various
meetings held during the year, particularly around talent development and management.
The Committee has reviewed its activities and reduced the amount of time spent on more
administrative items and increased time allocation to more strategic matters.
Directors’ external commitments
A schedule of Directors’ external appointments, which includes details
of the time commitments to those roles, is reviewed by the Committee
to ensure all Directors can commit enough time to their duties.
This includes consideration of the need for Directors to have
sufficient capacity to be able to address non-standard business
situations arising in different roles at the same time, which could
increase the time requirements of the Director. Any new
appointments are required to be approved by the Committee.
The Committee is satisfied that all Directors have sufficient time
to dedicate to their duties and have clearly demonstrated this
throughout the year.
Director re-election
In line with governance requirements and the Company’s Articles of
Association, all Directors stand for annual re-election at the
Company’s AGM. Each Director’s performance, including the results of
the annual Board evaluation, and independence is considered by the
Committee, which recommends to the Board their re-election. In
addition, a more detailed review of each Director’s performance,
contribution and independence is undertaken when they are
considered for re-appointment after serving three and six-year terms.
This year the Committee also considered the results of the AGM
where the vote for the re-election of Dale Murray was just under 80%.
The results were driven by our major shareholder, who has stringent
policies on the number of external mandates a Director holds, which
are beyond those of the leading proxy advisor guidelines.
The Nomination Committee is confident that Dale has sufficient time
to dedicate to the role. She has attended all Board and Committee
meetings, with the exception of one Board meeting which was
arranged on short notice. Dale had a prior commitment but reviewed
the papers and engaged with the Chair pre and post the meeting.
Dale is very responsive to Jupiter’s business and dedicates a material
amount of time outside her core duties to support management. Dale
Murray is stepping down from one private company role during 2024.
The Committee recommended the re-election of all Directors at the
2024 AGM.
Conflicts of interest
The Company’s Articles of Association permit the Board to consider
and authorise situations where a Director has an actual or potential
conflict of interest in relation to the Group. The Board has a formal
system to record potential conflicts and, if appropriate, to authorise
them. Conflicts of interest are included as a standing agenda item at
each Board and Committee meeting. When authorising conflicts or
potential conflicts of interest, the Director concerned may not take
part in the decision making.
Board and Committee evaluation
Details of the Board and Committee evaluation process can be found
on page 92. The table below provides an update on the priorities
identified in the Committee’s 2022 evaluation and also a summary
of the conclusions from the 2023 evaluation.
2023 Committee evaluation conclusions
The externally facilitated evaluation found the Committee to be
operating effectively with the improved succession planning and
talent mapping processes commended together with the recruitment
process which had been run in a very collegiate and cohesive manner.
The key priorities for the Committee in 2024 will be:
Develop succession plans and consider further recruitment to
ensure the appropriate refreshment of the Board.
Work with management to develop effective succession plans,
in line with the revised management and governance structures.
Review the skills and experience of the Board, following additional
appointments, and consider the composition of each Committee
and roles and responsibilities of Directors.
97Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
“A culture of risk and control
awareness is vital to ensuring
the protection of our clients.”
Karl Sternberg
Interim Chair
COMMITTEE’S KEY RESPONSIBILITIES
Monitoring the integrity of the parent company and
consolidated financial statements, and overseeing the Group’s
financial reporting processes, including reviewing significant
financial reporting matters, judgements, statements and
announcements concerning its financial performance.
Assessing the material risks which could impact the Group’s
business model, future performance, liquidity and solvency.
Reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness and adequacy of
the risk management processes.
Reviewing the Group’s internal controls and risk management
systems including the adequacy and effectiveness of the framework
used to monitor the Group’s significant outsourced relationships.
Reviewing the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements and ensuring the
proportionate and independent investigation of any matters reported.
Overseeing the appointment, performance, remuneration and
independence of the external auditors, including the provision of
non-audit services to the Group.
Reviewing and approving the appointment of the Group’s Head of
Internal Audit and oversight of the Group’s Internal Audit function.
Providing oversight of regulatory and compliance matters across
the Group.
Pages 100 to 103 of this report provide further information on the
Committee’s activities during the year and outcomes.
AUDIT AND RISK
COMMITTEE REPORT
AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT
COMMITTEE MEMBERS AND
REGULAR ATTENDEES
During the year, the Committee held five meetings, all of which
were scheduled and aligned with the audit and financial
reporting schedule.
Meetings Meetings attended
Karl Sternberg (Interim Chair) 5/5
David Cruickshank
1
(former Committee Chair) 1/1
Dale Murray 5/5
Roger Yates
2
4/4
1. David Cruickshank stepped down as a member and Chair of the
Committee on his appointment as Chair of the Board on 26 April 2023.
2. Roger Yates joined as a member of the Committee on 26 April 2023.
Independence
The Committee is comprised of three Non-Executive Directors,
all of whom are independent. The composition of the
Committee was fully compliant with the UK Corporate
Governance Code throughout 2023.
Knowledge, skills and experience
The Committee as a whole is considered to have the
competence relevant to the asset management sector. The
interim Chair, Karl Sternberg, brings over 30 years’ experience in
the investment industry in both executive and non-executive
roles. Roger Yates, who joined the Committee during the year,
also has over 30 years’ experience in the industry. Roger Yates
is Chair of the Remuneration Committee, which helps to ensure
the identification of issues relevant to both Committees. Dale
Murray is a qualified accountant, and is considered to have
recent and relevant financial experience.
A full copy of the Committee’s terms of reference, which are
reviewed by the Committee and approved by the Board on
an annual basis, can be found at www.jupiteram.com.
98
DEAR STAKEHOLDER
I am pleased to present the Audit and Risk Committee report
following my appointment as interim Chair of the Committee in
April 2023.
This report is designed to provide stakeholders with information
on the activities of the Committee throughout 2023 and how the
Committee has discharged its responsibilities during the year. Before
doing so I would like to cover some changes that occurred to the
Committee membership during the year.
During April 2023, following the decision of Nichola Pease to step
down from the Board, David Cruickshank, the former Chair of the
Committee, was appointed as Chair of the Board. At the same time,
David stood down as Chair of the Committee, and I was appointed as
Chair, on an interim basis. It was also agreed that Roger Yates would
join as an additional member of the Committee. These changes have
helped to ensure continuity of membership whilst a recruitment
process for at least one Non-Executive Director with financial and
accounting experience was commenced. It is expected to announce
the conclusion of the process in the near future, including any changes
to the membership of the Committee. Further details on the
membership of the Committee can be found on page 98 and on
the assessment of the performance of the Committee on page 111.
Internal controls
Oversight of the Group’s internal controls environment is an essential
part of the Committee’s remit. In addition to the regular reporting cycle,
the Committee oversaw a number of enhancements to the Group’s risk
framework and control environment. Work which commenced in 2022
has introduced improvements, including increased use of automation
to provide greater and more efficient risk mitigation, enhanced
documentation, and additional focus and tone from the top. We are
very aware that the Committee is important in setting the tone from
the top and ensuring a culture of risk and control awareness. The
Committee received and reviewed regular updates on progress with
these matters, and challenged action plans to ensure the improvements
were delivered and implemented on a timely basis. The Committee also
considered the findings of assurance reviews by the second and third
lines of defence on the plans, and probed how changes are being
embedded throughout the business.
During 2022 we reported that we had separated the Risk and
Compliance functions, ensuring, through the appointment of a new
Head of Compliance and a new Head of Risk, that each function was
headed up by an individual with significant, relevant subject matter
expertise, able to devote all their time to each area. Since these
changes were implemented, Committee meetings have been attended
throughout the year by both departmental Heads. We
are pleased that tangible benefits have been seen following the
implementation of these important senior management changes.
More detail on key areas of progress with regard to risk management
and internal controls can be found from pages 109-110 of this report.
Culture and conduct
However good controls may be, the Committee understands that
having the right culture, which includes a culture of risk and control
awareness, is vital to ensuring the protection of our clients. Jupiter
has established the Culture and Conduct Committee (CCC), with the
overarching purpose of ensuring that the Group maintains a robust
framework for conduct risk and governance. The CCC also has
responsibility to consider client outcomes, in light of the FCA’s
new Consumer Duty. Supported by external advisors, during the
year the CCC has overseen the development of our conduct risk
and Consumer Duty metrics and determined appropriate tolerance
thresholds. The CCC provides a quarterly report to the Committee
and regulated entity boards so that they can oversee how the CCC is
carrying out its responsibilities and escalate any issues, as appropriate,
to the relevant boards.
Oversight of EY’s first audit
Ernst & Young LLP (EY) were appointed by the Board as external
auditors for the year ended 31 December 2023. Their appointment
was subsequently approved by the shareholders at the 2023 AGM.
This was EY’s first year as external auditors. Ensuring a smooth
transition from the previous external auditors, PwC, and the delivery
of a high-quality audit, were key parts of the Committee’s oversight
during 2023. The Committee held regular meetings with the external
auditors, without management present, to gain EY’s feedback on
interaction with management and matters arising from the audit.
The Committee also reviewed the results of EY’s audit quality
inspection as outlined in the Financial Reporting Council’s Audit
Quality Review in 2023 and received feedback from management to
support its assessment of the qualifications, expertise and resources
of the auditor.
Financial reporting
One of the key responsibilities of the Committee is to ensure
the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting and controls. The
Committee conducted a detailed review of the Group’s Annual Report
and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2023. As always, the
Committee has paid close attention to the significant accounting
estimates and judgements, including in particular challenging
management’s testing of impairment to the Group’s goodwill asset.
Further information on this, and other important areas of estimation and
judgement, and details of outcomes can be found on pages 104 and 105.
Finally, I express my thanks to the teams across the Group who
have supported the Committee’s work throughout the year.
Your dedication and integrity are critical to the Committee’s work.
I hope to be able to meet with shareholders and discuss the
Committee’s activities, in person, at the AGM on 9 May 2024.
Karl Sternberg
Interim Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
99Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
ISSUES CONSIDERED BY THE COMMITTEE DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD:
Issues considered How these were addressed by the Committee
Financial reporting
Annual and interim reporting
For further information see
page 104
The Committee reviewed and approved the annual and interim reports and recommended them to the Board,
which included ensuring there were effective financial controls operating across the Group to safeguard the
integrity of the Group’s financial reporting. The Committee reviewed and suggested changes to the annual and
interim reports to ensure they provided a true and fair view of the Company’s position and that they were fair,
balanced and understandable.
Statement of viability
and going concern
For further information see
page 106
The Committee considered, challenged and approved the Group’s statement of viability and the preparation
of the annual and interim accounts on a going concern basis. The Committee’s assessment was supported by
a number of factors including the current financial position, budget and cash flow forecasts, liquidity, contingent
liabilities and the impact of unfavourable market scenarios and the Group’s ICARA and wind-down plan.
The assessment also considered the impact of the Company’s revised capital allocation policy.
The Committee concluded that it was appropriate to prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis
of accounting and that the Company continued to maintain a healthy surplus of both capital and liquidity and
would remain commercially viable throughout the forecast period up to three years.
Significant accounting
judgements and estimates
For further information see
page 104 and 105
The Committee reviewed, challenged and approved all significant accounting judgements and estimates
for both the annual and interim reports. The Committee focused in particular on the assessment of the
impairment of goodwill, considering management’s methodology and sensitivity of inputs with due regard to
developments and uncertainty in the geopolitical and macroeconomic environments, including the short-term
impact of changes in investment teams.
Before agreeing the accounting estimates and judgements the Committee engaged with the external auditors
to understand the results of their audit work.
Alternative Performance
Measures
For further information see
page 106
The Committee challenged and approved the use of APMs in the Annual Report and Accounts and ensured that
these were appropriate to provide users of the accounts with a clearer understanding of the Group’s business.
The Committee reviewed the disclosures to ensure that they were clear to the readers of the accounts.
Internal Capital Adequacy
and Risk Assessment
(ICARA) process
The Committee considered the risk scenarios, stress tests and wind-down scenarios and the ICARA. The
Committee reviewed and approved the Group’s ICARA and wind-down plan and recommended its approval to
the Board. The Committee has requested that the scenarios be continuously considered and reviewed in light
of changes that may impact the assessment.
Risk
Risk appetite statement and
Enterprise Risk Management
Framework (ERMF)
For further information see
the Risk management report
on page 65
Management continued work to enhance the ERMF including:
Enhancement to Risk and Controls Self-Assessment processes
Improved automation of risk processes
Enhancements to liquidity risk management processes
The Committee monitored progress through to completion and requested that Internal Audit conduct an
overall ERMF audit in 2024.
The Committee reviewed the proposed enhancements to the risk appetite statement including challenging
proposed amendments to the risk taxonomy and ensured assurance was provided on the rationale for and
operational impact of changes.
Material and emerging risks
The Committee discussed the material and emerging risks and considered likelihood of occurrence and
potential impacts on the Group. In addition, it reviewed and approved the risk management disclosures in
the annual and half-year reports and suggested changes to provide further clarity to readers of the accounts.
Risk reporting
For further information see
page 109
The Committee received a report at each meeting from the Head of Risk, including an assessment of the
Group risk profile, a detailed overview of any breaches or errors and proposed remediation, and key priorities
for the activities of the teams. The Committee also considered the impact of changes to the risk team and its
resources to ensure that it continued to be sufficient to undertake business as usual activities and to
implement the identified enhancements to the ERMF.
100
Issues considered How these were addressed by the Committee
Risk continued
Liquidity risk management
The Committee monitored the Group’s implementation of liquidity risk management procedures and liquidity
stress testing in line with liquidity risk management requirements and best practice. The Committee noted the
contents of the FCA’s Dear CEO Letter on Liquidity Risk Management, and considered an assessment of gaps in
terms of best practice conducted by the risk team and a review undertaken by Internal Audit and has monitored
progress against the key findings, which included enhancement to management information presented to the
boards of regulated subsidiaries.
Operational resilience
The Committee received as part of enterprise risk reporting updates on the work of the Operational Resilience
Forum, including outcomes of the annual review of Important Business Services and Value Chain Mapping,
actions closed and lessons learned from incidents, and enhancements to operational resilience management
information.
Culture and conduct
The Committee provided oversight of enhancement of the framework for the management of conduct risk and
oversight of culture, including a new conduct risk policy, impact categories and statements, the formation of the
new Culture and Conduct Committee and the roll out of conduct risk training to all staff. The Committee
provided feedback to ensure that the framework provided clear lines of reporting, clarity of responsibility and
ownership, and development of appropriate and measurable metrics related to the Consumer Duty outcomes.
Legal and litigation risks
The Committee received updates from the General Counsel on potential legal and litigation risks across
the Group.
Internal controls
For further information see
pages 109 and 110
The Committee reviewed the effectiveness of the internal control environment including consideration of
risk incidents, the output from the risk and control self-assessment, compliance and internal audit findings.
Assurance report on
internal controls (AAF)
The Committee oversaw the preparation of the Group’s annual assurance report on internal controls
which was audited by EY and approved the final report before it was sent to appropriate stakeholders.
Compliance
Compliance reporting
For further information see
page 110
The Committee received a report at each meeting from the Head of Compliance which provided an update on
compliance matters. This included key priorities for the activities of the team, compliance monitoring findings
and an update on any regulatory matters, engagement or change.
The Committee focused on the implementation of a new Personal Account dealing framework, the communication
of expectations and training of staff on its requirements, and ongoing monitoring and surveillance.
Compliance monitoring plan
The Committee reviewed and approved the Group’s compliance monitoring plan, under which the compliance
team reviews and tests key areas of the firm’s business as part of the second line of defence oversight.
Financial crime prevention
The Committee received an update from the Head of Financial Crime on the policies and procedures in place to
manage money laundering and financial crime risks across the Group and concluded that the framework and
management of the risks were effective. The Committee agreed changes to reporting with more regular updates
at each quarterly meeting to help it more effectively monitor financial crime risks and ensure adherence to the
Group financial crime risk appetite.
Whistleblowing
arrangements
The Committee reviewed the Group’s whistleblowing policy and arrangements and found these to be effective
and in line with best practice. The whistleblowing champion ensures, should any reports be received, these are
independently investigated. The Committee agreed that the Chair of the Board, David Cruickshank, as the
former Chair of the Committee, should continue as the whistleblowing champion with consideration to be
given to his replacement by the new Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee, once appointed.
Fraud deterrence policies
and procedures
The Committee assessed the effectiveness of the policies and procedures in place to prevent fraud across
the organisation, including measures designed to protect our clients. These were found to be effective.
The Committee considered the impact on arrangements of the Economic Crime and Corporate Transparency
Act 2023, and reviewed management’s assessment and actions to ensure compliance with requirements.
101Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Issues considered How these were addressed by the Committee
External audit
Auditor transition
For further information see
page 107
The Committee received updates from management, the previous external auditors (PwC) and the new
external auditors (EY) on the transition from PwC to EY in 2023 and ensured that there was a smooth transition.
External audit reporting
The Committee received regular reporting from the external auditors on the external audit plan, progress
thereon and any matters identified in the course of the audit.
External auditors’
effectiveness
For further information see
page 107
The Committee provided oversight of the relationship with the external auditors and assessed the
effectiveness of the external audit process ensuring that such process is conducted in accordance with all
applicable legal and regulatory requirements, including the UK Corporate Governance Code and the FRC’s
Audit Committees and the External Audit: Minimum Standards (the Minimum Standard).
Independence of
external auditors
For further information see
page 108
At each meeting the Committee considered the independence of the external auditors (EY and PwC) including
consideration of non-audit related engagements and expenditure and ensured it remained satisfied that the
external auditors continued to be independent.
External audit fee
For further information see
page 108
The Committee reviewed and challenged the proposed fees for the external audit of the Company and its
subsidiaries. This year’s fee is £1.17m and total fees paid to the external auditors for non-audit and audit work
are £1.7m.
Internal audit
Internal audit reporting
At each meeting the Committee received a report from Internal Audit which provided an update on the
internal audit plan, an overview of all internal audit reports issued during the period and an update on
identified and outstanding management actions. The Committee reviewed the reports and challenged
management on any actions which had been identified as overdue.
Internal audit plan
The Committee reviewed and approved the internal audit plan, which was considered in conjunction with the
compliance monitoring plan to ensure effective assurance reporting over all of the Group’s operations, with
appropriate focus on higher risk areas.
Internal audit effectiveness
For further information see
page 108
A formal review of the effectiveness of the Internal Audit function was undertaken during the year.
The Committee noted and agreed with the conclusion that, overall, the Internal Audit function was compliant
with the CIIA International Performance Standards. The Committee considered the timing for an external
assessment of the Internal Audit function and agreed this should take place in 2025.
The Committee noted the continued improved audit quality and effective working relationships built by the
team since the move to a co-sourced model and agreed to reduce dependency on the co-sourced provider
through the appointment of additional internal resource.
Internal Audit Charter
The Committee reviewed and agreed that no changes were required. The Group’s Internal Audit Charter can
be found on our website at www.jupiteram.com.
Other
Rebate review
The Committee provided oversight of a comprehensive review of rebate arrangements which included
enhancements to existing processes, a record keeping review and a strategic operating model review. The
Committee reviewed proposed actions, timelines and progress, and considered the recommendations of a strategic
operating review which was supported by an external advisor. The Committee also reviewed the provisions on the
balance sheet based on the residual risk following completion of enhancements to existing processes.
102
Issues considered How these were addressed by the Committee
Other continued
Client Money and Custody
Asset Assurance
(CASS) report
The Group’s external auditors undertook a CASS audit which reported on the Group’s compliance with the
Client Assets Sourcebook. The Committee reviewed and approved the 2022 CASS report and oversaw the
implementation of the control findings identified. The Committee received updates on progress with the
2023 CASS report from EY.
Restoring Trust in Audit and
Corporate Governance
The Committee considered the FRC’s consultation on proposed changes to the UK Corporate Governance
Code launched on 24 May 2023, which focused primarily on changes related to internal control, assurance,
and resilience in response to the Government’s consultation. Following the withdrawal by the Government
of proposed secondary legislation the Committee continued to monitor developments and will focus on the
implementation of the additional requirements introduced by the revised UK Corporate Governance Code.
Tax strategy
The Committee reviewed and approved the Group tax strategy which includes details of how we manage
the tax affairs and related risks to our business. In 2023 the Group received accreditation of the Fair Tax Mark
standard set by Fair Tax Foundation for the second time.
Terms of reference
The Committee reviewed its terms of reference to ensure they remained up to date and in accordance with
best practice. A small number of amendments were approved, primarily reflecting reference to responsibilities
detailed in the Minimum Standard.
Sustainability
For further information see
Sustainability starting on
page 36
The Committee considered the key ESG developments and regulatory initiatives and improvements to
sustainability reporting, including:
Enhanced TCFD reporting
Enhanced emissions reporting to meet current and future regulation
Revised sustainability governance
Stewardship activity and engagement case studies
Voting and engagement statistics.
Private meetings
During the year the Committee held private meetings with:
The Head of Internal Audit
The Head of Risk
The Head of Compliance
The external auditors
The CFOO
These meetings provided an opportunity for private discussion with the Committee, without other members
of management present, and supported, amongst other things the Committee’s assessment of the
performance of the external auditors and Internal Audit.
CALENDAR OF KEY ACTIVITIES
February
Consideration of
the Annual Report
and financial
statements and
recommendation
of their approval
to the Board.
Assessment of the
effectiveness of
internal controls.
May
Review ICARA
methodology and
risk scenarios.
Review fraud
deterrence
arrangements.
Review
whistleblowing
arrangements.
July
Approve
interim financial
statements.
Review external
audit planning
report and
audit strategy.
Assessment of the
effectiveness of
external audit.
Approve ICARA.
October
Approve
tax strategy
and internal
controls.
Review of Internal
Audit Charter.
December
Review significant accounting matters,
estimates and judgements for full year
financial statements.
Annual review of the risk appetite
statement and ERMF.
Review of Internal Audit plan and
compliance monitoring plan.
Assessment of the effectiveness
of Internal Audit.
Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
103
AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
FINANCIAL REPORTING
A core responsibility of the Committee is to ensure the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting, which includes overseeing the effectiveness of
the financial control environment. Prior to recommending the year-end financial statements to the Board for approval, the Committee reviews
the accounting policies adopted by the Group and considers the principal areas of financial statement risk and challenges management on areas of
estimation and judgement. The significant judgement areas considered by the Committee are set out in the table below. In each case the
Committee concluded that the accounting treatment and disclosure in the financial statements are appropriate.
The Committee has also assessed the Annual Report and Accounts to ensure that, taken as a whole, it is fair, balanced and understandable and
that it provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy.
KEY AREAS OF ESTIMATION AND JUDGEMENTS
Impairment of goodwill
Assessment of
area of estimation
and judgement
A key area of discussion and challenge was the assessment of the impairment of the Group’s total goodwill asset of
£570.6m, which relates to the 2007 acquisition of Knightsbridge Asset Management Limited and the 2020 acquisition
of Merian Global Investors Limited.
Goodwill arising on acquisitions is capitalised in the consolidated balance sheet. Goodwill is carried at cost less
accumulated impairment losses. The carrying of goodwill asset is not amortised but is tested annually for
impairment or more frequently if indicators of impairment arise.
On 9 January 2024, Jupiter announced that, within the current market context of lower asset valuations, muted
demand for risk assets from retail clients and a higher cost of capital, it was considered likely that the valuation
of intangible assets would result in some impairment of goodwill on our balance sheet. Management conducted an
assessment of impairment for consideration by the Committee, which considered all relevant factors, including the
short-term impact of changes to investment teams.
The Committee reviewed management’s assessment of impairment, providing challenge to the key inputs and
assumptions and considered sensitivities to its base case data to determine to what extent the goodwill asset was
exposed to possible future impairment in the event of plausible adverse events or circumstances. In addition to
considering management’s analysis the Committee engaged a third party valuation specialist to provide an opinion
in relation to the value in use of the Company as at 31 December 2023.
The Committee considered any potential impact in terms of regulatory capital or the Group’s ability to distribute
capital to shareholders in accordance with the capital allocation framework and noted that it was comfortable that
the impairment of goodwill did not impact these items.
Outcome
The Committee confirmed the recommendation that impairment of the Group’s goodwill was required in the
amount of £76.2m.
The Committee reviewed disclosures and provided feedback to management to ensure that narrative was clear and
included disclosure of sensitivity to reasonable changes in assumptions.
Share-based payments
Assessment of
area of estimation
and judgement
The Group recognises significant accounting charges in respect of deferred share-based awards arising from
Deferred Bonus Plans (DBP) and Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTIP). The principal area of estimation relates to the
probability of vesting of performance-based awards.
An assessment was undertaken based on the business performance to date and the likelihood of improvements
offsetting these factors in the remainder of the vesting periods. As a result of this assessment the probability of
vesting was reduced, resulting in lower accounting charges for share-based payments.
Outcome
The Committee considered the status of the Group’s outstanding LTIP awards and, in relation to the LTIPs due to
vest in 2024 and 2025, a reduction in the vesting levels from 50% to 30% was agreed.
104
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING MATTERS
Disclosure of exceptional items
Summary of significant
accounting item
The Committee reviewed management’s proposals to include a number of items as exceptional items which are
defined as “Items of income or expenditure that are significant in size and which are not expected to repeat over
the short to medium term”.
Exceptional items incurred in 2023 amounted to £95.8m and related to:
Items relating to the Merian acquisition
The goodwill impairment charge
Outcome
The Committee agreed that the above-mentioned items meet the definition of exceptional items.
105Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
GOING CONCERN AND STATEMENT OF VIABILITY
The Directors are required under UK law and the UK Corporate
Governance Code to conclude on the Group’s ability to continue as
a going concern and to include a statement of viability in the Group’s
Annual Report and Accounts respectively. They must satisfy themselves
as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period
of 12 months from the date of the approval of the financial statements.
In addition, the Company is required to provide a statement of viability,
which can be found on page 31, and which reports on the viability of
the Company over a three-year period.
The Committee supports the Board in its assessment of going concern
and ongoing viability by considering and reviewing a number of factors
such as the current financial position, budget and cash flow forecasts,
liquidity, contingent liabilities, and unfavourable market scenarios,
versus the Group’s core forecasts, the Group’s ICARA and wind-down
plan, and risks to the Group’s operations or balance sheet position.
In reaching its conclusions the Committee considered the going concern
and the statement of viability under the most severe yet plausible
stressed scenarios developed for the ICARA process, approved by the
Board, and assessed the impact on capital and liquidity. The Committee
challenged management on assumptions in light of the economic and
geo-political environment and in particular considered the potential for
multiple risks to occur simultaneously.
The Committee also considered the impact of the Company’s capital
allocation policy and applied this to the forecast capital resources
over the period under review.
The Committee concluded that the Group has access to the financial
resources required to run the business efficiently and has a strong
gross cash position and concluded that it considered it appropriate
to prepare the half-year and annual financial statements for the year
ended 31 December 2023 on a going concern basis of accounting and
that the Company continued to maintain a healthy surplus of both
capital and liquidity and would remain commercially viable throughout
the forecast period up to three years.
FAIR, BALANCED AND UNDERSTANDABLE
The Committee assessed whether, taken as a whole, the 2023 Annual
Report and Accounts was fair, balanced and understandable and
provided the information necessary to assess the Company’s
position and performance, business model and strategy.
To assist with the Committee’s assessment as to whether the
Annual Report and Accounts is fair, balanced and understandable,
the Committee receives and discusses papers from management
outlining changes in the application of any accounting policies
together with material estimates and judgements.
The Committee received and reviewed a full draft of the accounts at
its February meeting and considered whether the performance and
position of the Group had been described in a true, fair and balanced
way. The Committee believes that the tone and content accurately
reflect the performance of the business, while also providing relevant
information for users.
The Committee’s attention was given to the disclosure in respect of
the use of APMs (see following paragraph for further detail) to ensure
that the disclosure in respect of APMs was clear and transparent.
Following its review, the Committee was of the opinion that the 2023
Annual Report and Accounts was representative of the year and
presents a fair, balanced and understandable overview. The
Committee was also of the opinion that the Annual Report and
Accounts provides a true representation to shareholders of the
Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy.
ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES
The Committee reviewed the approach proposed by the finance
team for disclosure of APMs specifically around the presentation
of exceptional items and performance fees in the Group’s income
statement. Exceptional items are defined as items of income or
expenditure that are significant in size and which are not expected
to repeat over the short to medium term.
Such items were separately presented to enable a better
understanding of the Group’s ongoing financial performance.
Consistent with the disclosure in 2022, exceptional items include costs
arising from the Merian acquisition in 2020, that are required to be
recognised over multiple accounting periods. In 2023 they also
included the goodwill impairment charge.
The Committee reviewed and challenged the costs proposed by
management as exceptional items for the period and agreed that
they met the requirements for treatment as exceptional items.
The Committee considered the presentation of APMs in the 2023
Annual Report and Accounts and concluded that the use and
disclosure of APMs in the Annual Report and Accounts was
appropriate, and that the definitions and explanations were clear.
An explanation of the use of APMs is provided on pages 213 to 215.
EXTERNAL AUDIT
At a glance:
External Auditors EY
Lead engagement partner James Beszant
Lead partner due to rotate 20 March 2028
Financial period auditors first appointed 31 December 2023
Next audit tender required 31 December 2031
Total statutory audit fees £1.17m
Total fees for non-audit services £0.53m
EY’s appointment as external auditors for the financial year ending
31 December 2023 was approved by shareholders at the Annual
General Meeting held in May 2023, following a formal external audit
tender process conducted in the second half of 2021. James Beszant
was appointed as lead partner on 20 March 2023 for the financial
period 31 December 2023 and is therefore due to rotate after the
31 December 2027 year end.
106
Having undertaken a formal tender process in 2021 and appointed EY
as external auditors the Company complies with the requirements of
the Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation
(Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee
Responsibilities) Order 2014 and the Corporate Governance Code.
Under these requirements a tender for the external audit must be
undertaken no later than 2031. The Company has no present intention
of tendering for an alternative external auditor before the end of the
current period of 10 years.
Auditor effectiveness
This was the first year of EY’s appointment as external auditors
and the Committee agreed an approach to ensure both a smooth
transition from the outgoing auditors and the delivery of a high-
quality audit. The Committee regularly engaged with management
throughout the year to seek feedback on the external auditors.
During 2023, the Committee assessed the effectiveness of the external
auditors and the audit process, which included consideration of the
results from the internal evaluation, as well as the FRC’s Audit Quality
Review (AQR) of EY audits. The Committee was pleased to note
that the results of this showed an increase in the number of EY’s
audits rated in the top category and no audits with significant
improvement required. The Committee sought comment from EY
on the findings as they pertained to the Company, and discussed
controls relied upon and enhancements to address risks identified
to the audit and audit firm.
The Committee considered the resources of the auditors and
discussed the content of the auditors’ reporting, and EY’s interactions
with the Committee and confirmed they demonstrated a good
understanding of the Company’s business and activities. It was
considered that EY had been perceptive in handling key judgements,
including its challenge to key areas of judgement and estimation,
and in responding to questions of the Committee.
To further support its assessment, the Committee also obtained
feedback from members of management involved with the audit
process, including from the Head of Finance and the Chief Financial
& Operating Officer and discussed EY’s performance against the
external audit plan and areas for focus that were identified during
the audit tender process. The Committee noted feedback from
management included that:
The audit strategy had been set out and communicated with a
clear and logical plan that reflected a good understanding of
the business.
The transition from PwC had been generally well managed. EY had
provided ongoing feedback on audit approach and areas of audit
focus, an example being focus on rebates.
EY had instigated good processes in areas identified during the
tender process, including good communication and visibility on-site,
and a more integrated approach to the audit of non-UK subsidiaries,
including attendance at key board meetings.
HOW WE ENSURED AN
EFFECTIVE AUDIT TRANSITION
2022
2023
EY shadowed PwC and attended workshops and
meetings with Finance, Tax, Compliance, Risk, General
Counsel, Company Secretariat, Internal Audit, Human
Resources, Technology and Operations and met with
each member of the Committee individually.
January to February
Audit and Risk Committee meetings attended by EY and
PwC through to approval of the Annual Report and
Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2022.
February
Private meetings held with EY and PwC lead audit
partners to seek feedback on the audit process and
transition ensuring that issues or concerns can be raised
confidentially with the Committee.
March
EY’s audit procedures commenced including discussions
with management, review of the predecessor auditors’
2022 working papers, and commencement of
walkthroughs of key controls and processes.
May
As recommended by the Board, our shareholders
approved the appointment of EY at the 2023 Annual
General Meeting. EY were also formally appointed as
auditors for the Group’s subsidiaries.
July
The Committee reviewed EY’s audit planning report.
The Committee considered its initial observations on
effectiveness of EY, including reviewing a report from
management and private meetings with the CFOO to
obtain feedback from management.
The Committee agreed the process for the ongoing
review of the effectiveness of the auditors.
107Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
At meetings during the year management presented its up-to-date
views on significant accounting issues and areas of judgement to
the Committee. EY informed the Committee on whether in its
professional opinion the judgements and management’s responses
were appropriate. EY exercised their professional scepticism on these
issues and management confirmed that during discussions on key
areas of focus, such as goodwill, EY have engaged early and provided
appropriate and robust challenge.
22
23
£0.0m
£0.0m
Other non-audit services:
22
23
£0.3m
£0.0m
Other assurance services:
22
23
£0.9m
£0.9m
Audit fee for subsidiaries:
22
23
71
£0.3m
£0.3m
70
Audit-related assurance services:
22
23
71
£0.3m
£0.4m
70
Audit fee:
External audit fees
Non-audit services
To help safeguard the external auditors’ objectivity and independence
the Committee has a non-audit services policy, which sets out the
procedure for the provision of any non-audit services by the external
auditors to any entity within the Group.
At each Committee meeting the non-audit spend of the Group is
reviewed and an assessment made of the independence of the
external auditors.
Services classified as non-audit services that are conducted by
EY include the review of the interim results, certain audit related
assurance services that are required by regulation, such as CASS reporting
in the UK and overseas regulatory audits. The Committee considers that
it is appropriate for the statutory auditors to carry out this additional
audit and assurance activity where there is clear and compelling
efficiencies and synergies to be gained by the auditors carrying out
these alongside the statutory audit, and considers that the activities
do not impact the external auditors’ objectivity and independence.
In determining the independence of the external auditors and
consideration of non-audit services, the Committee has due regard
to all relevant regulations and guidance which includes the FRC’s rules
for auditors in respect of the provision of non-audit services whereby
the proportion of non-audit service fees that can be incurred in a
year is limited by reference to the average audit fee over a rolling
three-year period and prohibits non-audit services fees from
exceeding 70% over both UK standalone and total Group bases.
The Company is compliant with the requirements of the FRC’s
Revised Ethical Standard 2019, and with the Minimum Standard.
In accordance with the Minimum Standard, the non-audit services
policy requires prior approval for the engagement of the auditors
to supply non-audit services. This requires that all non-audit services
be approved by the Committee, which can be facilitated by the
Committee Chair should such approval be required in between
Committee meetings. In managing its non-audit relationships with
audit firms, the Committee takes due regard to ensuring that it
will have a fair choice of suitable external auditors at the next
tender process.
External auditors oversight conclusion
In light of its assessment and interactions with the external auditors
throughout the year, the Committee concluded that it was satisfied
with the external auditors’ independence and objectivity as well as
the effectiveness of the external audit process.
INTERNAL AUDIT
The Committee reviews the internal audit plan at each meeting to
ensure that it remains relevant for new and emerging circumstances.
A total of 14 internal audits were completed during 2023 for Jupiter
Fund Management plc which included audits on Client onboarding,
the Compliance function, the Trading desk, compliance with the
Consumer Duty, Group Remuneration policies and Funds liquidity
risk management.
In addition 11 internal audits were undertaken for Jupiter Asset
Management International S.A.
108
Effectiveness of the Internal Audit function
In line with the approach taken for the external auditors, the
Committee monitors the fees paid to the co-sourced partner BDO
LLP for services outside the internal audit to ensure their objectivity
and independence.
In July, the Committee received and discussed a self-evaluation of
the effectiveness of the Internal Audit function. This was performed
by Internal Audit using the CIIA External Quality Assessment checklist
which consists of three areas: code of ethics, attribute standards
and performance standards and includes an assessment of all
services provided by the Internal Audit function. This enabled
the Committee to assess and discuss the key messages and
themes emerging from the evaluation.
Overall, the Internal Audit function was found to generally conform
in each of the three areas. An External Quality Assessment (EQA) is
scheduled to take place in 2025, in line with the Global Internal Audit
Standards which require an EQA to be performed at least once every
five years by an independent and qualified assessor.
Additionally, in the summer of 2023, a internal survey was issued to
gather feedback on the in-house team and BDO LLP. Overall feedback
was positive citing added value, pertinence of issues and satisfaction
with the process. As a result of this engagement Internal Audit have
engaged further to ensure key stakeholders have an improved
understanding of risk assessment methodology driving the audit plan.
Comments also suggested improved audit quality since moving to a
co-sourced model and building an in-house capability.
In December the Committee concluded its own assessment of the
effectiveness of the Internal Audit function, informed by the results
of the CIIA assessment, the stakeholder survey, feedback from
management and its regular interaction with the Head of Internal
Audit. It was noted that the Committee had during the year:
met with the Head of Internal Audit without the presence
of management.
reviewed and assessed the annual internal audit work plan.
received regular reporting on the results of the Internal Audit work
and reviewed actions taken by management to implement Internal
Audit’s recommendations.
monitored and assessed the role and effectiveness of the Internal
Audit function in the overall context of the Jupiter’s risk
management system.
The Committee noted the continued improved audit quality and
effective working relationships built by the team since the move
to a co-sourced model and agreed to reduce dependency on the
co-sourced provider through the appointment of additional internal
resource. The Committee concluded that it is satisfied that the quality,
experience and expertise of the Internal Audit function remains
appropriate for the business.
MONITORING OF THE GROUP’S RISK
MANAGEMENT ENVIRONMENT
During the year management reports from the Risk function
have included:
Reporting on the Company’s overall risk profile including strategic,
operational, capital adequacy, liquidity, credit and counterparty,
market risks and conduct risk.
Update on the top-down risk assessment process and the risk and
controls self-assessment process.
Report on development of the approach to ESG and sustainability
related risks.
Analysis of how risks are evolving including emerging, trending and
reducing risk areas.
Adherence to the Group’s risk appetite and any breaches of risk
appetite metrics.
Annual review of the risk appetite statement and enterprise risk
management policy.
Details of planned compliance assurance reviews and any material
findings and themes.
Review and approval of the Group’s AAF Report.
The Committee reviewed the Group’s ICARA and recommended
its approval to the Board. In its review of the Group ICARA, the
Committee assessed and challenged the methodology and approach
including operational risk scenarios assumptions and quantification
and capital and liquidity stress testing. The Committee reviewed
management’s assessment of the material potential harms that may
result from Jupiter’s ongoing operation of its business and whether the
proposed level of own funds (including stress testing and wind-down
requirements) and liquidity were considered appropriate.
As part of its consideration of stress tests, the Committee considered
developments in the geopolitical and macroeconomic environment,
including the impact of inflation, and the ongoing conflict in continental
Europe and the Middle East. The Committee challenged management
to develop scenarios that considered both the cumulative effect
of multiple occurrences of risks, and potential contagion risk to
ensure that the impact of the most severe, yet plausible scenarios
had been considered.
109Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
ENHANCING THE RISK
MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK
In Q4 2022, following a detailed review of the Risk and Compliance
functions, the business moved away from an integrated Risk and
Compliance function to separate organisational functions for each.
Individual Heads were appointed for each of the functions, providing
focused leadership supported by dedicated teams with the depth of
knowledge, experience and expertise required to support continuous
improvement in each of these areas. The Committee monitored and
challenged enhancements to the risk and control environment that
had been instigated during 2022, receiving regular reports on progress
against milestones. Work included developing the framework and
application of the RCSA process and other enhancements to the
ERMF. The Committee considered plans to address the findings
and reviewed progress at each Committee meeting, through to
completion. The Committee also requested that Internal Audit
conduct an overall Enterprise Risk Management audit in 2024 once
sufficient time had passed for new processes and controls to embed.
MONITORING OF THE GROUP’S INTERNAL
CONTROL ENVIRONMENT
During the year the Committee:
Evaluated and monitored material control issues identified by
management through regular reports from the Risk and
Compliance functions.
Reviewed and approved a new PA Dealing framework, and received
reports to benchmark Jupiter’s processes in this area to ensure that
we remain aligned with market practice and monitored the
implementation thereof.
Considered reports from the second line of defence on the
oversight of operational risk controls.
Reviewed processes for financial crime prevention and deterrence
of fraud. Overall, it was considered that Jupiter had adequate and
proportionate anti-money laundering and financial crime prevention
systems and controls which are consistent with regulatory
requirements in the UK, Ireland, Luxembourg and the US.
Received a report from the whistleblowing champion, and a review
of the whistleblowing procedures.
Reviewed reports from the third line of defence on the internal
control environment and reviewed progress against
enhancements identified.
Received assurance on the control environment through a
combination of Internal Audit and Compliance Monitoring reviews.
ENHANCING THE INTERNAL
CONTROL ENVIRONMENT
During the year the Committee provided oversight to the
implementation of a number of enhancements to the internal control
framework, including certain investment management processes and
compliance activities that had been identified in 2022, through the
work of the second and third line of defence. Enhancements made
have included increased use of automation to provide greater and
more efficient risk mitigation, enhanced documentation, and additional
focus and tone from the top. The Committee reviewed regular
updates on progress with these matters, and challenged plans to ensure
improvements were delivered and implemented on a timely basis. The
Committee commissioned assurance reviews by the second and third
lines of defence, including an internal audit review which considered
how well changes have been embedded throughout the business.
The Committee’s review of the internal control framework concluded
that it was operating satisfactorily and that there were satisfactory
processes in place to ensure appropriate financial and regulatory
reporting controls over the Group. The Committee therefore
recommended to the Board that the Group’s internal control
environment was operating satisfactorily, that financial and
regulatory reporting controls were operating satisfactorily and
that the Group operated a robust three lines of defence model.
COMMITTEE EFFECTIVENESS
During the year an external evaluation of the Committee’s
effectiveness was undertaken, the process for which can be found
on page 92. The following table provides an update on the priorities
identified in the 2022 evaluation.
110
2022 priorities 2023 status
Development of effective working
relationships with the Head of Risk
and Head of Compliance, ensuring
sufficient support is provided to the
new incumbents whilst providing
appropriate challenge.
The Heads of Risk and Compliance have, throughout the year, attended Committee meetings,
pre-meetings with the Chair, and have also met privately with the Committee, without other members
of management present. The Committee sought feedback on their performance in private meetings
with the CFOO.
The separation of the functions has allowed more dedicated and focused expertise in each area, and
changes have helped to support enhancements to the risk and control environment.
Consider ways in which the
Committee can gain broader
exposure to and feedback from the
key areas of the business falling
within the Committee’s oversight.
Agendas for each meeting are planned to ensure that adequate time is given to the matters detailed in
the Committee’s terms of reference.
Before each Committee meeting, the Chair holds an agenda setting meeting with the Company
Secretary, the CFOO, the Head of Risk, the Head of Compliance and the Head of Internal Audit which
helps to ensure that the agenda for each meeting considers the most important matters from key areas
across the business, and that sufficient time is allocated.
Enhance interaction with key
operating subsidiary boards.
A quarterly report of the activity of the Committee is provided to each board meeting of key
regulated subsidiaries.
The Chair is invited to attend board meetings of each regulated subsidiary on an at least annual basis.
Oversight of the Group’s
regulatory change and
engagement programmes,
including the implementation
of the Consumer Duty and SDR.
The Committee receives a report from the Compliance function at each meeting which summarises
the status of key regulatory change projects.
Additionally, the Committee has received a regular report from the Culture and Conduct Committee,
including progress with the development of metrics for monitoring compliance with the Consumer Duty.
Transition of the external auditors. The transition has been closely monitored by the Committee. Further detail on how the transition has
been managed is set out on page 107.
The transition to the new Head of
Risk and any developments to the
risk and control environment.
The Head of Risk has attended Committee meetings throughout the year, as well as meetings with the
Chair and private meetings with the Committee.
Enhancement to the risk and control environment has continued to be a key focus for the Committee
and is considered in more detail on page 110.
2023 EVALUATION CONCLUSIONS
The evaluation process demonstrated that the Committee had
operated effectively during the year. It noted that the handover of
responsibilities to the current Chair had gone smoothly and that since
his appointment he had added value to the work of the Committee,
including regulatory experience and challenge to management. It was
noted that members brought a wide range of skills and experience to
the Committee, asked probing questions and challenged assumptions.
Agendas were considered to be well balanced, allowing sufficient time
for all topics. The evaluation identified the following priorities for 2024:
Maintain focus on embedding enhancements to the risk
management framework and three lines of defence.
The appointment and induction of a new Chair of the Committee
and smooth handover of responsibilities.
Consideration of the optimal number of Committee members once
the new Chair has been appointed.
Ensure that the Committee continues to challenge and probe
management to surface any issues at an early stage.
Review cadence and timing of meetings to ensure they remain
optimal, make the best use of management and Committee time
and strike the correct balance between Finance, Risk and Internal
Audit items.
111Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
“Progress has been made on our
strategic objectives this year, and the
proposed revisions to our Directors’
Remuneration Policy and Executive
Director remuneration arrangements
this year will allow us to continue to
support delivery of these strategic
and commercial priorities”
Roger Yates
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
COMMITTEE’S KEY RESPONSIBILITIES
Determining the overarching policy for the remuneration of the
Group’s employees, ensuring it is structured in a way that rewards
individual and corporate performance and is aligned with
appropriate risk, compliance and conduct standards and the
long-term interests of shareholders, clients and other stakeholders.
Determining the overall size of the annual variable compensation
pool and the total compensation ratio.
Determining and reviewing annually those individuals who may be
considered to have a material impact on the risk profile of Jupiter,
relevant subsidiaries and its funds (Material Risk Takers and Identified
Staff) for the purposes of the relevant remuneration regulations.
Determining the Chair of the Board’s fees and the total individual
remuneration packages of Executive Directors and individuals
identified as Material Risk Takers.
Approving the design of, determining the targets for, and monitoring
the operation of, any performance-related pay schemes operated
by the Group.
Reviewing the design of all share incentive plans and
deferred bonus arrangements for approval by the Board and,
if applicable, shareholders.
Overseeing any major changes in employee benefit structures
throughout the Group.
A full copy of the Committee’s terms of reference can be found
at www.jupiteram.com.
REMUNERATION
COMMITTEE REPORT
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
COMMITTEE MEMBERS AND
REGULAR ATTENDEES
During the year, the Committee held six meetings, five of
which were scheduled meetings and one further meeting was
convened in order to consider compensation matters.
Meetings Meetings attended
Roger Yates (Chair) 6/6
Suzy Neubert 6/6
Karl Sternberg 6/6
Nichola Pease 2/2
The Committee comprises three independent Non-Executive
Directors who were independent on appointment in
accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code.
Nichola Pease was also a Committee member when she
was Chair of the Board.
The Chair of the Board, CEO, CFOO, Company Secretary,
HR Director and Head of Reward are invited to attend
Remuneration Committee meetings to contribute.
In addition, input is received from risk, compliance,
internal audit and investment management leadership as
required. No individual is present when their remuneration
is being discussed.
112
DEAR STAKEHOLDER
I am pleased to present our Directors’ Remuneration Report (DRR)
for 2023. This 2023 DRR is divided into two sections:
The new Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the ‘Policy’). This sets
out the Policy intended to apply for the three years from 2024 and
is subject to a binding shareholder vote.
The Annual Report on Remuneration. This outlines how we
implemented our current Policy in 2023 and how we intend to
apply the new Policy in 2024. This is subject to an advisory vote
by shareholders.
Review of executive remuneration
Our current Policy, which was approved by shareholders in 2021
with over 95% support, expires at the forthcoming 2024 AGM.
The Remuneration Committee took this opportunity to review
the Executive Directors’ remuneration arrangements to ensure they
remain appropriate in the context of Jupiter’s evolving strategic and
commercial priorities and consistent with market, regulatory and
governance developments. The Committee also took into account
evolving roles and responsibilities amongst our senior team since
Matt Beesley’s appointment as CEO in 2022.
Following this review, the Committee concluded that whilst current
arrangements remain broadly fit for purpose, certain changes outlined
below are required to ensure that our remuneration framework
continues to support the delivery of our strategic and commercial
priorities and retains, incentivises and motivates our Executive
Directors. Other than where noted, these changes do not require
amendments to the existing Policy.
Changes in new Policy to accommodate new role
of CFOO
The responsibilities of our CFO (Wayne Mepham) have expanded
substantially as our Chief Operating Officer will step down from
the business in 2024 and we have restructured the executive team.
Wayne’s responsibilities now encompass oversight of our Operations,
Risk and IT functions in addition to standard CFO responsibilities and
he has formally become Chief Financial & Operating Officer (CFOO)
for the Group.
The development of the CFOO role is fundamental to the delivery of
our corporate strategy. As part of his new responsibilities, Wayne has
responsibility for a significantly larger number of people and will play
an important role in the transformation of our Operations and IT
support infrastructure, as we embark on a significant investment
and restructuring programme.
In conjunction with his appointment as CFOO, the Committee
proposes the following revisions to Wayne’s remuneration package
which would offer an increase of approximately 44% in his maximum
total remuneration opportunity by 2025. Whilst substantial,
the Committee firmly believes that this uplift fairly reflects the
substantially enhanced scale of Wayne’s role.
Base salary: subject to shareholder approval, will be increased in two
stages to £400,000 in 2024 and £425,000 in 2025 (2023: £346,500).
This phased increase reflects feedback received from our largest
shareholders during a consultation exercise. For information, since
appointment in 2019, Wayne’s salary has previously increased by 5%
(2021); 4.8% (2022); and 5% (2023).
Annual bonus: subject to shareholder approval, maximum bonus
opportunity for the CFOO will be increased in the new Policy from
250% to 300% of salary. Maximum bonus opportunity for the CFOO
in 2024 will be limited to 275% of salary.
Long-Term Incentive Plan: subject to shareholder approval, the
maximum LTIP award for the CFOO will be increased in the new
Policy from 225% to 275% of salary. The proposed CFOO LTIP
award in 2024 will be limited to 250% of salary.
Shareholding guideline: subject to shareholder approval, the minimum
shareholding guideline for the CFOO will be increased in the new
Policy from 250% to 300% of salary in order to provide enhanced
long-term alignment with shareholders.
Wayne’s performance and contribution has been outstanding over the
past four years, despite the challenging circumstances faced by Jupiter.
The Committee believes these changes are essential in order that
Wayne’s remuneration fairly reflects that performance as well as
his experience, his importance to the business in delivering on our
key strategic objectives and in order to minimise retention risks.
Other changes to executive remuneration in 2024 -
no changes required to Policy
Changes to variable pay structure to ensure continued alignment
of strategy and remuneration
Jupiter’s primary focus is on delivering value to clients through
long-term investment outperformance after all fees. Jupiter’s
business model of combining this investment outperformance with
an effective distribution platform, supported by efficient and scalable
operations, has enabled us to demonstrate how an active, high-conviction
approach to investment can be a differentiator from passive strategies.
The variable pay structure aims to support the delivery of the
Company’s growth strategy, by incorporating key metrics into the
annual bonus and LTIP, whilst allowing the Remuneration Committee
appropriate discretion to ensure bonus and LTIP payouts remain in line
with the overall experience of our various stakeholders. Longer-term
alignment is achieved by a combination of a high level of deferral of
bonus payouts into shares or fund units, an extended release for LTIP
awards and significant minimum shareholding guidelines.
The Committee is satisfied that the structure of performance
measures used in the annual bonus in 2023 remains appropriate for
use in 2024 but is making two changes to the LTIP performance
scorecard in 2024.
1. Introduction of strategic LTIP performance scorecard to reward
delivery of strategic objectives
As discussed in the CEO’s review (from page 8), we have introduced
four key strategic objectives that we believe will drive the future
growth of Jupiter. Given the commercial importance of delivery
of these objectives, the Committee determined that they should
be incentivised through the LTIP as well as the annual bonus.
Accordingly, the 2024 LTIP will include a strategic scorecard with
a 25% weighting to complement the existing strategic scorecard
in the annual bonus. This weighting reflects feedback received
from our largest shareholders during a consultation exercise.
LTIP metrics will be set for two of the four strategic objectives
(increasing scale and deepening relationships with all stakeholders)
where longer-term targets are particularly relevant. More details on
these strategic metrics are set out on page 138.
113Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
2. Changes to LTIP financial performance scorecard
Underlying EPS, investment outperformance and net flows will be
retained as the three metrics used in the financial element of the LTIP
scorecard. However, their weightings will be reduced to accommodate
the new non-financial metrics as set out in the table below.
In order to focus reward on growth channels central to the future
business strategy, one other change in relation to the LTIP financial
scorecard will be a reorientation of the net flows measure so that it
directly targets “growth capabilities” (parts of our portfolio where we
see significant growth potential). Any payout under this measure will
be subject to satisfaction of a specific underpin target based on
overall Group AUM in addition to the general underpin targets that
apply to all elements of the LTIP (namely assessments of risk and
compliance and underlying business performance).
The full performance scorecard for FY24 is summarised below.
Percentages are weighting of each
measure in the relevant plan
Annual bonus LTIP
FY23 FY24 FY23 FY24
Underlying PBT 40% 40% - -
Investment outperformance
1
25% 25% 30% 25%
Underlying EPS - - 40% 30%
Net flows - -
30%
(Group)
20% (Growth
capabilities
2
)
Strategic
(& individual – bonus only) 35% 35% - 25%
Underpin: risk and
compliance assessment
Underpin: underlying business
performance
1. Bonus: Mixture of one-year and three-year performance; LTIP: Mixture of
three-year and five-year performance
2. Underpin based on Group AUM
Cap on 2024 LTIP award
The Remuneration Committee intends to grant the 2024 LTIP in line
with the Company's standard approach (with the number of shares
to be awarded based on the average share price for the three days
preceding grant) and will, as for previous awards, review the final
outturn to ensure that there have not been any windfall gains. This is
additional to the standard risk and compliance assessment and review
of the final outturn to ensure it is warranted based on shareholder and
client experience over the performance period.
Reflecting the broader shareholder experience of the past year, the
Committee has concluded that it is appropriate to add an additional
guardrail by capping Executive Director 2024 LTIP awards at 320% of
salary. This cap will involve a 15% reduction in the CEO’s LTIP award
from 375% of salary in 2023 to 320% of salary in 2024. As outlined
above, the CFOO’s 2024 LTIP award remains substantially below
this cap.
Other changes to CEO remuneration
There will be no change to the CEO’s annual bonus opportunity in
2024 and his salary will increase by c.3.3% to £470,000 which is below
the budget salary pool increase of c.4% for 2024.
Performance and incentive outturns for 2023
Performance
As the CEO outlined in his review, this has been a challenging year for
all asset managers and particularly for active firms like ours.
Notwithstanding that, the business delivered resilient underlying
performance in a difficult market with underlying profit before tax
performing significantly above both budget and start of year
consensus. We have delivered good investment performance and
strong net flows from institutional clients in line with our strategic
focus. Our strong balance sheet enabled us to both make further
investment in the business to accelerate growth and return £53m of
capital to shareholders. There has also been considerable progress
against the four key strategic objectives as outlined on pages 10 and 11,
which will set the business up for future growth and success.
Bonus outturn
Based on performance, the outcome of the bonus scorecard was 80%
of maximum for both the Executive Directors. The Committee gave
careful consideration to this outcome in respect of a range of internal
and external factors. Whilst acknowledging that 2023 was a challenging
year for many of our stakeholders, the Committee also noted the
resilient performance delivered in a particularly difficult market as
well as the significant strategic progress made during the year and
accordingly was satisfied that no discretionary adjustment was required.
A full disclosure of the bonus determination process and the
scorecard outcomes is provided on pages 130 to 134. In order to
deliver long-term alignment with stakeholders, 75% of the bonus
is deferred into shares or fund units.
LTIP outturn
The performance period for the 2021 LTIP award ended on 31
December 2023 and the formulaic outcome was 17.8% vesting,
full details of which are provided on page 135. The Committee
was satisfied that this outcome, derived from strong investment
performance over the performance period, was appropriate in light
of the overall stakeholder experience and concluded that no
discretionary adjustment was required.
114
Total compensation ratio
In today's competitive market environment, we have worked hard
to ensure our talented investment professionals are remunerated
appropriately, based around performance criteria that ensures
interests are aligned between Jupiter, our people and our clients.
We believe it is critical that we continue to invest in talent despite
the challenging markets whilst acknowledging that this inevitably has
an impact on our total compensation ratio. In 2023, the Group’s total
compensation ratio before performance fees and exceptional items
increased from 40% to 42%. It is, we believe, in line with observable
trends across the peer group.
Employee share ownership
Employee share ownership continues to remain a core principle for
the Company, ensuring a strong alignment with our other shareholders
in the long-term interest in the Group’s performance and allowing all
employees to share in the Company’s success.
During 2023, the Company granted all eligible employees a free share
award in the amount of £2,000. For employees based in the UK, this is
under the Company’s Share Incentive Plan (SIP). This award, contingent
upon employees continuing to serve with the Company for at least
three years from the award date, ensured full participation in at least
one of the Company’s all employee share plans. A further free share
award has been announced for all eligible employees in 2024.
Shareholder engagement
We consulted with our largest shareholders and investor bodies in
relation to the proposed changes outlined in this letter and I am very
grateful for their constructive input and engagement. As noted above,
we evolved certain elements of our proposals to reflect the feedback
that we received.
I welcome feedback at any point in time from our entire shareholder
base regarding our remuneration arrangements. I am grateful for your
support in approving the Annual Remuneration Report at the 2023
AGM with over 93% of votes cast in favour and I hope that we will
again have your support at the forthcoming AGM.
Roger Yates
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
21 February 2024
115Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Salary Pension and benefits Annual bonus
Long-Term
Incentive Plan
Minimum
shareholding
requirement (MSR)
Purpose
To support attraction and
retention of Executive
Directors to deliver the
key strategic objectives.
Provision of a
market-competitive
pension and benefits
offering supports
retention of talent.
Incentivises delivery of
Jupiter’s key strategic
objectives across
both financial and
non-financial metrics.
Incentivises consistent
long-term performance
and delivery of long-term
growth for shareholders
in line with Jupiter’s key
strategic objectives.
Ensures alignment
between the
Executive Directors
and shareholders.
Key features of
current Policy
& proposed
key changes
to the Policy
Reviewed annually and
takes into account a
range of factors,
including:
size and scope of
the role;
skills, performance
and experience of
the individual;
market
competitiveness;
wider market
and economic
conditions; and
the level of increases
in the wider
employee population.
Proposed new policy
change
Salary increases will
typically be limited
to the average salary
increase for all
employees.
Provision of benefits
that are competitive
and linked to local
market practice.
The maximum Company
pension contribution is
15% of salary, which is
consistent with the
offering for the entire
UK workforce.
Maximum opportunity of:
CEO: 425% of salary
CFOO: 250% of salary
Balanced scorecard approach
based on financial and
non-financial measures set by
the Remuneration Committee.
50% of total bonus deferred
over three years vesting in
annual tranches and subject to
an additional six-month
holding period.
Deferral can be in shares or
fund units (certain limits where
MSR is not met).
Half of the remaining 50%
delivered as shares or fund
units subject to a six-month
holding period.
Payments subject to risk
and compliance assessment,
overseen by the Chair of the
Audit and Risk Committee and
application of Remuneration
Committee judgement. Malus
and clawback provisions
also apply.
Proposed new policy change
CFOO maximum opportunity
increased to 300% of salary.
Maximum opportunity of:
CEO: 375% of salary
CFOO: 225% of salary
Subject to performance
measures assessed over a
three-year performance
period and usually subject to
an additional two-year
holding period post vesting.
Vesting subject to risk and
compliance assessment and
underlying business
performance underpin.
Malus and clawback
provisions apply.
Proposed new policy change
CFOO maximum opportunity
increased to 275% of salary.
MSR within five years
of appointment:
CEO: 500% of salary
CFOO: 250% of salary
Post-employment
shareholding requirement
for Executive Directors of
100% of in-employment
requirement in the first
year after leaving the
Company and 50% in
the second year.
Proposed new policy
change
CFOO MSR to be
increased to 300%
of salary.
Planned
implementation
for year ending 31
December 2024
CEO: £470,000
(increased by 3.3% which
is below the average
increase for the wider
workforce).
CFOO: £400,000
(increased by 15.4% to
reflect change in role as
explained in the
introduction to this
report).
No change from
prior year.
Pension remains at 15%
of salary, consistent with
all UK employees.
No change to approach from
prior year.
At least 65% based on
corporate quantitative
measures; no more than 35%
based on individual and
strategic measures.
Subject to approval of the
new Policy, CFOO maximum
opportunity set at 275% of
salary for FY24.
EPS (30%),investment
outperformance (25%) and
net flows (20%) will be
retained as the three metrics
used in the financial element
of the LTIP scorecard (albeit
with changes highlighted on
page 137). However, their
weightings will be reduced (as
above) to accommodate the
new non-financial metrics
(25%), “increase scale” and
people & culture (see page
138 for further details).
Subject to approval of the
new Policy, CFOO maximum
opportunity set at 250% of
salary for FY24.
MSR will continue to be
monitored, noting the
change in the policy for
the CFOO.
Implementation
in year ended 31
December 2023
CEO: £455,000.
CFO: £346,500 (was
increased on the prior
year in line with increase
for the wider workforce).
No change from
prior year.
Pension remained at 15%
of salary, consistent with
all UK employees.
Payout of 81% of maximum of
the financial metrics.
Total payout of 80% of
maximum for the CEO
and CFOO.
Vesting of 2021 LTIP at 17.8%
for the CFOO in March 2024.
MSR have been
monitored throughout
year by the Committee.
Details on the Executive
Directors’ shareholdings
can be found on page 140.
EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION
AT A GLANCE
116
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY
This section of the report sets out our proposed
new Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the Policy).
The Policy is subject to a binding shareholder
vote at our 2024 AGM. Our intention is to
operate the Policy for the 2024 performance
year and onwards, subject to shareholder approval.
CHANGES TO THE POLICY
As noted in the Remuneration Committee Chair’s letter, throughout
2023 and early 2024, the Committee conducted a consultation
exercise with our largest shareholders as well as investor bodies.
This Policy reflects the outcome of this consultation exercise.
The Committee concluded that whilst current arrangements remain
broadly fit for purpose, certain changes are required to ensure that
our remuneration framework continues to support the delivery of
our strategic and commercial priorities. In terms of the Remuneration
Policy itself, the key changes are to accommodate the new role of
CFOO as set out in the Committee’s Chair Letter on page 113.
The Committee reserves the right to make minor amendments to the
Policy in the future without shareholder approval for customary
administrative reasons or to obtain or maintain favourable tax,
exchange control or regulatory treatment for a Director.
REMUNERATION POLICY TABLE
The table (Policy Table) on pages 122 to 125 summarises each of
the elements of the remuneration package for Executive Directors
under the Policy. The Policy Table specifies how each element of
remuneration is linked to Jupiter’s strategy, how it will be operated,
the maximum opportunity available to Executive Directors and
whether any performance conditions apply to it.
DECISION MAKING PROCESS
The Committee discussed the Policy over a series of meetings which
considered a range of issues including the strategic priorities of Jupiter,
regulatory and governance requirements, evolving market practice and
remuneration practice amongst the wider workforce.
Input was sought from the CEO, CFOO and other senior executives while
ensuring that conflicts of interests were suitably mitigated. An external
perspective was provided by our major shareholders, investor bodies
and our independent advisors, Deloitte.
CONTEXT OF ALL-EMPLOYEE PAY
The Committee considers the pay and conditions of all employees
when determining remuneration arrangements for Executive Directors.
The Policy for Executive Directors contains some minor differences
in the structure of pay compared to that of all other employees,
particularly around corporate governance requirements that apply for
the Executive Directors. However, all employees, including Executive
Directors, are incentivised in a similar way and are rewarded according
to the success of the Group and personal performance.
Participation in the all-employee share plans (the HMRC tax advantaged
Sharesave and Share Incentive Plan) is offered to all UK employees on
the same terms. Jupiter also operates a plan similar to Sharesave for
our employees based outside the UK, allowing all employees to benefit
from the opportunity of owning shares in the Company and helping
further align the interests of all employees with shareholders.
Free share awards are often made to all employees of the Group as
set out in the Chair’s letter to further align interests.
Benefits are also offered on a consistent basis. For example, the level
of employer pension contributions is 15% of base salary for Executive
Directors and all UK employees and other benefits, such as private
medical insurance, life insurance and cancer screening are offered
to all UK employees on the same terms.
STAKEHOLDER VIEWS
The Committee is committed to ongoing dialogue with investor
bodies and shareholders, and consulted with both a number of times
in determining this Policy.
The Committee has considered the impact of this Policy on wider
stakeholders, including our clients, our employees and the wider
economy. After consulting with our major shareholders, investor
bodies and other stakeholders, feedback and views varied across these
groups and was not always uniform, but the Committee is confident
that the new Policy addresses initial areas of concern and ensures that
our arrangements are fit for purpose as we move forward with our
strategy. In particular, whilst the Committee recognises the need to
ensure that the remuneration package for the CFOO is at an
appropriate level, we have phased these increases so that this does
not all take place in one year.
The Committee met with the Chair of Connections, our employee
representation forum, during the year to hear views from the wider
employee base on various remuneration matters. The HR Director and
Head of Reward also meet regularly with this group to ensure that
feedback is captured and provided the forum with an update on the
key proposals for the new Policy.
The Committee is satisfied that the Policy takes a responsible
approach to pay and guards against irresponsible behaviour or
excessive risk-taking.
EXPLANATION OF PERFORMANCE MEASURES
Performance measures and targets are selected and set by the
Committee at the beginning of each performance year, to support
the execution of our business strategy. Aligned with the strategic and
financial objectives set by the Board, measures are chosen and targets
are set to appropriately measure and incentivise delivery of the key
elements of our strategy.
117Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
For annual bonuses, the Committee believes it is appropriate to use a
balanced scorecard approach. The diversity of metrics allows multiple
elements of corporate performance to be evaluated. This is in the
best interests of our shareholders and clients, whilst also being in
line with shareholders’ expectations. Furthermore, it is in line with
regulatory expectations under the relevant remuneration regulations.
Setting appropriately stretching targets is an area of particular focus for
the Committee. We have set out our approach and process in respect
of the annual bonus cycle in detail on page 136. Achieving a maximum
bonus award and/or full vesting under the LTIP will only occur for
what the Committee considers to be exceptional performance.
Risk and compliance underpins apply to all variable compensation
which can reduce awards, potentially to zero. LTIP awards will also
only vest subject to satisfaction of an additional underlying business
performance underpin. Furthermore, the Committee makes reference
to a series of checkpoints as outlined in our ‘Risk and reward’ section
on page 145, when approving the overall variable compensation pool
for all employees.
SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENTS
Following the shareholder and investor body consultation exercise
for the new Policy, the Committee has increased the shareholding
requirement for the CFOO. The Chief Executive and other Executive
Directors are typically expected to build up shareholdings within five
years of their appointment date and maintain holdings of at least 500%
(no change) and 300% of base salary (increased from 250%) respectively.
The Committee monitors shareholdings against these requirements
annually and decides at its discretion what (if any) action should be
taken, which may include requiring an individual to hold a proportion
of vested shares until the requirements are met.
MALUS AND CLAWBACK
Jupiter operates a malus and clawback policy to support wider aims,
including: ensuring greater alignment between risk and individual
reward; discouraging excessive risk taking and short-termism;
encouraging effective risk management; and promoting positive
behaviours and a strong and appropriate conduct culture.
Malus provisions apply so that relevant awards can be withheld
or reduced (including to zero) in certain circumstances.
Clawback provisions apply so that relevant awards can be reclaimed
in certain circumstances. For the Deferred Bonus Plan (DBP) and LTIP,
malus and clawback provisions can apply in the following circumstances:
i. Financial results would have been materially lower on the basis
of information that comes to light after the accounts for that
year are finalised (other than as a result of change of
accounting policy subsequent to the end of the year);
ii. Material failure of risk management suffered by a
Group company;
iii. Gross misconduct or material error on the part of
the individual;
iv. Material reputational damage occurring to a Group company;
v. Performance assessment error in relation to an individual when
determining the level of their award; and
vi. Any other circumstances which the Board considers to be
similar in its nature or effect to those specified above.
Malus provisions apply for all unvested DBP and LTIP awards granted
in respect of any events referred to above. Clawback provisions apply
to all vested DBP and LTIP awards granted, in respect of events
described in (i) to (iii), and (iv) to the extent that the individual is
considered to be directly responsible or directly accountable.
Recovery of DBP awards may be invoked at any time in the three
years from the grant date through either malus or clawback, in respect
of a malus or clawback event that occurs at any time before the end
of this period.
LTIP awards may be recovered via malus at any time in the three years
prior to the vesting date, and through clawback at any time after the
vesting date for a period of two years, in respect of any applicable
event that occurs at any time before the end of this period.
Clawback provisions also apply in respect of bonus payments
delivered as cash for a period of two years after payment, such that all
variable compensation is subject to malus and clawback provisions.
The Committee continuously reviews the malus and clawback
provisions and is satisfied that they continue to appropriately support
the wider aims discussed above.
RECRUITMENT
In the case of the future recruitment of a new Executive Director,
the Company would apply the following principles:
Base salary: set in line with the Policy Table.
Bonus: expected to be on the same basis as all other Executive
Directors as outlined in the Policy Table. Notwithstanding this, the
Committee retains the flexibility to determine that for the first year
of appointment any annual incentive award will be subject to such
terms as it may determine.
DBP: awards will be granted in respect of the relevant proportion
of any bonus paid in the year of recruitment, on the same basis as
it applies for all other Executive Directors, and the usual malus and
clawback provisions would apply to any award as outlined above.
LTIP: in the year of recruitment, any awards granted will be granted
on the same terms as apply to other Executive Directors and the
usual malus and clawback provisions would apply to any award as
outlined above.
All-employee share plans: participation in the HMRC tax
advantaged Sharesave Plan and HMRC tax advantaged Share
Incentive Plan will be offered on the same basis as it is for all other
Executive Directors and employees.
118
Any buyout awards granted in addition to the above elements of the
remuneration package will be required to be granted on equivalent or
no more favourable terms, in accordance with applicable regulatory
rules and regulations, than the remuneration which they are buying
out, in particular in respect of: the quantum; timing of delivery; form
of award; and existence of performance conditions.
Where necessary, any buyout awards granted outside the provisions
of the rules of the LTIP will be granted under the Listing Rules
exemption applicable to such share arrangements.
In the case of the future recruitment of a new Executive Director,
the Company will disclose the full details of the recruitment package
and the approach taken in the Annual Report on Remuneration
following the appointment.
The other main contractual terms of the service contract would
follow the same principles as those of existing Executive Directors.
In exceptional circumstances, other elements of remuneration may
be awarded. Such circumstances include an interim appointment being
made to fill an Executive Director role on a short-term basis or a
Non-Executive Director taking on an executive function on a
short-term basis.
Any new Non-Executive Director would be appointed with
contractual terms and a fee basis typically in line with the other
existing Non-Executive Directors.
EXIT PAYMENTS
Our overriding policy on termination payments to Executive Directors
is that we do not include any contractual provisions for compensation
on early termination, other than the amount due under law. The
Committee will seek to keep any other such payments to an
appropriate level, reflecting performance.
In case of termination, a payment in lieu of notice may be due if such
notice is not given by the Company. As set out in the summary table
of Executive Director service contracts, no contractual entitlement to
a bonus payment accrues or arises during the notice period. Any
bonus payment that the Committee determines is appropriate to be
paid in respect of an Executive Director notice period will be based on
performance and may be made in such proportions of cash and shares
as the Committee may determine.
Leaver provisions under both the DBP and LTIP are aligned. The
respective rules provide that any awards will lapse on cessation of the
individual’s office or employment, other than in limited circumstances,
as follows: death of the employee; the ill-health, injury or disability of
the employee; redundancy; retirement; the sale of the individual’s
employing entity out of the Group; and any other reason which the
Remuneration Committee in its absolute discretion so permits. Where
LTIP awards vest in these circumstances, they would normally only
vest to the extent the Remuneration Committee determines, taking
into account the extent that performance conditions have been
satisfied and, unless the Committee determines otherwise, the
proportion of the vesting period that has elapsed.
The Committee reserves the right to make any other payments in
connection with a Director’s cessation of office or employment where
the payments are made in good faith in discharge of or to mitigate an
existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an
obligation) or by way of settlement of any claim arising in connection
with the cessation of a Director’s office or employment. Any such
payments may include, but are not limited to, paying any fees for
outplacement assistance and/or the Director’s legal and/or
professional advice fees in connection with the cessation of office or
employment. In some cases, they may receive a modest leaving gift.
In the case of a change in control of the Company (or equivalent
transaction), the Remuneration Committee may exercise its discretion
to assess performance conditions applicable to outstanding LTIP
awards to the date of the relevant event.
The Board may determine that outstanding LTIP or DBP awards be
exchanged for equivalent awards on such terms as agreed with the
acquiring company. If the Company is wound up, the vesting of an
award will be accelerated.
POST-EMPLOYMENT SHAREHOLDING
REQUIREMENTS
Executive Directors will be required to maintain shares worth 500% of
salary for the CEO and 300% of salary for other Executive Directors in
the first year after stepping down from the Board, decreasing to 250%
of salary for the CEO and 150% of salary for other Executive Directors
in the second year.
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ FEES POLICY
Non-Executive Director fee levels are normally reviewed annually.
The current annual fees comprise the following elements:
Basic fees
Additional fees may also apply in respect of:
Committee membership;
Committee Chair status (in addition to the membership fee);
Senior Independent Director status;
Any other defined Board role; and
In any given year, a time commitment significantly in excess of
that expected at the start of the year.
The Chair’s fee is reviewed annually and comprises an all-inclusive fee.
Fees are set to reflect the time commitment and skills and experience
required, based on an appropriate level against the market, and will
not exceed the maximum amount permissible under the Company’s
Articles of Association. The fees are currently paid in cash, but the
Board retains the flexibility to pay some or all of the fees in shares.
Reasonable business expenses are reimbursed or settled on behalf
of Non-Executive Directors and any tax arising in respect of the
reimbursement or settlement of such expenses may also be settled
by the Company.
Should the Company deem it appropriate, additional benefits can
be provided to Non-Executive Directors (e.g. liability insurance).
119Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR ILLUSTRATIVE PAY SCENARIOS
As required under the relevant regulations, the chart below illustrates how much the current Executive Directors could receive under different
scenarios in the first year of this policy taking effect (2024). The assumptions used for the illustrations are as follows:
Element Assumptions
Fixed remuneration
Base salary assumed as a full year at the FY24 level.
Benefits paid at the same level as in 2023 as shown in the single figure table in the Annual
Report on Remuneration (page 129).
Pension of 15% of base salary.
Annual bonus
Maximum bonus opportunity of 425% of salary for CEO and 275% of salary for CFOO
(the relevant maximum for 2024).
For ‘Below threshold’ performance 0% of the maximum is assumed, for ‘Target’
performance 50% of the maximum is assumed and for ‘Maximum’ performance 100% of
the maximum is assumed.
LTIP
Maximum LTIP opportunity of 320% of salary for CEO (the reduced maximum for 2024)
and 250% of salary for CFOO (the relevant maximum for 2024).
For ‘Below threshold’ performance 0% of the maximum is assumed, for ‘Target’
performance 50% of the maximum is assumed, for ‘Maximum’ performance 100% of the
maximum is assumed and for ‘Maximum including share price appreciation’ performance
100% of the maximum is assumed as well as a 50% share price growth.
0 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000
Maximum
(including share
price appreciation)
Maximum
Target
Below threshold
0 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000
Maximum
(including share
price appreciation)
Maximum
Target
Below threshold
Executive Director Illustrative Pay Scenarios
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial & Operating Officer
Variable (LTIP)Variable (bonus)Fixed Remuneration
33%43%24%
100%
14%
11%
40%
48%
44%
39%
16%
13%
27%
100%
38%
35%
£543,500
£2,294,250
£4,045,000
£464,000
£1,697,750
£2,931,500
£3,680,563
49%
44% £5,046,688
37%
45%
120
SERVICE AGREEMENTS POLICY
The policy terms and effective dates of the current Executive Directors’ service agreements are summarised below:
Provision Details
Term
Not fixed.
Notice period
12 months’ written notice (CEO) and six months’ written notice (CFOO) from either party,
during which period salary and benefits will be provided but no contractual entitlement to
any bonus payment will accrue or arise.
Service agreement dates
Matthew Beesley: 27 June 2022
Wayne Mepham: 13 May 2019
Termination arrangements
No provisions for compensation on early termination, other than those provided by the
position under law. In the event that compensation for early termination is payable, the
Committee’s policy is to seek to keep such compensation to an appropriate level.
There are no specific provisions in the service agreements providing for compensation payable
by the Company on termination without cause or on a change of control of the Company.
Entitlement to benefits (such as pension contributions and private medical insurance)
will not typically continue after termination of employment.
LETTERS OF APPOINTMENT POLICY
The policy terms, effective dates and unexpired terms of the current Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are summarised below:
Provision Details
Term
Up to three years from the date of appointment or renewal date.
Unexpired term (as at 31 December 2023)
David Cruickshank: 28 months
Roger Yates: 29 months
Suzy Neubert: 15 months
Dale Murray: 9 months
Karl Sternberg: 17 months
Notice period
Three months’ written notice from either party.
Date of letters of appointment
David Cruickshank: 26 April 2023
Roger Yates: 9 May 2023
Suzy Neubert: 1 March 2022
Dale Murray: 1 September 2021
Karl Sternberg: 26 April 2023
Termination arrangements
No provisions for compensation on early termination, other than those provided by the
position under law.
121Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
REMUNERATION POLICY TABLE – COMPONENTS OF EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION
Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum opportunity Performance measures
Base salary
Provides an element of fixed remuneration
which reflects the size and scope of the role
and the calibre of the individual.
Base salaries are generally reviewed annually and take into account a
range of factors, including:
size and scope of the role;
skills, performance and experience of the individual;
market competitiveness;
wider market and economic conditions; and
the level of increases in the wider employee population.
There is no defined monetary maximum. For the Policy period,
the annual salary increases for incumbent Executive Directors
will be typically limited to the average salary increase for
other employees.
Larger increases may be made in appropriate circumstances such
as a significant change in the scale, scope or responsibility of a
role, or significant market movements.
The annual base salaries for 2023 and 2024 for each Executive
Director are set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration.
N/A
Pension and
benefits
Provides individuals with market competitive
pension and benefits offering which supports
retention of talent.
Payments are made at a consistent level to all UK employees, either into a
pension plan (for example, into a defined contribution plan or some other
arrangement which the Committee considers to have the same economic
benefit) and/or delivered as a cash allowance of the same equivalent cost
to the Company.
Benefits are typically provided on a consistent basis to all UK employees.
Typical benefits include private medical insurance, life assurance and an
income protection scheme to cover long-term illness.
Pension will be in line with the wider UK workforce, which is
currently 15% of salary.
There is no defined maximum on other benefits. The value of other
benefits will vary year-on-year, depending on factors such as the
third-party provider charges and market conditions. They are set at
a level the Committee considers reasonable in the context of the
local jurisdiction and the individual’s circumstances.
N/A
Annual bonus
and DBP
The annual bonus rewards corporate
performance and the achievement of
stretching strategic and personal objectives.
The DBP provides a deferral element in the form
of Jupiter shares or fund units. This provides a
strong link to long-term and sustainable value
creation and reinforces retention.
Clawback and malus provisions apply,
to mitigate actions and behaviours outside
Jupiter’s risk appetite.
The Company operates a balanced scorecard approach across a range
of metrics.
At the beginning of each performance year, the Committee agrees a
range of targets for each metric. Multiple factors are considered in setting
targets, including the Board approved budget, market expectations, prior
year achievement, and strategic focus and priorities, as well as the wider
economic landscape.
During the year, the Committee monitors performance against these targets.
After the year end, annual bonus awards are determined based on actual
performance against the balanced scorecard. The overall outcome is not
formulaic; the Committee applies a level of judgement to ensure the
payout levels reflect both individual performance and the experience
of shareholders for the year.
Subject to a regulatory requirement to do so, 50% of the non-deferred
bonus is delivered in shares of the Company or fund units, subject to a
six-month holding period. Under the DBP, 50% of the total bonus is
deferred into shares or fund units, vesting annually in equal tranches over
three years, and subject to regulatory requirement, an additional
six-month holding period.
Individual bonus limits (inclusive of any DBP award), expressed as
a percentage of salary, apply per role as follows:
425% for the Chief Executive Officer; and
300% for the Chief Financial & Operating Officer
Measures and weightings are set by the Committee at the start of each
performance year and will be disclosed prospectively in our Annual
Report on Remuneration. Under the balanced scorecard approach, the
following will also apply:
At least 65% of the annual bonus award will be based on corporate
quantitative measures. No more than 35% of the annual bonus award
will be based on individual and strategic measures.
For each corporate quantitative measure, no more than 25% of the
maximum will vest for achievement of the ‘Threshold’ performance
level and 100% of the maximum for achievement of the ‘Maximum’
performance level.
All variable compensation is subject to a risk and compliance
assessment, under which payments can be reduced, including to zero.
Actual performance, target ranges for objective measures and
commentary for strategic and individual measures will be disclosed
retrospectively in the Annual Report on Remuneration.
All-employee
share plans
Jupiter encourages employee share
ownership and operates an HMRC
tax-advantaged Sharesave Plan and an
HMRC tax-advantaged Share Incentive Plan.
Executive Directors are eligible to participate
in both plans on the same basis as other
UK employees.
Under the Sharesave Plan, employees enter into a three-year savings
contract and are granted linked options over shares in the Company.
The Share Incentive Plan awards take the form of shares in the Company
acquired by employees from pre-tax salary in conjunction with matching
shares awarded. The Company may also award free shares under the plan.
Under the Sharesave and Share Incentive Plan, maximums are as
prescribed by HMRC from time to time.
N/A
122
REMUNERATION POLICY TABLE – COMPONENTS OF EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION
Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum opportunity Performance measures
Base salary
Provides an element of fixed remuneration
which reflects the size and scope of the role
and the calibre of the individual.
Base salaries are generally reviewed annually and take into account a
range of factors, including:
size and scope of the role;
skills, performance and experience of the individual;
market competitiveness;
wider market and economic conditions; and
the level of increases in the wider employee population.
There is no defined monetary maximum. For the Policy period,
the annual salary increases for incumbent Executive Directors
will be typically limited to the average salary increase for
other employees.
Larger increases may be made in appropriate circumstances such
as a significant change in the scale, scope or responsibility of a
role, or significant market movements.
The annual base salaries for 2023 and 2024 for each Executive
Director are set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration.
N/A
Pension and
benefits
Provides individuals with market competitive
pension and benefits offering which supports
retention of talent.
Payments are made at a consistent level to all UK employees, either into a
pension plan (for example, into a defined contribution plan or some other
arrangement which the Committee considers to have the same economic
benefit) and/or delivered as a cash allowance of the same equivalent cost
to the Company.
Benefits are typically provided on a consistent basis to all UK employees.
Typical benefits include private medical insurance, life assurance and an
income protection scheme to cover long-term illness.
Pension will be in line with the wider UK workforce, which is
currently 15% of salary.
There is no defined maximum on other benefits. The value of other
benefits will vary year-on-year, depending on factors such as the
third-party provider charges and market conditions. They are set at
a level the Committee considers reasonable in the context of the
local jurisdiction and the individual’s circumstances.
N/A
Annual bonus
and DBP
The annual bonus rewards corporate
performance and the achievement of
stretching strategic and personal objectives.
The DBP provides a deferral element in the form
of Jupiter shares or fund units. This provides a
strong link to long-term and sustainable value
creation and reinforces retention.
Clawback and malus provisions apply,
to mitigate actions and behaviours outside
Jupiter’s risk appetite.
The Company operates a balanced scorecard approach across a range
of metrics.
At the beginning of each performance year, the Committee agrees a
range of targets for each metric. Multiple factors are considered in setting
targets, including the Board approved budget, market expectations, prior
year achievement, and strategic focus and priorities, as well as the wider
economic landscape.
During the year, the Committee monitors performance against these targets.
After the year end, annual bonus awards are determined based on actual
performance against the balanced scorecard. The overall outcome is not
formulaic; the Committee applies a level of judgement to ensure the
payout levels reflect both individual performance and the experience
of shareholders for the year.
Subject to a regulatory requirement to do so, 50% of the non-deferred
bonus is delivered in shares of the Company or fund units, subject to a
six-month holding period. Under the DBP, 50% of the total bonus is
deferred into shares or fund units, vesting annually in equal tranches over
three years, and subject to regulatory requirement, an additional
six-month holding period.
Individual bonus limits (inclusive of any DBP award), expressed as
a percentage of salary, apply per role as follows:
425% for the Chief Executive Officer; and
300% for the Chief Financial & Operating Officer
Measures and weightings are set by the Committee at the start of each
performance year and will be disclosed prospectively in our Annual
Report on Remuneration. Under the balanced scorecard approach, the
following will also apply:
At least 65% of the annual bonus award will be based on corporate
quantitative measures. No more than 35% of the annual bonus award
will be based on individual and strategic measures.
For each corporate quantitative measure, no more than 25% of the
maximum will vest for achievement of the ‘Threshold’ performance
level and 100% of the maximum for achievement of the ‘Maximum’
performance level.
All variable compensation is subject to a risk and compliance
assessment, under which payments can be reduced, including to zero.
Actual performance, target ranges for objective measures and
commentary for strategic and individual measures will be disclosed
retrospectively in the Annual Report on Remuneration.
All-employee
share plans
Jupiter encourages employee share
ownership and operates an HMRC
tax-advantaged Sharesave Plan and an
HMRC tax-advantaged Share Incentive Plan.
Executive Directors are eligible to participate
in both plans on the same basis as other
UK employees.
Under the Sharesave Plan, employees enter into a three-year savings
contract and are granted linked options over shares in the Company.
The Share Incentive Plan awards take the form of shares in the Company
acquired by employees from pre-tax salary in conjunction with matching
shares awarded. The Company may also award free shares under the plan.
Under the Sharesave and Share Incentive Plan, maximums are as
prescribed by HMRC from time to time.
N/A
123Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
NEWLY APPOINTED DIRECTORS
In the event another Executive Director role is created for the Company in future, the maximum variable opportunities (expressed as a percentage
of salary for the new position) under the annual bonus and LTIP will not exceed the percentages shown for the CEO in the summary table above.
LEGACY PAYMENTS
The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and/or payments for loss of office (including exercising any discretions
available to it in connection with such payments) notwithstanding that they are not in line with the Policy set out above where the terms of the
payment were agreed: (i) before the Policy set out above came into effect, provided that the terms of the payment were consistent with the
shareholder-approved Directors’ Remuneration Policy in force at the time they were agreed; or (ii) at a time when the relevant individual was not a
Director of the Company and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in consideration for the individual becoming a Director of
the Company. For these purposes, ‘payments’ includes the Committee satisfying awards of variable remuneration and, in relation to an award over
shares, the terms of the payment are ‘agreed’ at the time the award is granted.
REMUNERATION POLICY TABLE – COMPONENTS OF EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum opportunity Performance measures
LTIP
Provides long-term reward with
awards made on an annual basis.
Encourages long-term outperformance
and reinforces retention.
Clawback and malus provisions apply,
to mitigate actions and behaviours
outside Jupiter’s risk appetite.
At the beginning of the year, the Committee will select the relevant performance
measures and targets, as well as the applicable weighting for each measure.
LTIP awards will typically vest three years from the date of grant with performance
normally measured over a period of at least three financial years, subject to
continued employment and satisfaction of applicable performance conditions.
Awards will be subject to an additional two-year post-vesting holding period,
unless the Committee determines otherwise.
Individual LTIP limits, expressed as a percentage of salary, apply
per role in respect of any one financial year as follows:
375% for the Chief Executive Officer; and
275% for the Chief Financial & Operating Officer
It is intended that the initial awards granted under this Policy will be
subject to a combination of financial and non-financial measures. The
relevant measures for the FY24 LTIP awards can be found on page 137.
Subsequent awards during the Policy period will be subject to such
combination and weighting of performance measures as are set by the
Committee (at its discretion) at the start of each performance period
and will be disclosed prospectively (to the extent possible) in our
Annual Report on Remuneration. The following will also apply:
For each quantitative performance measure, no more than 25%
of the maximum will vest for achievement of the ‘Threshold’
performance level and 100% of the maximum for achievement
of the ‘Maximum’ performance level.
In exceptional circumstances, the Remuneration Committee retains
the discretion to vary or replace a performance condition if an
event occurs that means a performance condition has ceased to be
appropriate, provided that any varied or new performance condition
is, in its opinion, not materially more or less difficult to satisfy.
All variable compensation is subject to a risk and compliance
assessment, under which payments can be reduced, including to zero.
In addition, the LTIP is subject to an underlying business performance
underpin. The Committee will consider the vesting outcome for LTIP
awards against shareholder and client experience over the same
performance period.
Minimum
shareholding
requirements
Ensures long-term interests of
Executive Directors are sufficiently
aligned to those of shareholders.
Executive Directors should normally build up a minimum level of shareholding in
the Company within five years of appointment to the Board or following an
increase in the requirement. This is monitored by the Committee to ensure
Executives make sufficient progress towards the required target.
The Committee has the discretion to adjust the requirement in what it believes are
appropriate circumstances.
Individual minimum shareholding requirements, expressed
as a percentage of salary, apply per role as follows:
500% for the Chief Executive Officer; and
300% for the Chief Financial & Operating Officer
N/A
Post-employment
shareholding
requirements
Ensures long-term interests of
departing Executive Directors
are sufficiently aligned to those
of shareholders.
Executive Directors should maintain a minimum shareholding in the Company
during the two years after stepping down from the Board. This requirement can
be amended or waived by the Committee where it is not considered appropriate
in specific circumstances.
Individual post-employment shareholding requirements apply per
role to the lower of the total number of shares counting towards
the requirement that an individual holds at the date of departure
(including any in-flight awards that may vest at a future date) or
the following amounts, expressed as a percentage of salary:
500% for the Chief Executive Officer in the first year after stepping
down from the Board, decreasing to 250% in the second year; and
300% for the CFOO in the first year after stepping down from the
Board, decreasing to 150% in the second year.
N/A
124
REMUNERATION POLICY TABLE – COMPONENTS OF EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum opportunity Performance measures
LTIP
Provides long-term reward with
awards made on an annual basis.
Encourages long-term outperformance
and reinforces retention.
Clawback and malus provisions apply,
to mitigate actions and behaviours
outside Jupiter’s risk appetite.
At the beginning of the year, the Committee will select the relevant performance
measures and targets, as well as the applicable weighting for each measure.
LTIP awards will typically vest three years from the date of grant with performance
normally measured over a period of at least three financial years, subject to
continued employment and satisfaction of applicable performance conditions.
Awards will be subject to an additional two-year post-vesting holding period,
unless the Committee determines otherwise.
Individual LTIP limits, expressed as a percentage of salary, apply
per role in respect of any one financial year as follows:
375% for the Chief Executive Officer; and
275% for the Chief Financial & Operating Officer
It is intended that the initial awards granted under this Policy will be
subject to a combination of financial and non-financial measures. The
relevant measures for the FY24 LTIP awards can be found on page 137.
Subsequent awards during the Policy period will be subject to such
combination and weighting of performance measures as are set by the
Committee (at its discretion) at the start of each performance period
and will be disclosed prospectively (to the extent possible) in our
Annual Report on Remuneration. The following will also apply:
For each quantitative performance measure, no more than 25%
of the maximum will vest for achievement of the ‘Threshold’
performance level and 100% of the maximum for achievement
of the ‘Maximum’ performance level.
In exceptional circumstances, the Remuneration Committee retains
the discretion to vary or replace a performance condition if an
event occurs that means a performance condition has ceased to be
appropriate, provided that any varied or new performance condition
is, in its opinion, not materially more or less difficult to satisfy.
All variable compensation is subject to a risk and compliance
assessment, under which payments can be reduced, including to zero.
In addition, the LTIP is subject to an underlying business performance
underpin. The Committee will consider the vesting outcome for LTIP
awards against shareholder and client experience over the same
performance period.
Minimum
shareholding
requirements
Ensures long-term interests of
Executive Directors are sufficiently
aligned to those of shareholders.
Executive Directors should normally build up a minimum level of shareholding in
the Company within five years of appointment to the Board or following an
increase in the requirement. This is monitored by the Committee to ensure
Executives make sufficient progress towards the required target.
The Committee has the discretion to adjust the requirement in what it believes are
appropriate circumstances.
Individual minimum shareholding requirements, expressed
as a percentage of salary, apply per role as follows:
500% for the Chief Executive Officer; and
300% for the Chief Financial & Operating Officer
N/A
Post-employment
shareholding
requirements
Ensures long-term interests of
departing Executive Directors
are sufficiently aligned to those
of shareholders.
Executive Directors should maintain a minimum shareholding in the Company
during the two years after stepping down from the Board. This requirement can
be amended or waived by the Committee where it is not considered appropriate
in specific circumstances.
Individual post-employment shareholding requirements apply per
role to the lower of the total number of shares counting towards
the requirement that an individual holds at the date of departure
(including any in-flight awards that may vest at a future date) or
the following amounts, expressed as a percentage of salary:
500% for the Chief Executive Officer in the first year after stepping
down from the Board, decreasing to 250% in the second year; and
300% for the CFOO in the first year after stepping down from the
Board, decreasing to 150% in the second year.
N/A
COMMON AWARD TERMS
Awards under any of the Company’s share plans referred to in this report may:
be granted as conditional share awards or nil cost options or in such other form that the Committee determines has the same economic effect.
Alternatively, if regulations so require, awards may also be granted over fund units, in which case, references to Jupiter shares in this Policy
would also include fund units;
have any performance conditions applicable to them amended or substituted by the Committee if an event occurs which causes the Committee
to determine an amended or substituted performance condition would be more appropriate and not materially less difficult to satisfy;
incorporate the right to receive an amount (in cash or additional shares) equal to the value of dividends which would have been paid on the
shares under an award that vests up to the time of vesting (or where the award is subject to a holding period, release). This amount may be
calculated assuming that the dividends have been reinvested in the Company’s shares on a cumulative basis;
be settled in cash at the Committee’s discretion; and
be adjusted in the event of any variation of the Company’s share capital or any demerger, delisting, special dividend or other event that may
affect the Company’s share price.
125Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
ANNUAL REPORT
ON REMUNERATION
IMPLEMENTATION IN 2023
Overview of activities in 2023
The following regular agenda items were considered during the scheduled Committee meetings which took place during 2023. During 2023,
an additional meeting was scheduled primarily to consider the Directors’ Remuneration Policy:
Jan Feb May Oct Dec
Remuneration Policy and disclosures
Review of Remuneration Policy
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Risk and reward
Input from Risk and Compliance
Review of risk checkpoints prior to variable compensation pool approval
Malus and clawback assessment
Annual remuneration discussions
Bonus and LTIP pool
Assessing performance against bonus scorecard
Individual performance and remuneration outcomes
LTIP performance condition testing
Allocation of LTIP awards
Setting bonus scorecard and LTIP performance measures
Setting individual objectives for Executive Directors
Minimum shareholding testing
Review of Chair’s fees
External market
Shareholder trends and feedback
Market trends
Benchmarking data
Regulatory
Internal audit of Remuneration Policy
Remuneration Policy Statement
Material Risk Taker identification (UCITS V, AIFMD and IFPR)
Wider workforce pay arrangements
Gender Pay Gap
Committee remit and effectiveness
Terms of reference review
Work of the Remuneration Committee in 2023
The table above provides a high-level overview of the various topics
which the Committee worked on during 2023.
The remainder of this section satisfies several requirements
of the latest Corporate Governance Code.
Corporate Governance Code requirements
and strategic rationale
The Committee aims to have in place remuneration arrangements
which are well understood by the entire workforce, including
the Executive Directors. The simplicity is supported, for example,
by a single pension and benefits structure applicable to all UK
employees and not differentiated based on seniority.
Jupiter operates a single bonus deferral plan, and long-term deferral
scheme which is relevant for the most senior employees. This simple
and well communicated remuneration structure should ensure
compensation spend is appropriately valued by employees,
and not eroded by complexity.
All variable compensation, including that for Executive Directors,
is subject to a series of risk checkpoints (as described in more detail
on page 145), which aim to assess a range of ex-ante and ex-post
potential financial and non-financial risks to the business prior
to payment of any bonuses. In conjunction with an individual risk,
compliance and conduct underpin, and the provision of malus
and clawback conditions on variable compensation awards to
Executive Directors, the Committee is confident that there is a robust
framework to ensure appropriate risk alignment of compensation.
126
The range of possible pay awards available to Executive Directors for
2023 under the Remuneration Policy was clearly set out in the 2020
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 90 to 93 of the 2020 Annual
Report and Accounts. The proposed new Remuneration Policy to apply
from 2024 onwards is also included in pages 117 to 125 of this report.
An overview of how the structure of the Remuneration Policy
and specific performance metrics align with Jupiter’s business
strategy and culture is set out in the Remuneration Policy.
Engagement with shareholders
The Chair of the Remuneration Committee is available to engage
with shareholders on all elements of our remuneration arrangements,
including at the Company’s AGM to facilitate engagement with our
smaller shareholders. Following the publication of the DRR last year, there
were no material concerns raised by shareholders or investor bodies and
shareholders supported the DRR with a 93.21% approval at the 2023 AGM.
As noted in the Committee Chair letter, we consulted with our largest
shareholders and investor bodies in relation to the proposed changes
to the Directors’ Remuneration Policy for 2024. Following the consultation
process, the Committee carefully considered the feedback received, and
in light of it, made amendments to the initial proposal to address this.
The Committee also welcomes feedback at any time from our entire
shareholder base regarding our remuneration arrangements.
Operation of Remuneration Policy
A description of how the Committee assesses the quantum of the
bonus scorecard outcomes in the context of the overall corporate
performance and experience of shareholders and clients is provided
separately on pages 130 to 134.
Statements regarding the Committee’s use of discretion regarding
the bonus outcomes for 2023 and the testing of the LTIP performance
conditions ending in 2023, which vest in March 2024, are included
on pages 134 and 135 respectively.
Remuneration decisions made by the Committee in relation
to the Executive Directors also take into account a range of additional
factors including internal relativities (details of our CEO pay ratio
are on page 147) and relevant external market data.
Wider workforce pay and engagement
The Committee is closely involved in considering the
remuneration policies and pay levels of the wider Jupiter workforce.
The Committee’s work involves debate, discussion and ultimate
approval of the Group-wide variable compensation spend
as well as the salary increase budget for the whole workforce,
with consideration given to the amounts and proportions of
total spend allocated to different areas of the business. Part of this
discussion requires a consideration of the underlying PBT, which is
also a key metric under the bonus scorecard for Executive Directors.
The Committee is provided with data illustrating the mean and median
bonus levels and salary increase percentage split by gender for the
current and previous performance year, in order that it can also
analyse the outcomes from a gender pay perspective. More details
on our Gender Pay Gap can be found in our separate Pay Gap Report.
The Committee is also provided with a similar level of data to assist
with analysing outcomes from an ethnicity pay perspective. We are
also now voluntarily disclosing our Ethnicity Pay Gap for the first time
in 2024 and more details can be found in our separate Pay Gap Report.
One of the recurring exercises undertaken by the Committee on an
annual basis is a review of external compensation benchmarking data,
giving an overview of fixed and total compensation levels for all
employees relative to the wider market. This data allows the Committee
to challenge pay decisions at a more granular level, and make proposals
to management in respect of the upcoming compensation round.
The Committee approves all compensation for Material Risk
Takers (MRTs), including for lead investment managers. Whilst this
process is a regulatory requirement, it involves a detailed and robust
discussion, in relation to the financial and non-financial considerations.
Jupiter also has an established employee representation forum,
Connections, whose Chair meets with the Board and the Remuneration
Committee regularly. This engagement is Jupiter’s method for ensuring
a formal dialogue exists between employees and the Board and it
provides the opportunity for employees to engage with the Board
on any relevant employee matters, including pay.
Collectively, this work helps demonstrate the Committee’s
considerations in appropriately balancing the pay outcomes for the
wider employee population with its decisions regarding executive pay.
Evaluation of Committee’s effectiveness
During the year, an external evaluation of the Committee’s
effectiveness was undertaken as part of the wider Board evaluation
process, the details for which can be found on page 92. The table
overleaf provides an update on the priorities identified in last year’s
evaluation and the outcome of the 2023 evaluation.
127Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
2022 priorities 2023 status
Review and development of the Directors’
Remuneration Policy which is due for renewal
at the 2024 AGM.
The Committee has engaged with shareholders on the Directors’ Remuneration Policy
(as detailed in page 117) and acted on the feedback provided to develop a policy which
we believe incorporates shareholder feedback and appropriately incentivises Directors
to drive growth across the business and execute on our strategic priorities.
Improve engagement with the boards of
Jupiter’s regulated entities regarding the
work of the Committee.
A summary of the activities of the Committee is circulated to the regulated entity boards
after each meeting and relevant reward outcomes are considered by relevant entity board.
Continue to focus on Jupiter’s ability to attract
and retain high-performing employees aligned
with Jupiter’s culture.
This has been an area of focus for the Committee during the year with a number of
targeted changes to remuneration structures below Board level and within the Directors’
Remuneration Policy.
We have also demonstrated our ability to attract new investment talent into the business.
2023 evaluation conclusion
The Committee evaluation demonstrated that the Committee was performing effectively, and the evaluation specifically highlighted the rigorous
discussions, testing and challenge around remuneration outcomes and stakeholder views. Papers presented to the Committee were noted to have
improved since the last external evaluation and the support provided by the new Reward team commended.
The following items were identified for further action/focus during 2024:
Continue to focus on challenges of recruitment and retention especially in the context of the share price performance.
Work with advisors to ensure sufficient market practice and related information is provided to the Committee, with appropriate
solutions-based advice.
Continued engagement with shareholders and other stakeholders prior to the 2024 AGM in relation to the revised Directors’
Remuneration Policy.
128
Implementation in 2023
Single total figure
Executive Directors’ 2023 and 2022 remuneration (audited information)
Matthew Beesley
1,2
Wayne Mepham
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
A. Fixed pay
Base salary 455 191 342 330
Taxable benefits
3
3 1 4 4
Pension
4
60 25 46 44
Total fixed remuneration
9
518 218 393 378
B. Annual bonus
Annual bonus:
Delivered in cash 387 71 173 73
Delivered in shares/fund units vesting immediately with six-month holding period 387 71 173 73
Delivered in shares/fund units vesting over three years 774 142 347 147
Total bonus
5, 9
1,547 285 693 293
C. Vesting of LTIP awards
6
For performance in multi-year periods:
2020 award (2020-2022)
2021 award (2021-2023)
7
47
Total value of LTIP vesting 47
D. Other
Recruitment award
8
:
Delivered in cash 66
Delivered in shares/fund units vesting immediately with six-month holding period 66
Delivered in shares/fund units vesting over three years 133
SIP matching and free shares 2 1 4 2
Sharesave award - 4 - 4
Total other 2 271 4 6
Total variable remuneration (B+C+D) 1,549 556 744 300
Total remuneration (A+B+C+D)
9
2,067 774 1,137 678
1. 2022 figures for Matthew Beesley represent the pro-rated period of the performance year from 28 June 2022, the date he joined the Board.
2. Matthew Beesley’s salary was £300,000 p.a. for the period to 30 September 2022 (whilst Deputy CEO) and £455,000 p.a. for the period to 31 December 2022 (whilst CEO).
3. Comprising private medical and dental insurance and reimbursement of reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of their duties and payment of any tax arising.
4. Represents employer pension contributions and/or cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions. There are no defined benefit arrangements. Employees with registered
pension protection or those impacted by the Tapered Annual Allowance may elect to have some or all of their pension contributions paid instead as a cash allowance, after
deducting an amount equal to the cost of employer national insurance on such cash payments. The pension amounts in the single figure table may therefore be less than 15%
of the salary.
5. These amounts have been determined by the Remuneration Committee based on performance against the relevant annual bonus performance measures in respect of the
relevant year.
6. The value of the LTIP awards vesting is based on the Remuneration Committee’s determination of performance against the relevant LTIP performance measures across prior
multi-year performance periods.
7. Estimated value of the 2021 LTIP award vesting in 2023 is based on 17.8% vesting due to performance and average closing share price over the period 1 October to 31 December
2023 of £0.84 (the actual vesting date is 9 March 2024). There was no share price appreciation between grant and the end of 2023.
8. As outlined in the Committee Chair’s letter in the 2022 Directors’ Remuneration Report, the 2022 recruitment award was negotiated prior to Matthew Beesley’s appointment
as a Director in order to secure his recruitment. The value shown here relates to the six months he served as a Director in 2022. The award is payable in line with regulatory
requirements as shown in the table.
9. Any discrepancies in totals are due to rounding.
129Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Executive Director variable pay awards for 2023 performance
Variable pay awards for 2023 performance have been determined by the Committee using the following process.
At the start of the year, the Committee set and agree the performance metrics, relative weighting between corporate quantitative and strategic
goals, and associated targets for each performance level (threshold, target and maximum) for corporate quantitative metrics.
The annual metrics and weightings are disclosed prospectively in the DRR; the detailed targets are considered commercially sensitive and are
disclosed retrospectively, following the performance year-end.
Throughout the year, the Committee monitors progress against the relevant performance metrics.
Following year-end, actual performance against each of the bonus metrics is assessed as reported in the scorecard on the following pages.
For corporate quantitative metrics, this is in the context of the threshold, target and maximum ranges set.
Individual bonuses for the Executive Directors are determined utilising a scorecard. Bonuses are not formulaic and judgement is applied
by the Committee in arriving at award amounts. The Committee considers the context in which performance has been achieved,
having given reference to shareholder and client experience during the year on page 134.
Overall variable compensation spend is considered in the context of the total compensation ratio relative to their expected ranges as previously
communicated to shareholders.
Assessing corporate quantitative performance (audited information)
The following section sets out Jupiter’s actual performance against target for the primary measures relating to profitability and investment
outperformance, which are given a 40% and 25% weighting respectively and therefore together comprised 65% of the CEO and CFOO’s bonus
metrics for 2023.
Performance
metric
Primary measure
Threshold
performance
(25% vesting)
Target
performance
(50% vesting)
Maximum
performance
(100% vesting)
Actual
performance
Percentage
outcome Commentary
Profitability
Underlying PBT £58.0m £72.5m £87.0m £105.2m 100% Underlying PBT targets are based on
the Group’s 2023 budget established
in December 2022. The budget
included the full year impact of the
deterioration in economic conditions
in 2022, combined with uncertainty
over market performance and retail
investor appetite. The outcome
represented better than anticipated
performance in a number of areas,
including judicious cost management
and returns on investible capital.
The outcome achieved in respect of
performance year 2023 is 100%, which
has resulted in the target delivering
40% of the overall maximum.
Investment
outperformance
Proportion of mutual funds
(weighted by AUM) achieving
performance of first or second
quartile over one year
(25% weighting) and three years
(75% weighting). Proportion
of segregated mandates and
investment trusts (weighted
by AUM) achieving performance
above the benchmark over one
year (25% weighting) and three
years (75% weighting)
50% 60% 80% 60% 50% The investment performance
achieved in respect of performance
year 2023 is 60%. Investment
performance at the Target level
has resulted in the target delivering
12.5% as a weighted percentage
of the overall maximum.
130
Implementation in 2023
Assessing corporate strategic performance (audited information)
The following table sets out supporting commentary and information the Committee considered in assessing overall performance in each
of the areas of strategic performance identified for 2023, as well as the Committee’s overall qualitative assessment of the outcome for each
metric. The corporate strategic performance metrics have been updated to align with our corporate strategy that was announced to the market
on 24 February 2023. In conjunction with assessment of individual performance, these measures comprise 35% of the CEO and CFOO’s bonus
metrics for 2023.
Performance
metric 2023 assessment Outcome
Increase scale
Throughout this year, Jupiter has made substantial progress towards further building out our institutional
footprint, with a significant amount of AUM growth across a range of strategies and geographies. We generated total
net inflows of £1.8bn from Institutional clients in 2023 and 19% of our Group AUM now relates to Institutional
clients, up from less than 10% only five years ago. With engagement with a number of clients broadening out to
potentially consider investing in additional Jupiter strategies, the foundations of the Institutional business have
improved in 2023.
We have not yet succeeded in increasing scale in our key focus geographies in 2023, but progress has been made
with key resources and hires being made (including in Italy and Germany). Margins in some of our non-UK
geographies have indeed increased in 2023.
As we continue to look to grow our overseas business, we are encouraged that assets from clients based outside
the UK now account for 34% of our total Group assets, up from 25% five years ago, and we saw total net inflows
of over £1.1bn in 2023.
Overall, the year reflects some notable progress in increasing scale with the foundations laid for the business,
as we look forward in this regard.
Achieved
Decrease
undue
complexity
There has been a fundamental mindset shift, led by the Executive Directors, as relates to the desire to identify
and remove complexity and as a result, move faster and more efficiently in all aspects of our day-to-day business.
This mindset shift has manifested in a zero-based budgeting approach to all costs and the results of this are evident
in the decline in non-compensation costs this year, down 6% to £107m, despite inflationary pressures.
The fund rationalisation process is largely complete, with the overall number of funds smaller by some 25%,
resulting in a clearer, more defined client proposition.
Automation of processes and deeper utilisation of technology has been crucial in our aim of reducing complexity.
Over 100 processes across the business have been automated through the training of over 60 internal ’citizen
developers’ who have used low-code or no-code tools to collectively free up over 2,000 person-hours
(as measured on a per annum basis).
There has been an increase in compensation costs in the year, but this is as a result of market pressures
and targeted retention of key talent.
Achieved
Broaden our
appeal to
clients
The Distribution function was restructured this year to form the Client Group, which has a renewed focus
on how we manage all of our client relationships, aiming to broaden our appeal to our clients and deepen these
relationships to make them more meaningful. The work on this so far has already been very well received by our
stakeholders, and as new hires join the business and changes continue to be made to our processes and approach,
the expectation is that this will have a significant impact on our ability to broaden our appeal to clients.
The fund rationalisation process described above has resulted in a more focused and more clearly defined
product offering, and also created space for growth and the ability to develop new products to meet our clients’
evolving needs. As part of our focus on innovation, we launched five funds within our Thematic fund range in
2023 which focus on disruptive technology, consumer trends, healthcare innovation, demographic opportunities
and the physical world. Together, they represent an available market of around £100bn.
Achieved
131Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Performance
metric 2023 assessment Outcome
Deepen
relationships
with all
stakeholders
Our clients remain central to all that we do. As well as the formation of the Client Group, we have also announced
our plans to introduce tiered pricing on our UK-domiciled fund range. This change in approach allows us to share
the benefits of economies of scale with our clients as our funds’ assets grow.
We have continued to build strong relationships with both current shareholders and new potential shareholders
via a comprehensive investor relations programme. Through the year, we have returned £53m to shareholders
through ordinary and special dividends, as well as the completion of the 2022 announced share buyback in the
amount of £10m completed in January 2023.
Significant progress has been made as relates to our people; higher participation rates (85%) in our people surveys
and higher engagement scores (78%, up from 71% a year ago) are a result of a focused programme of interaction
and significantly enhanced levels of communication with our teams. Executive Directors have led from the front
in setting the tone from the top as relates culture and behaviours, spearheading an extensive and ongoing
programme of communications, via email, video and in person townhall events and seminars.
Diversity, Equity & Inclusion has remained a strong focus and particularly on diverse representation in senior
management, with continued Executive Director support for initiatives including network-led educational events,
support mechanisms (mentoring, coaching) and benefits evolutions (menopause support, international maternity)
driving sustained high scores on inclusion (87% positive response).
From a sustainability perspective, external ESG ratings for Jupiter Fund Management plc remain strong compared
to industry averages and broadly unchanged in 2023. We are on track to meeting our near-term 2030 Scope 1 and 2
net zero targets for our operations, with further work pending to reduce our energy use. Once again, we were
awarded signatory status by the FRC after the submission of our annual Stewardship Report.
We continue to work with our core regulators in an open and transparent manner.
Significantly
achieved
132
Assessing individual performance (audited information)
The following table sets out supporting commentary and information the Committee referenced in assessing individual performance of the
Executive Directors for 2023.
Executive 2023 Assessment Outcome
Matthew
Beesley
Chief
Executive
Officer
In Matthew’s first full year as CEO, he has continued to build on his strong start to this role and has
been instrumental in the development and progress towards the Group’s new strategic objectives.
Matthew has led Jupiter in a highly effective manner through the market challenges this year, with a
sharpened focus on the matters that we can control. Matthew leads by example and continues to articulate
and communicate firm-wide culture, behaviours and strategic focus excellently across the business.
The increased focus on conduct and culture can be seen in Matthew’s sponsorship and chairing of the newly
formed Culture and Conduct Committee. There has been significant improvement on outcomes, including on
those reflected in our staff surveys.
Matthew continues to develop the senior management team structure to increase the pace of decision making and
accelerate the strategic change programme needed to drive the business forward and deliver for our stakeholders.
At a Board level, Matthew has built and fostered a strong relationship with the Board which is both open
and proactive. Matthew’s relentless drive to deliver for all stakeholders is evident in all he does.
Outstanding
Wayne
Mepham
Chief Financial
& Operating
Officer
Despite the challenging market circumstances, Wayne’s contribution across his ever-growing scope of
responsibilities continues to be outstanding.
Throughout 2023, Wayne has taken a broader role in contributing towards the Group’s new strategic objectives,
including overseeing the delivery of a number of initiatives. Wayne’s expanded remit included Risk and Compliance
for most of 2023, which have made progress in a number of areas, including enhancements to the enterprise risk
management framework, under his leadership.
Wayne continues to be an ambassador, with the tone set from the CEO, on promoting the culture that Jupiter
needs to succeed in the future. Through Wayne’s contributions on this, there have been a number of improvements
in the Group-wide control environment.
Delivered further system enhancements across Finance which both reduce risk and allow for greater analysis
across the business. There has been continued development of MI on an automated basis to support areas of
strategic focus.
Wayne has continued to build strong relationships with all stakeholders including the Board, Audit and Risk
Committee and shareholder and analyst communities.
Outstanding
133Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Determining individual Executive Director 2023 annual
bonuses (audited information)
The 2023 annual bonus awards have been determined by the
Committee using: an assessment of performance against the metrics
laid out in the balanced scorecard; a holistic assessment of the
shareholder and client experience in the year; and an assessment
of risk and compliance underpins. Specific conclusions reached
by the Committee were as follows:
Whilst acknowledging that 2023 was a challenging year for many
of our stakeholders, the Committee noted that the business had
delivered resilient underlying performance in a difficult market with
underlying profit before tax performing significantly above both
budget and start of year consensus, good investment performance
and strong net flows from institutional clients in line with our
strategic focus. These outcomes are reflected in the financial
component of the balanced scorecard.
The Committee also noted the strong individual performance of
both Executive Directors and significant successes in relation to the
key initiatives under our new four strategic objectives (as outlined
on pages 131-132), which will help with delivering long-term growth.
The Group’s stated dividend policy of paying out 50% of our
underlying earnings excluding performance fees as ordinary
dividends remains unchanged.
As noted in the Chair’s letter, we believe it is critical that
we continue to invest in talent across the Group.
The Committee’s rounded assessment was that the balanced
scorecard was a fair outcome consistent with the performance
of the business and the individuals during the year. Accordingly,
the Committee was satisfied that no discretionary adjustments
were required. Separately, in order to ensure long-term alignment,
75% of the bonus is deferred into shares or fund units. A summary
of the Committee’s conclusions is set out in the bonus outcomes
table below.
2023 Executive Director bonus outcomes (audited information)
2023 scorecard performance metric
Outcome
(as percentage of
maximum) Weighting
Weighted
percentage of
maximum
Matthew Beesley,
Chief Executive
Officer
£’000
2
Wayne Mepham,
Chief Financial &
Operating Officer
£’000
Profitability 100% 40% 40% 774 346
Investment outperformance 50% 25% 12.50% 242 108
Strategic goals and personal performance 78.6% 35% 27.50% 532 238
Totals 1,547 693
Outcome as percentage of maximum opportunity
1
80.0% 80.0%
Delivered as upfront cash 387 173
Delivered as shares/fund units with six-month holding period 387 173
Delivered as shares/fund units vesting over three years 774 347
1. Maximum opportunity for the annual bonus is 425% of salary for the CEO, 250% of salary for the CFOO.
Overall compensation spend
Jupiter’s overall variable compensation spend is determined appropriate and affordable in the context of Jupiter’s overall performance.
We aim to balance and align the interests of our staff and our shareholders.
The variable compensation spend is assessed in its financial reporting context, which considers the accounting treatment of the variable
compensation spend. In addition, the Committee considers the total compensation expense, which includes the fixed component of
remuneration as well as the variable.
The variable compensation expense is determined by the nature and extent of bonuses awarded in 2023 as well as deferred awards (including LTIP)
made in prior years. It also includes national insurance charges levied on Jupiter in relation to variable compensation. The 2023 underlying variable
compensation expense of £79.2m (including performance fees) resulted in a total compensation ratio of 42.7%. Excluding performance fees the
underlying variable compensation expense is £72.8m, resulting in a total compensation ratio of 42.4%.
134
Non-Executive Directors’ 2023 and 2022 fees (audited information)
Nichola Pease
2
David Cruickshank
3
Roger Yates Karl Sternberg
4
Dale Murray Suzy Neubert
5
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Fees 78 235 204 86 113 106 95 79 73 71 73 60
Benefits
1
1 1 1 0 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
Total 79 236 205 86 114 109 96 80 74 72 74 60
1. Benefits comprise reimbursement of reasonable taxable business expenses incurred in the performance of duties and the payment of any tax arising.
2. Nichola Pease resigned from the Board on 26 April 2023.
3. Year on year increase is due to David Cruickshank becoming Chair of the Board on 26 April 2023.
4. Year on year increase is due to Karl Sternberg becoming Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee on 26 April 2023.
5. Year on year increase is due to Suzy Neubert joining the Board in 2022.
Chris Parkin was not paid any fees in conjunction with his appointment to the Board until his resignation from the Board on 10 May 2023.
External directorships
Executive Directors are not permitted to hold external directorships
or offices without the Board’s prior approval.
Payments to exiting Directors (audited information)
No new payments were made to any exiting Directors during 2023.
Payments to former Directors (audited information)
No new payments were made to any former Directors during 2023.
Payments for loss of office (audited information)
No payments were made for loss of office in 2023.
Performance condition testing for 2021 LTIP award,
vesting 9 March 2024 (audited information)
The LTIP award vesting figure for Wayne Mepham shown in the
single total figure on page 129 is due to vest on 9 March 2024,
subject to three performance conditions measured to 31 December
2023. The performance conditions have been tested and performance
against those conditions and the associated level of vesting are
outlined below. The Committee is satisfied that the vesting outcome
is appropriate in the context of the overall shareholder and client
experience and has not exercised any discretion in relation to the
testing of the performance conditions.
Performance condition
Performance against the condition over the
performance period Proportion of condition vesting
Underlying EPS growth (40% weighting)
0% vesting for 5% growth or below;
100% vesting for 25% growth or above; and
Straight-line vesting between these points.
Jupiter’s underlying EPS fell by 39.7%, excluding
performance fees over the performance period.
Jupiter’s underlying EPS growth over the performance
period did not therefore exceed the 5% threshold.
0.0% of condition vesting
(0.0% of total award)
Investment outperformance (30% weighting)
1
The proportion of all of Jupiter’s assets (weighted
by AUM) achieving above median performance
relative to their peer group or above benchmark
performance weighted:
25% over the three-year period to 31 December
preceding the vesting date; and
75% over the five-year period to 31 December
preceding the vesting date.
0% vesting for less than 50%;
25% vesting for 50%;
100% vesting for 80%; and
Straight-line vesting between these points.
Jupiter’s investment performance was such that:
58.7% of funds (weighted by AUM) performed above
median or above the benchmark over the three-year
period to 31 December 2023; and
65.3% of funds (weighted by AUM) performed above
median or above the benchmark over the five-year
period to 31 December 2023.
On a weighted basis, 63.7% of funds performed above
median or above the benchmark.
59.2% of condition vesting
(17.8% of total award)
Net flows (30% weighting)
0% vesting for less than £1.5bn;
25% vesting for £1.5bn;
100% vesting for £4.5bn or above; and
Straight-line vesting between these points.
There were total net outflows of £9.6bn over
the performance period. Jupiter’s net flows over
the performance period did not therefore exceed
the £1.5bn increase threshold.
0.0% of condition vesting
(0.0% of total award)
Total 17.8% vesting
1. Investment performance of mutual fund AUM outperforming the median uses Morningstar as the single source of relative investment performance data for all funds.
135Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Implementation in 2024
The following section provides an overview as to how each element
will be applied in 2024. Certain elements of the CFOO’s remuneration
arrangements are subject to approval of the new Policy.
Base salary
The CEO’s base salary will increase by 3.3% to £470,000. The CFOO’s
base salary will increase by 15.4% in 2024 to £400,000.
Matthew Beesley: £470,000 (2023: £455,000);
Wayne Mepham: Proposed to increase to £400,000 (2023: £346,500).
Annual bonus
Annual bonuses in respect of 2024 (inclusive of any deferred bonus
award) will continue to be subject to the following individual caps
as a percentage of base salary:
Matthew Beesley: 425%;
Wayne Mepham: 275% (capped at this level for 2024).
The 2024 bonuses will be determined on the normal timetable
and in line with the process below.
The performance measures for the 2024 annual bonus will be set
within the following balanced scorecard. 65% of these measures
will be corporate quantitative measures, with clearly determined
‘Threshold’, ‘On target’ and ‘Maximum’ goals. The remaining objectives
will be strategic and individual measures.
Determination of bonus amounts is not formulaic; in addition to
reviewing each of the performance measures, the Committee will take
a holistic view of the overall performance of the Company for the
year to ensure that any bonus amounts appropriately reflect the
experience of shareholders. Where performance measures produce
an outcome which does not align with that of shareholders, the
Committee may exercise its discretion as it considers appropriate.
2024 balanced scorecard
Area Metric Performance measures
Corporate
financial (65%)
Profitability Measured through underlying PBT.
Investment
outperformance
Measured through the proportion of mutual funds achieving first or second quartile performance
and the proportion of separate account assets beating their benchmarks (weighted by AUM).
Measured over one year (25% weighting) and three years (75% weighting).
Strategic and
individual (35%)
Increase scale Increased levels of AUM and market share in target geographies, but also growth in absolute AUM
(net of market movements) in Institutional client assets.
Focus on building critical mass and scale across a range of new and emerging franchises.
Deliver net flows broadly consistent with or better than the financial forecast.
Increased operating margins across our key non-UK geographies in aggregate.
Decrease undue
complexity
Continue to identify opportunities for cost control at an overall company level.
Increase automation and the utilisation of technology.
Develop and deliver efficiencies, including on data, digital and governance, to improve
our internal processes and enhance the client experience.
Broaden our appeal to
clients
Ongoing curation of the funds we offer and consideration of new fund ideas or new ways
to access our investment capabilities.
Explore opportunities for diversification and the potential development of new
investment capabilities.
Deliver active investment excellence, focused on using technology to increase levels of client
reporting, data sharing and knowledge transfer.
Success in building relationships with new clients and deepening relationships with existing
strategic clients.
Deepen relationships
with all stakeholders
Sustainability considered thoughtfully and authentically in all that we do.
Increase the positive impact on society through our people and work.
Promotion of ESG capabilities and product offering to increase AUM in this market segment.
Continue progress towards existing net zero targets for in-scope funds and as relevant,
consider opportunities to increase range of funds in-scope.
Personal performance Achievement against specific personal performance objectives.
Underpin
Risk and regulatory
compliance
The Committee considers the checkpoints set out on page 145 when exercising its judgement
to determine the appropriate variable compensation pool, at a Group level.
The Committee also considered an annual report on internal control and risk management
factors when assessing appropriate awards, at an individual level.
Any risk or compliance factor (corporate or individual) has the potential to reduce variable
compensation, including to zero.
136
Targets for each performance measure will be set by the Committee in line with the framework described on page 116. The Committee considers
more specific details of the 2024 performance measures and targets to be commercially sensitive and therefore further details of the targets
and weightings for each of these measures and performance against each will be provided in the 2024 DRR.
The determination of variable pay awards in relation to 2024 performance will continue to be assessed with the application of judgement,
taking into account a holistic assessment of Group and individual performance.
The balanced scorecard, set out in the table on page 136, will allow the Committee to assess performance against key financial and strategic metrics.
The Committee’s assessment against these metrics and the decision about any variable pay awards will be clearly disclosed to shareholders.
In addition to the performance measures outlined on the previous page, the Committee considers the checkpoints set out on page 145 when
exercising its judgement to determine the overall variable compensation spend for any particular year, and also considers individual risk behaviours
when assessing individual awards.
Proportion of bonus and delivery method
The payment of bonuses for Executive Directors for 2024 will be as follows and is compliant with the relevant remuneration regulations.
25% 25% 50%
Delivered
as cash.
Delivered as either deferred Jupiter shares or
deferred fund units in a Jupiter fund (or collection
of funds). Choice between these can be made by
the Executive Director nearer the payment date.
Immediate vesting, but subject to a subsequent
six-month post-vesting holding period.
Delivered as either deferred Jupiter shares and/or deferred fund units
in a Jupiter fund (or collection of funds). Choice between these can
be made by the Executive Director nearer the payment date.
Where the Executive Director has not yet met the minimum
shareholding requirement, deferral into fund units will be restricted
to 25% of this portion of the bonus.
Vesting in equal tranches over three years, but subject to a subsequent
six-month post-vesting holding period.
LTIP awards
The 2024 LTIP awards will be subject to the following performance conditions.
Proportion of LTIP Performance condition Performance measure Outcome
30%
EPS
Jupiter’s underlying EPS must hit
a pence target at the end of the
performance period.
Jupiter’s underlying EPS
target at the end of the
performance period
1
Targets to be disclosed when
no longer commercially
sensitive (see following page).
Proportion of the award subject to the EPS
performance condition that will vest
25% for threshold
100% for maximum
Sliding scale between the relevant
percentages above
25%
Investment outperformance
The proportion of all of Jupiter’s assets
(weighted by AUM) achieving above
median performance relative to their
peer group or above benchmark
performance weighted:
25% over the three-year period to
31 December preceding the vesting date;
and 75% over the five-year period to
31 December preceding the vesting date.
Proportion of funds
(weighted by AUM) achieving
above median/benchmark
performance
Less than 50%
50%
80% or above
Any other percentage
Proportion of the award subject to the
investment outperformance condition
that will vest
0%
25%
100%
Sliding scale between the relevant
percentages above
20% Net flows for ’growth capabilities’ over
the performance period
Cumulative net flows for ’growth
capabilities’ over the performance period
(see next page for further details).
There will be an underpin to this element
which will be a requirement for positive
Group AUM movement over the period.
Net flows for ‘growth
capabilities’ over the
performance period
Less than £2.6bn
£2.6bn
£3.6bn or above
Any other value
Proportion of the award subject to the net
flows for ‘growth capabilities’ performance
condition that will vest
0%
25%
100%
Sliding scale between the relevant
percentages above
1. Due to their volatility, performance fees will be excluded from the EPS calculation for LTIP awards.
137Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
IMPLEMENTATION IN 2024
LTIP awards continued
These awards will be granted as soon as practicable post the May 2024
AGM and will vest in March 2027, subject to the achievement of the
stretching performance conditions, as set out in the table on the
previous page. The awards will also be subject to a two-year
post-vesting holding period in line with the Remuneration Policy.
In light of the challenging shareholder experience of the past year,
the Committee has concluded that it is appropriate to add an
additional guardrail against the risk of windfall gains by capping
Executive Director 2024 LTIP awards at 320% of salary. This cap will
involve a 15% reduction in the CEO’s LTIP award from 375% of salary
in 2023 to 320% of salary in 2024.
The 2024 LTIP award values will be as follows:
Matthew Beesley: £1,504,000 (320% of salary);
Wayne Mepham: £1,000,000 (250% of salary).
Investment outperformance is critical to Jupiter’s clients and the
Company’s long-term success. Its importance is recognised through
its use as a performance measure within the annual bonus scorecard
and the LTIP. Given the longer time horizon over which LTIP assesses
performance, both a three- and five-year outperformance measure
is included.
EPS is the best measure of Jupiter’s successful execution of its growth
strategy for shareholders. The Board currently considers these EPS
targets to be commercially sensitive at this time on the basis that they
would provide market sensitive insights into the Company’s long-term
forecasts. This, in part, reflects the transition of the Jupiter assets
previously managed by Ben Whitmore to his successors during 2024
as announced on 9 January 2024. The Remuneration Committee
is confident that the EPS target range set is appropriately stretching
taking into account the market outlook and our strategic ambitions.
We will disclose the EPS target range in due course, when the Board is
comfortable that this information is no longer commercially sensitive.
In order to focus reward on growth channels central to the future
business strategy, the net flows measure directly targets ’growth
capabilities‘ (parts of our portfolio where we see significant growth
potential). These are a key determinant of changes in future revenue
streams for the business. The growth capabilities include areas that
we have been developing over the past few years and are emerging
as expected sources of growth in the near and long term, with
potential both in the UK and in international markets. Investment
capabilities include a range of fixed income specifically focused funds
such as Global High Yield, absolute return funds in both fixed income
and equities, thematic funds and specific regional capabilities where
we have targeted growth. Whilst we see growth potential in other
funds not categorised, for these purposes, as growth capabilities,
those are mainly already scaled funds or capabilities that support
our business and remain important for the future. There will also
be a further underpin on this element where there is a requirement
for positive Group AUM movement over the period.
Proportion of LTIP Performance condition Performance measure Outcome
12.5%
Increase scale
Increasing scale of the business in any
of our 10 key geographic regions,
which will require both versus
the benchmark year (2023):
a reduction in the distribution direct
cost ratio; and
at least 5% increase in the
run-rate revenues
Assessment at the end
of performance period
1 region has achieved ‘scale’
(threshold)
At least 3 regions have
achieved ”scale” (maximum)
Proportion of the award subject to the
‘increase scale’ performance condition that
will vest
25% for threshold
100% for maximum
Sliding scale between the relevant
percentages above
12.5%
People and culture
Combination of qualitative and
quantitative assessment by the
Committee of progress made in
cementing our position as a diverse
and inclusive employer of choice
within the industry
Assessment at the end of the
performance period
As well as the qualitative
assessment, quantitative
progress on the following
areas:
Percentage of female
representation in senior
leadership roles and overall
Percentage of ethnic minority
representation in senior
leadership roles and overall
Rate of ”talent” retention
Proportion of the award subject to the
’people and culture’ performance condition
that will vest
Between 0% and 100% based on the
Committee assessment
138
Non-Executive Director fees, roles and Committee responsibilities
Jupiter normally reviews Non-Executive Director fees annually. The Non-Executive Chair’s fee and fees for certain Non-Executive roles were last
increased with effect from 1 January 2018 and 1 January 2019 respectively. Fees for chairing the Audit and Risk Committee and Remuneration
Committee were last increased with effect from 1 January 2020. Following the annual review at the end of last year, the base fee was increased
with effect from 1 April 2023. No increases are proposed for the 2024 financial year.
2023 annual fee 2024 annual fee
Base fee £66,000 £66,000
Senior Independent Director fee £12,500 £12,500
Audit and Risk Committee Chair fee (in addition to member fee) £22,000 £22,000
Remuneration Committee Chair fee (in addition to member fee) £22,000 £22,000
Audit and Risk Committee member fee £7,500 £7,500
Remuneration Committee member fee £7,500 £7,500
Non-Executive Chair fee (all inclusive) £235,000 £235,000
Non-Executive Directors are reimbursed for reasonable business expenses.
The roles and Committee responsibilities of the Non-Executive Directors during 2023 were as follows:
Director Title Roles and Committee responsibilities
Nichola Pease
Independent Chair (stepped down 26 April 2023) Nomination Committee Chair
Remuneration Committee member
David Cruickshank
Independent Chair (appointed 26 April 2023)
Independent Non-Executive Director (up to 26 April 2023)
Audit and Risk Committee Chair (up to 26 April 2023)
Nomination Committee Chair (from 26 April 2023)
Karl Sternberg
Independent Non-Executive Director Interim Audit and Risk Committee Chair (from 26 April 2023)
Audit and Risk Committee member (up to 26 April 2023)
Nomination Committee member
Remuneration Committee member
Roger Yates
Independent Non-Executive Director
Senior Independent Director
Senior Independent Director
Nomination Committee member
Remuneration Committee Chair
Audit and Risk Committee member (from 26 April 2023)
Dale Murray
Independent Non-Executive Director Audit and Risk Committee member
Nomination Committee member
Suzy Neubert
Independent Non-Executive Director Remuneration Committee member
Nomination Committee member
Chris Parkin
Non-Executive Director (stepped down 10 May 2023) Board member
Given the commercial importance of delivery of our strategic
objectives to drive the future growth of Jupiter, we have
introduced LTIP metrics for two of our four key strategic
objectives (increasing scale and deepening relationships with all
stakeholders) where longer-term targets are particularly relevant.
Increasing scale of the business in our key geographic regions is
fundamental to driving future growth. 10 regions will be considered
for the purposes of this metric, and to achieve ‘scale’ will require both:
reduction in the distribution direct cost ratio; and
at least 5% increase in run-rate revenues.
This is considered to be a stretching target range reflecting that
of our four strategic objectives, increasing scale is the most important.
In an industry of declining revenue margins and increasing regulatory
costs, it is vital that we build scale and drive top line revenue growth
to sustainably grow the business over the medium term.
Jupiter’s culture and inclusive environment form the key building
blocks of our success. We set stretching targets across our people
and culture metric to cement our position as a diverse and inclusive
employer of choice within the industry.
In addition to a qualitative assessment of progress in this area, the
Committee will also specifically consider the following quantitative
metrics:
Percentage of female representation in senior leadership roles
and overall
Percentage of ethnic minority representation in senior leadership
roles and overall
Rate of ‘talent’ retention
In addition to a risk and compliance assessment, LTIP awards
are subject to an underlying business performance underpin.
The Committee will compare the vesting outcome for LTIP awards against
shareholder and client experience over the same performance period.
139Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Directors’ shareholdings (audited information)
Director
Ordinary shares
held at 31
December 2023
(no restrictions)
Unvested
ordinary shares
held at 31
December 2023
(subject to
continued
employment)
Total ordinary
shares held at 31
December 2023
Vested but
unexercised
options at 31
December 2023
Unvested
options, vesting
not subject to
performance
conditions at 31
December 2023
Unvested
options, vesting
subject to
performance
conditions at 31
December 2023
Total options
over ordinary
shares held at 31
December 2023
Shareholding as a
percentage of
salary
Shareholding as a
percentage of
salary including
vested and
unvested share
options
Matthew Beesley 42,894 4,094 46,988 115,763 648,524 1,510,645 2,274,932 9% 96%
Wayne Mepham 116,601 5,562 122,163 113,336 233,217 1,273,573 1,620,126 30% 90%
Nichola Pease
1
72,050 72,050
David Cruickshank 60,000 60,000
Roger Yates 325,000 325,000
Karl Sternberg 28,601 28,601
Dale Murray 72,012 72,012
Suzy Neubert 46,000 46,000
Chris Parkin
2
1. Figures for Nichola Pease are as at 26 April 2023 (the date she stepped down from the Board).
2. Chris Parkin was a nominated representative of TA Associates, which currently holds 84,115,278 (15.43%) shares in Jupiter. Chris Parkin stepped down from the Board in May 2023.
There have been no changes to the above interests between the year-end and 23 February 2024 (the latest practicable date before the printing
of the Annual Report and Accounts).
Minimum shareholding requirements (audited information)
Executive Directors should maintain a significant holding of shares in the Company. The Remuneration Policy in operation for the 2023
performance year provided that the CEO should hold shares in the Company with a value equivalent to at least 500% of base salary, and other
Executive Directors a value equivalent to at least 250% of base salary. The Committee expects Executive Directors to build up their required
shareholding within five years from appointment to the Board, and is satisfied with the progress of all Executive Directors against this.
Post-employment shareholding requirements
Under the Directors’ Remuneration Policy in operation for the 2023 performance year and in line with the Corporate Governance Code
requirements, the Committee has a formal post-employment shareholding requirement for Executive Directors. Executive Directors will
be required to maintain a meaningful shareholding for two years after stepping down as a Director, specifically shares worth 500% of salary
for the CEO and 250% of salary for other Directors in the first year, decreasing to 250% of salary for the CEO and 125% of salary for other
Directors in the second year after stepping down.
Directors’ service contracts unexpired terms
The Executive Directors are the only Directors with service contracts, none of which contains an expiry term. The CEO has a 12-month
notice period. The CFOO has a six-month notice period.
140
Share awards (audited information)
DBP – options over Jupiter shares
Options held at start of year Options granted during the year Options exercised/lapsed during the year
Options held at end of
year
Director Year granted
Number of shares
under option held
as at 1 January
2023 including
dividend
adjustments
1,2,3,4
Market value
per share at
date of grant
7
Grant date
Face value at
award
Price used to
determine
number of
shares
5
Number of
shares
under
option
Number of
shares under
option lapsed
during the
year
Number of
shares under
option
exercised
during the
year
Number of
shares under
option held as
at 31
December
2023
5,6
Earliest
exercise
date
Latest
exercise
date
Wayne
Mepham
2020 (in
respect
of 2019) 28,261 £3.11 28,261
8
5 Sept
2022
5 March
2030
28,263 £3.11 29,712
5 Sept
2023
5 March
2030
2021 (in
respect
of 2020) 33,814 £2.81 33,814
9
9 Sept
2022
9 March
2031
33,814 £2.81 35,655
9 Sept
2023
9 March
2031
33,815 £2.81 35,656
9 Sept
2024
9 March
2031
2022 (in
respect
of 2021) 45,336 £2.04 47,969
3 Sept
2023
3 March
2032
45,336 £2.04 47,969
3 Sept
2024
3 March
2032
45,336 £2.04 47,969
3 Sept
2025
3 March
2032
2023 (in
respect
of 2022)
3 March
2023 £110,063 £1.485 24,705 26,298
3 Sept
2024
3 March
2033
24,705 26,298
3 Sept
2025
3 March
2033
24,706 26,300
3 Sep
2026
3 March
2033
Matthew
Beesley
2022
(Buyout
Award) 109,409 £2.04 115,763
3 Sept
2023
3 March
2032
109,409 £2.04 115,763
3 Sept
2024
3 March
2032
109,409 £2.04 115,763
3 Sept
2025
3 March
2032
2023 (in
respect
of 2022)
3 March
2023 £550,000 £1.485 123,457 131,424
3 Sept
2024
3 March
2033
123,457 131,424
3 Sept
2025
3 March
2033
123,456 131,423
3 Sep
2026
3 March
2033
1. Outstanding share awards granted in 2020 and 2021 were adjusted by 4.35% as a result of the 14 May 2021 Final and Special Dividend.
2. Outstanding share awards granted in 2020 and 2021 were adjusted by 2.95% as a result of the 1 September 2021 Interim Dividend.
3. Outstanding share awards granted in 2020, 2021 and 2022 were adjusted by 4.6% as a result of the 20 May 2022 Final Dividend.
4. Outstanding share awards granted in 2020, 2021 and 2022 were adjusted by 6.5% as a result of the 31 August 2022 Interim Dividend.
5. Outstanding share awards granted in 2021, 2022 and 2023 were adjusted by 0.4% as a result of the 19 May 2023 Final Dividend.
6. Outstanding share awards granted in 2021, 2022 and 2023 were adjusted by 6.1% as a result of the 1 September 2023 Interim Dividend.
7. Average closing share price from the three trading days prior to date of grant.
8. Closing share price on date of exercise, 24 February 2023, was £1.45. This resulted in a value of shares on exercise of £41,211.
9. Closing share price on date of exercise, 24 February 2023, was £1.45. This resulted in a value of shares on exercise of £49,676.
141Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
DBP – options over Jupiter fund units
Fund units held at start of year Fund units granted during the year
Funds units released/lapsed
during the year Fund units held at end of year
Director Year granted
Number of units
held as at 1
January 2023
Market value
per unit at
date of grant
1
Grant date
Face value at
award
Price used to
determine
number of
units
Number of
units
Number of
units lapsed
during the year
Number of
units released
during the year
Number of
units held as at
31 December
2023
Earliest release
date
Wayne
Mepham
2022 (in
respect
of 2021) 35,134 £0.79 35,134
3 Sept
2023
35,134 35,134
3 Sept
2024
35,135 35,135
3 Sept
2025
2023 (in respect
of 2022) 9,223
3 March
2023 £36,688 £1.33 9,223 9,223
3 Sept
2024
9,223 9,223 9,223
3 Sept
2025
9,224 9,224 9,224
3 Sept
2026
2023 (in respect
of 2022) 103,813
3 March
2023 £73,375 £0.71 103,813 103,813
3 Sept
2023
Matthew
Beesley
2023 (in respect
of 2022) 389,078
3 March
2023 £275,000 £0.71 389,078 389,078
3 Sept
2023
1. Closing unit price from the day prior to the date of grant.
Key terms:
No performance measures are attached to awards granted under the DBP, although awards are normally subject to continued employment
with the Company;
Malus and clawback provisions may apply (see the Remuneration Policy table for further details);
No exercise price is payable on the exercise of DBP options; and
Holders of unvested share option awards are not entitled to cash dividend payments as the holders are not the legal owners of the shares.
The Remuneration Committee determined that it was appropriate for holders of share option awards to benefit from dividends declared in 2023
as follows, as permitted under the relevant plan rules: For awards granted under the DBP and LTIP schemes, an upwards adjustment to the number
of shares over which options were held was applied based on the Final and Interim dividend payments as shown in the footnotes on page 141.
These factors are equivalent to the value the holder of a share option award would have received had they been entitled to receive the Final
and Interim dividends as cash payments.
142
LTIP – options over Jupiter shares
Options held at start of year Options granted during the year
Options exercised/lapsed
during the year
Options held
at end of year
Director
Year
granted
Number of shares
under option held
as at 1 January
2023 including
dividend
adjustments
1,2,3,4
Market value
per share at
date of grant
7
Grant date
Face value at
award
Price used to
determine
number of
shares
7
Number of
shares under
option
Number of
shares under
option lapsed
during
the year
Number of
shares under
option
exercised
during
the year
Number of
shares under
option held as
at 31
December
2023
5,6
Earliest
exercise date
Latest
exercise date
Matthew
Beesley
2022 271,715 £2.04 287,497
3 March
2027
3 March
2032
2023
3 March
2023 £1,706,250 £1.49 1,148,990 1,223,148
3 March
2028
3 March
2033
Wayne
Mepham
2020 273,177 £3.11 273,177
5 March
2025
5 March
2030
2021 298,128 £2.82 314,368
9 March
2026
9 March
2031
2022 403,497 £2.04 426,934
3 March
2027
3 March
2033
2023
3 March
2023 £742,500 £1.49 500,000 532,271
3 March
2028
3 March
2033
1. Outstanding share awards granted in 2020 and 2021 were adjusted by 4.35% as a result of the 14 May 2021 Final and Special Dividend.
2. Outstanding share awards granted in 2020 and 2021 were adjusted by 2.95% as a result of the 1 September 2021 Interim Dividend.
3. Outstanding share awards granted in 2020, 2021 and 2022 were adjusted by 4.6% as a result of the 20 May 2022 Final Dividend.
4. Outstanding share awards granted in 2020, 2021 and 2022 were adjusted by 6.5% as a result of the 31 August 2022 Interim Dividend.
5. Outstanding share awards granted in 2021, 2022 and 2023 were adjusted by 0.4% as a result of the 19 May 2023 Final Dividend.
6. Outstanding share awards granted in 2021, 2022 and 2023 were adjusted by 6.1% as a result of the 1 September 2023 Interim Dividend.
7. Average closing share price from three trading days prior to date of grant.
8. The 2020 LTIP shares under option were lapsed having met 0% of the performance conditions as at 31 December 2022.
There have been no changes to the above interests between the year-end and 23 February 2024 (the latest practicable date before the printing of
the Annual Report and Accounts).
Key terms:
Performance conditions for LTIP awards granted in 2020 are: 50% EPS growth and 50% investment outperformance.
Performance conditions for LTIP awards granted in 2021, 2022 and 2023 are: 40% EPS growth, 30% investment outperformance and 30% net flows.
The targets and vesting schedule for EPS for awards granted in 2020 are as follows: less than 5% EPS growth over the performance period, 0% vesting;
25% EPS growth or above over the performance period, 100% vesting; any other EPS growth percentage is subject to a sliding scale between 0% and 100%.
The targets and vesting schedule for investment outperformance for awards granted in 2020 are as follows: less than 50% of funds (weighted
by AUM) achieving median/benchmark performance, 0% vesting; 50% of funds (weighted by AUM) achieving median/benchmark performance,
25% vesting; 80% or above of funds (weighted by AUM) achieving median/benchmark performance, 100% vesting; any other percentage of funds
(weighted by AUM) achieving median/benchmark performance, a sliding scale in between the relevant percentages.
The targets and vesting schedule for EPS for awards granted in 2021, 2022 and 2023 are as follows: less than 5% EPS growth over the performance
period, 0% vesting; 25% EPS growth or above over the performance period, 100% vesting; any other EPS growth percentage is subject to a sliding
scale between 0% and 100%.
The targets and vesting schedule for investment outperformance for awards granted in 2021, 2022 and 2023 are as follows: less than 50% of
funds (weighted by AUM) achieving median/benchmark performance, 0% vesting; 50% of funds (weighted by AUM) achieving median/benchmark
performance, 25% vesting; 80% or above of funds (weighted by AUM) achieving median/benchmark performance, 100% vesting; any other
percentage of funds (weighted by AUM) achieving median/benchmark performance, a sliding scale in between the relevant percentages.
The targets and vesting schedule for net flows for awards granted in 2021, 2022 and 2023 are as follows: less than £1.5bn over the performance
period, 0% vesting; £4.5bn or more over the performance period, 100% vesting; any other net flows between £1.5bn and £4.5bn is subject
to a sliding scale between 25% and 100%.
These performance conditions are measured over the period 1 January in the year of grant to 31 December in the year prior to vesting. Awards
are subject to a two-year post-vesting holding period.
Malus and clawback provisions may apply (see the Remuneration Policy table for further details).
143Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
RISK AND REWARD AT JUPITER
Discussion
The Committee gives careful consideration to the linkage between risk
and reward to ensure the desired behaviours and culture are being
rewarded. This includes ensuring the reward structures are consistent
with and promote sound and effective risk management, and ensuring
remuneration outcomes appropriately reflect the risk profile and
behaviours of the Group and each individual. This is demonstrated
through a variety of reward features and processes that ensure
alignment to risk considerations throughout the organisation.
For example:
When assessing the overall variable compensation spend as described
on page 134, the Committee considers a number of checkpoints,
as described in the checkpoints chart overleaf.
For all employees there is consideration of conduct and performance
against risk and compliance criteria, ensuring there is risk adjustment
at an individual level.
Assessment of individual performance includes consideration
of financial and non-financial metrics.
All employees with bonuses of over £75,000 have a portion of bonus
deferred into shares and/or fund units. In total approximately one
quarter of employees are subject to some kind of deferral, ensuring
their interests are aligned with the long-term success of the Group
and with the interests of clients.
Shareholding requirements apply to Executive Directors,
further enhancing the link to the Group’s long-term success.
For Executive Directors and MRTs, all variable remuneration is subject
to malus and clawback provisions, whereby incentive awards may be
reduced, withheld or reclaimed in certain circumstances, including
where there has been a material failure of risk management.
In addition to the Audit and Risk Committee feeding into the process,
the Risk and Compliance teams prepare a report to the Committee,
setting out thoughts and assurances around how the remuneration
structures and processes support sound and effective risk
management. This is also considered by the Chair of the Audit
and Risk Committee.
Share Incentive Plan
Shares held at start of year Shares acquired/forfeited during the year Shares held at end of year
Number of shares
subject to award
as at 1 January
2023
Market value per
share at award
1
Award date
Face value at
award
Price used to
determine
number of shares
1
Number of shares
awarded during
the year
Number of shares
forfeited during
the year
Number of shares
subject to award
as at 31 December
2023
Earliest vesting
date
Wayne
Mepham
1,007 £1.99 1,007 1 April 2023
716 £2.79 716 1 April 2024
957 £2.09 957 1 April 2025
31 Mar 2023 £2,000 £1.34 1,497 1,497 31 Mar 2026
06 Apr 2023 £1,800 £1.30 1,384 1,384 6 Apr 2026
06 Oct 2023 £0.96 £0.96 1 1 6 Oct 2026
Matthew
Beesley
957 £2.09 957 1 April 2025
83 £1.80 83 4 May 2025
84 £1.78 84 6 June 2025
107 £1.41 107 4 July 2025
117 £1.28 117 4 Aug 2025
1,248 £0.96 1,248 6 Sept 2025
31 Mar 2023 £2,000 £1.34 1,497 1,497 31 Mar 2026
08 Nov 2023 £0.84 £0.84 1 1 8 Nov 2026
1. Market price on the date of purchase of SIP shares.
Sharesave – options over Jupiter shares
Options held at start of year Options granted during the year
Options lapsed
during the year Options held at end of year
Director
Year
granted
Number of
shares under
option as at 1
January 2023
Market value
per share at
date of grant Grant date
Face value
at award
Price used to
determine
number of
shares
1
Number of
shares under
option
Number of
shares under
option lapsed
during the year
Number of
shares under
option held as
at 31 December
2023
Earliest
exercise date
Latest exercise
date
Matthew Beesley 2022 22,727 £0.79 22,727 1 Dec 2025 31 May 2026
Wayne Mepham 2022 22,727 £0.79 22,727 1 Dec 2025 31 May 2026
1. Sharesave is an all-employee share plan operated in line with applicable tax legislation. Average closing share price from three trading days prior to date of grant,
discounted by 20% in line with the Sharesave rules applicable to all eligible employees.
144
Compliance statement
This Remuneration Report was prepared in accordance with the Large
and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports)
(Amendment) Regulations 2013. This report contains both audited
and non-audited information. The information subject to audit is set out
in the Annual Report on Remuneration and is identified accordingly.
During the year Jupiter has been subject to a number of regulations
including IFPR, AIFMD and UCITS V. The Committee fulfils all of
its requirements under these regulations and ensures that the
Remuneration Policy adheres to their principles. The Group has
followed the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code.
Further information can be found on page 126.
Dilution
Our policy regarding dilution from employee share awards is to ensure
that dilution will be no more than 10% in any rolling 10-year period and
no more than 5% from employee share awards granted to Executive
Directors of the Company in any rolling 10-year period.
As at 31 December 2023, share awards granted under the DBP,
LTIP and Sharesave in the ten and a half years since Jupiter’s listing
were outstanding over 44.2m shares (including 3.9m granted to
Executive Directors). This represented 8.1% (0.7% to Executive
Directors) of the Company’s issued share capital.
We typically settle share awards outstanding as at 31 December 2023
with market-purchased shares and our typical practice is to purchase
shares in the market to settle obligations. No new shares have been
issued since listing in 2010 in settlement of share awards to employees.
Therefore, we are currently operating within the relevant dilution
targets by a comfortable margin.
Notwithstanding the target outlined above, as a business exposed to
both market shocks and critical people issues, we believe we should
retain flexibility to act very quickly to take steps that could increase
dilution up to a maximum of 15% on a temporary and short-term basis,
if the Remuneration Committee and Board believe it is clearly in
shareholders’ interests to do so.
If dilution were to exceed 10% in any rolling 10-year period, this would
be on an exceptional basis and for a short time period. The Directors’
Remuneration Report for the relevant year would also contain the
necessary justifications for such an outcome. The Remuneration
Committee and Board would ensure that dilution levels returned to
within the 10% level in any rolling 10-year period as soon as
practicable thereafter.
CHECKPOINTS
Capital base and liquidity: Can Jupiter afford the
proposed variable compensation spend?
Is there sufficient liquidity to make payments?
Consider impact on Jupiter’s capital base.
Request and consider input from the CFOO.
Underlying financial performance: Does Jupiter’s
underlying financial performance support the
proposed variable compensation spend?
Consider performance against financial KPIs listed in the
Annual Report.
Is there any reason to believe the financial results are not a fair
reflection of underlying performance?
Request and consider input from the Audit and Risk Committee.
Risk: Does Jupiter’s risk profile and risk management
support the variable compensation spend? Are any
adjustments required?
Consideration of the ERMF report.
Are all risks being suitably monitored and managed? Have there
been any material failures of risk management (or any near misses)
in the year?
Consider whether profit reflects current and future risks and timing
and likelihood of future revenues.
Request and consider input from the Risk and Compliance teams
and the Audit and Risk Committee.
Compliance: Have there been any material compliance
breaches in the year?
Are any adjustments required?
Consideration of any significant compliance breaches and/or
near misses.
Consideration of any fines received in the year and any ongoing
regulatory investigations.
Request and consider input from the Risk and Compliance teams.
Commercial: Are there any commercial drivers
to support adjustments to the variable
compensation spend?
Consider the market for talent and whether the spend would likely
result in any significant over/underpayment against the market.
Reputational: Are there any reputational drivers
to support adjustments to the variable
compensation spend?
Has there been any reputational damage to the Group in the year?
Will the proposed variable compensation pool quantum have any
adverse reputational impact on the Group?
Variable compensation spend and total compensation ratio approval.
145Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Jupiter’s total shareholder return compared against total shareholder return of FTSE 250 and FTSE 350 Investment
Banking and Brokerage Services indices since December 2013
The chart below shows the Company’s share price performance (based on total shareholder return, with dividends reinvested net of tax) in the
10-year period to 31 December, compared with the movement of the FTSE 250 Index and the FTSE 350 Investment Banking and Brokerage Services
Index. These two indices were chosen as the Company is in the FTSE 250 and the FTSE 350 Investment Banking and Brokerage Services Index
includes UK-listed financial stocks, including asset managers.
Note: Data points are measured on a Daily Base
Source: Bloomberg as at 12/02/2024
Table of historic levels of CEO pay
2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014
CEO single figure of total
remuneration (£’000) 2,067 1,135
8
2,490 1,759 1,764 2,014 3,546 2,437 2,716 2,301
1
CEO bonus as a percentage
of maximum potential
3
80% 39%
8
85% 64% 56%
2
55% N/A N/A N/A N/A
Long-term incentive vesting
rates against maximum
opportunity N/A
10
0%
9
30%
7
N/A
6
32% 43% 74%
5
44%
4
71% 46%
1. Calculated as Edward Bonham Carter’s remuneration to 17 March 2014 and Maarten Slendebroek’s from 17 March 2014 when he took on the role of CEO, plus the value
of Edward Bonham Carter’s LTIP award vesting based on performance to 31 December 2014.
2. Calculated as Maarten Slendebroek’s remuneration to 28 February 2019 and Andrew Formica’s from 1 March 2019 when he took on the role of CEO, plus the value of Maarten
Slendebroek’s pro-rated LTIP award vesting based on performance conditions tested to 31 December 2019. Restated based on the share price on the 2017 LTIP vesting date
9 March 2020 of £1.94.
3. Jupiter’s Remuneration Policy for the period from 2013 to 2017 did not include individual maximum bonuses, therefore a percentage is not provided for these years.
4. Maarten Slendebroek has two separate LTIP awards included in the 2016 single figure, both of which had performance periods ending during that financial year.
The 44% vesting is a weighted average of the vesting outcomes for both awards combined.
5. Maarten Slendebroek has two separate LTIP awards included in the 2017 single figure, both of which had performance periods ending during that financial year.
The 74% vesting is a weighted average of the vesting outcomes for both awards combined.
6. Andrew Formica did not have an LTIP award with performance conditions ending in the 2020 performance year, therefore there is no LTIP vesting percentage available
for 2020.
7. Andrew Formica’s 2019 LTIP award vested on 22 March 2022 at 30.3% which was subject to two equally weighted performance conditions measured to 31 December 2021.
8. Calculated as Andrew Formica’s remuneration to 30 September 2022 when he stepped down as CEO, plus the value of Matthew Beesley’s remuneration from 1 October 2022
when he became CEO.
9. Andrew Formica’s 2020 LTIP award due to vest on 5 March 2023 subject to two equally weighted performance conditions measured to 31 December 2022.
10. Matthew Beesley did not have an LTIP award with performance conditions ending in the 2023 performance year, therefore there is no LTIP vesting percentage available
for 2023.
Jupiter FTSE 250 FTSE 350 Financials
Dec 2023Dec 2022Dec 2021Dec 2020Dec 2019Dec 2018Dec 2017Dec 2016Dec 2015Dec 2014Dec 2013
0
50
100
150
200
250
Jupiter Performance (Rebased to 100)
146
CEO pay ratio
Year Method 25th Percentile Median 75th Percentile
2019 Option A 27:1 18:1 11:1
2020 Option A 23:1 16:1 9:1
2021 Option A 34:1 22:1 11:1
2022 Option A 14:1 9:1 6:1
2023 Option A 25:1 17:1 10:1
The Company has chosen to use Option A as the methodology for calculating the pay and benefits of all UK employees, as this is consistent
with the approach that must be used for the CEO single figure. It therefore allows a like-for-like comparison to take place between the pay data
of the CEO and employees at the lower, median and upper quartiles, as well as a more accurate analysis of the resulting ratios. For the purpose
of this disclosure, the Company has chosen 31 December 2023 as the reference date on which the pay for all employees in employment
as at 1 October 2023 was calculated, consistent with our approach taken in prior years.
25th Percentile Median 75th Percentile
CEO single figure (£’000)
1
2,067
Employee single figure (£’000) 83 124 212
Employee single figure salary component (£’000) 58 84 127
1. The CEO single figure for 2023 reflects the first full year as CEO for Matthew Beesley and an improved remuneration package reflecting the relative performance for the role
against 2022.
Jupiter operates consistent reward policies across its UK workforce, with the exception of any variation required by regulation, legislation
or corporate governance. Remuneration requirements that are considered more onerous are limited only to those individuals to whom
the relevant rules apply. Notwithstanding this, the Committee recognises that the CEO pay ratio will fluctuate from year to year as it is
dependent on a number of factors, some of which are out of the Committee’s control, for example movements in share price which affect
the value of deferred share-based compensation with performance conditions. The Committee therefore does not target a specific pay ratio,
but will consider any movement in the ratio year-on-year when assessing the balance of remuneration for all other employees relative to
maintaining a competitive remuneration package for the CEO.
147Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Change in Board Directors’ pay vs employees
The following table sets out the percentage change in remuneration from FY22 to FY23 paid to each Director (plus the prior years’ comparatives),
as well as the average percentage change for employees. Jupiter Fund Management plc only employs the CEO and CFOO; however, data for
employees has been calculated looking at all employees for the Jupiter Group as a whole.
2023 2022 2021 2020
% change
in salary/
fee (2022
to 2023)
% change in
taxable
benefits
7
(2022 to
2023)
% change in
annual
bonus
(2022 to
2023)
% change
in salary/
fee
(2021 to
2022)
% change
in taxable
benefits
(2021 to
2022)
% change
in annual
bonus
(2021 to
2022)
% change
in salary/
fee (2020
to 2021)
% change
in taxable
benefits
(2020 to
2021)
% change
in annual
bonus
(2020 to
2021)
% change
in salary/
fee (2019
to 2020)
% change
in taxable
benefits
(2019 to
2020)
% change
in annual
bonus
(2019 to
2020)
Matthew Beesley
1
– CEO 0% -11% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Wayne Mepham – CFOO 5% -11% 136% 0% -8% -56% 5% 9% 38% 0% 14% 16%
Nichola Pease
2
– Chair 0% -26% n/a 0% 0% n/a 0% 0% n/a n/a n/a n/a
David Cruickshank
3
– NED, Chair 185% 764% n/a 105% 0% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Roger Yates – NED, Chair of
Remuneration Committee, SID 6% -75% n/a 4% 0% n/a 20% 0% n/a 19% 0% n/a
Karl Sternberg
4
– NED. Interim Chair
of Audit and Risk Committee 21% 0% n/a 0% 0% n/a 5% 0% n/a 5% 0% n/a
Chris Parkin – NED 0% 0% n/a 0% 0% n/a 0% 0% n/a n/a n/a n/a
Dale Murray– NED 2% 16% n/a 200% 237% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Suzy Neubert
5
– NED 23% 32% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Employees of Jupiter Group
6
8% -11% 8% 11% -8% 4% 4% 9% 22% 4% 12% 15%
1. The 2022 bonus for Matthew Beesley was granted as a guaranteed bonus in respect of his role as Chief Investment Officer, so is not considered as a comparative for 2023.
2. The fees data for Nichola Pease has been annualised for 2023 to reflect her full year equivalent amount had she remained serving on the Board in her role. Nichola stepped
down from the Board on 26 April 2023.
3. The fee increase for David Cruickshank represents the increase received in conjunction with his appointment as Chair of the Board on 26 April 2023.
4. The fee increase for Karl Sternberg represents the increase received in conjunction with his appointment as Interim Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee on 26 April 2023.
5. The fee for Suzy Neubert is higher than the previous year due to her joining the Board in 2022.
6. For salary: calculated using the average of all salary percentage changes from 2022 to 2023 for all eligible employees of the Jupiter Group as part of the annual compensation
review process. For benefits: calculated using the percentage increase in the premium for private medical and dental insurance year-on-year paid by the Company. For annual
bonus: calculated using the average of all full year equivalent discretionary annual bonus percentage changes from 2022 to 2023 for all eligible employees of the Jupiter Group
as part of the annual compensation review process.
7. Benefits for Executive Directors and all other employees only include private medical and dental insurance premiums. Benefits for Non-Executive Directors comprise
reasonable taxable business expenses incurred in the performance of duties and the payment of any tax arising, as reported in the table on page 135. The quantums involved
are often de minimis, but small changes can result in large percentage fluctuations shown in the table above.
148
Our fixed staff costs decreased from £82.4m in 2022 to £78.1m in 2023 substantially due to the non-recurrence of the £4.1m redundancy
programme expense recognised in 2022 and the resulting cost control measures we implemented, partially offset by salary inflation.
Average headcount in the year was 527, down from 572 in 2022.
Variable staff costs before performance fee-related costs and exceptional items increased slightly from £70.6m to £72.8m. The increase reflected
the impact of a change made in 2023 to re-balance the relative proportions of cash bonuses versus deferred awards, the impact of Jupiter’s share
price and additional staff retention awards, partially offset by a decrease in charges relating to awards made in prior years.
Shareholder voting
The following table sets out the voting outcomes in respect of the most recent AGM votes on the Annual Report on Remuneration and the
Directors’ Remuneration Policy, held on 10 May 2023 and 6 May 2021 respectively.
For
Percentage of total votes
cast Against
Percentage of total votes
cast Withheld
Directors’ Remuneration Policy at 2021 AGM 434,297,136 95.62 19,898,592 4.38 701,578
Annual Report on Remuneration at 2023 AGM 286,592,282 93.21 20,833,408 6.79 103,193,824
Advisors
In September 2017, the Remuneration Committee conducted a review of the appointment of its independent advisors. The process included
a series of interviews with the Committee Chair and members of the Committee. As a result of that review, Deloitte LLP were confirmed
as advisors to the Committee and a new team was appointed.
The Committee has formally reviewed the work undertaken by Deloitte and is satisfied that the advice it has received has been objective and
independent. Deloitte are founder members of the Remuneration Consultants Group and abide by its code of conduct in relation to executive
remuneration consulting in the UK. Fees paid to Deloitte for executive remuneration consulting were £81,500 in 2023, determined on a time-spent basis.
Deloitte also provided advice to the Company relating to incentive plans, tax and regulatory matters during the year. The Remuneration Committee
does not consider that the other advice provided has any impact on Deloitte’s independence as advisors to the Remuneration Committee.
On behalf of the Board
Roger Yates
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
21 February 2024
Relative importance of spend on pay
The following chart shows the Group’s underlying PBT, total employee remuneration and dividends declared on ordinary shares for 2022 and 2023.
Stated before exceptional items (see APMs on page 213).
0 50 100 150 200
Illustrative Pay Scenarios
Chief Executive Officer
Dividends declared (£m)
Total employee
remuneration
Underlying profit
before tax (£m)
2023 2022
77.6
105.2
46.4
53.4
186.9
157.3
149Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
The Directors present their report and the Group’s audited Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023.
Business performance
Principal activities
The Company’s principal activity is to act as a holding company for a group of investment management
companies. Our business model is based on helping clients achieve their long-term investment objectives,
by creating value through our investment performance and stewardship of the funds we manage and the
effective distribution thereof. Our business model is explained in the Strategic report. The Group operates
principally in the United Kingdom with international operating subsidiaries in Ireland, Hong Kong, Singapore,
the United States, Switzerland and Luxembourg, which has branches across Europe.
The Company is incorporated with Company Number 6150195 and is domiciled in England and Wales.
Development and
performance
Commentary on the development and performance in the year ended 31 December 2023, and likely future
developments in the Group’s business, is included in the Strategic report on pages 1 to 71.
Financial risk
Descriptions of the Group’s financial risk management objectives and policies, and its exposure to risks arising
from its use of financial instruments, are set out in Note 27 to the financial statements on pages 180 to 185.
Directors’ remuneration
Information concerning Directors’ contractual arrangements and entitlements under share-based remuneration
arrangements is given in the Remuneration report on pages 112 to 149.
Environmental
performance
The Group’s environmental performance data, including the absolute Scope 1 and 2 emissions for 2023,
can be found in the Sustainability section on pages 41 and 42 and the Group’s TCFD report.
Employees in the business
Information concerning the involvement of employees in the business is also given in the Strategic report
on pages 48 to 63.
Stakeholder interests
How we consider stakeholder interests, including our s.172 statement, can be found on page 88, and our
engagement practices can be found on pages 48 to 51.
Important events affecting
the Company since the
end of the year
On 9 January 2024 we announced that a lead investment manager (Ben Whitmore), responsible for managing
a material portion of the Group’s AUM, would leave Jupiter’s employment to establish his own firm, in H2 2024.
At the same time we announced the recruitment of Alex Savvides who would take over management
of the UK Special Situations Fund, previously managed by Ben Whitmore.
Listing Rules and Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules disclosures
DTR 4.1.5R, DTR 4.1.8R and
DTR 4.1.11R
Information which is the required content of the Management report can be found in the Strategic report
and in this Directors’ report.
LR 9.8.4 R
Information Location
Interest capitalised Not applicable
Shareholder waiver of dividends Note 24
Shareholder waiver of future dividends Note 24
Agreements with controlling shareholders Not applicable
Provision of services by a controlling shareholder Not applicable
Details of long-term incentive schemes Remuneration report and Note 5
Waiver of emoluments by a Director Not applicable
Waiver of future emoluments by a Director Not applicable
Significant contracts Page 154
Non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash Not applicable
Non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash in relation to
major subsidiary
Not applicable
Participation by parent of a placing by a listed subsidiary Not applicable
Publication of unaudited financial information Page 212
150
Listing Rules and Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules disclosures continued
Compliance statement –
DTR 7.2
This statement can be found in our Governance section on page 72 and is deemed to form part of this Directors’
report.
Internal control and risk
management systems –
DTR 7.2.5
A description of the Company’s financial reporting, internal control and risk management processes
can be found on pages 64 to 69.
Structure of capital and
voting rights – DTR 7.2.6
As at 31 December 2023 and 20 February 2024, there were 544,979,510 fully paid ordinary shares of 2p, amounting
to £10,899,590. Each share in issue is listed on the Official List maintained by the FCA in its capacity as the UK
Listing Authority. The Company has one class of ordinary shares which carry the right to attend, speak and vote
at general meetings of the Company. The holders of ordinary shares have the right to participate in dividends
and other distributions according to their respective rights and interests in the profits of the Company
and a return of capital on a winding up of the Company. Full details regarding the exercise of voting rights
in respect of the resolutions to be considered at the AGM to be held on 9 May 2024 are set out in the Notice
of Annual General Meeting. To be valid, the appointment of a proxy to vote at a general meeting must
be received not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting. Full details on how
to submit the proxy can be found in the AGM Notice.
Shares and shareholders
Annual General Meeting
The AGM will take place on 9 May 2024. The Notice of the AGM will be circulated to all shareholders at least 20
working days before the meeting and the details of the resolutions to be proposed will be set out in that Notice.
This document will be available on the Company’s website at www.jupiteram.com.
Dividends
The Directors have recommended a final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 December 2023 of 3.4 pence
per ordinary share (2022: 0.5 pence per ordinary share). Payment of this dividend is subject to approval by
shareholders at the AGM and if approved will be paid on 20 May 2024 to shareholders on the register at the
close of business on 19 April 2024.
The Company paid an interim dividend, in the amount of 3.5 pence per share (2022: 7.9 pence per ordinary share)
and a special dividend, in the amount of 2.9 pence per ordinary share (2022: nil), in respect of the year ended
31 December 2023. The interim and special dividend were paid together on 1 September 2023 to those
shareholders on the register as at 4 August 2023.
Share buyback programme
Throughout 2023 the Company repurchased 1,407,772 ordinary shares each which were duly cancelled.
This was part of the share buyback programme announced on 20 October 2022 for up to a maximum
consideration of £10 million (the Programme). Under the Programme a total of 8,081,231 ordinary shares were
repurchased with 6,673,459 ordinary shares repurchased during the course of 2022. The Programme was executed
under the authority sought at the 2022 AGM, whereby the Company was authorised to make market purchases
of up to 55,306,074 of its own shares (£1,106,121 in nominal value), representing approximately 10% of its issued
share capital (excluding treasury shares) as at 16 March 2022.
Shares held in Employee
Benefit Trusts
Under the rules of the Jupiter Share Incentive Plan (the SIP), which was introduced in 2013, eligible employees
are entitled to acquire ordinary shares in the Company. The SIP shares are held in trust for participants by Solium
Trustee (UK) Limited (the SIP Trustee). Voting rights are exercised by the SIP Trustee on receipt of participants’
instructions. If a participant does not submit an instruction to the SIP Trustee, no vote is registered. In addition,
the SIP Trustees do not vote on any unallocated shares held in trust. As at 20 February 2024, the SIP Trustee held
0.69% of the Company’s issued share capital. JTC Employer Solutions Trustee Limited, as trustee of the Jupiter
Employee Benefit Trust (the EBT Trustee), holds ordinary shares in trust for the benefit of the Group’s
employees. Where the EBT Trustee has allocated shares held in the trust in respect of specific awards granted
under the Jupiter Employee Share Plan, the holders of such awards may recommend to the EBT Trustee how
it should exercise voting rights relating to such shares. To the extent that a participant does not make such
recommendations, no vote is registered. In addition, the EBT Trustee does not vote on any unallocated shares
held in the trust. As at 20 February 2024, the EBT Trustee held 5.69% of the Company’s issued share capital.
CREST
The Company’s ordinary shares are in CREST, the settlement system for stocks and shares traded
on the London Stock Exchange.
Restrictions on transfer of
shares
There are no lock-up agreements in place.
151Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED
Shares and shareholders continued
Substantial share interests
As at 31 December 2023, the Company had been notified of the following voting interests in the ordinary share
capital of the Company in accordance with DTR 5 of the FCA’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules.
Percentages are shown as notified, calculated with reference to the Company’s disclosed share capital as at the
date of the movement triggering the notification.
Name
Number of shares notified to the
Company Percentage interest %
Silchester International Investors LLP 99,670,631 18.02
TA Associates 84,115,278 15.21
JTC Employer Solutions Trustee Ltd 32,404,225 5.95
No notifications have been disclosed to the Company in accordance with DTR 5 during the period 1 January
2024 to 20 February 2024.
Directors
Board of Directors
During the year, Nichola Pease stepped down from the Board and as Chair with effect from 26 April 2023
and Chris Parkin stepped down from the Board at the Company’s AGM held on 10 May 2023.
There have been no further Board changes up until the date of this report.
The Directors of the Company who were in office during the year and up to the date of signing
the financial statements were:
Matt Beesley
David Cruickshank
Wayne Mepham
Dale Murray
Suzy Neubert
Chris Parkin (until 10 May 2023)
Nichola Pease (until 26 April 2023)
Karl Sternberg
Roger Yates
Directors’ interests
The Directors’ interests in the Company’s shares are set out in the Remuneration report on page 112. No Director
had a material interest in any significant contract (other than a service contract or contract for services) with
the Company at any time during the year. The Directors are advised of their statutory duty to avoid conflicts of
interest with the interests of the Company. All actual and potential conflicts are brought to the attention of the
Board. The operation of the Company’s policy on conflicts of interest is described in the Governance section
on page 97. The rights and obligations attaching to the Company’s ordinary shares, as well as the powers of the
Company’s Directors, are set out in detail in the Company’s Articles of Association, which are made available for
inspection by the Company’s shareholders at the AGM and are available on our website www.jupiteram.com.
Appointment and
replacement of Directors
The Company’s Articles of Association provide that Directors may be appointed by the Company by ordinary
resolution or by the Board. If appointed by the Board, a Director holds office only until the next AGM.
In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association and the Code’s requirements, all serving Directors
offer themselves for election or re-election at the AGM in 2024.
As part of the acquisition of Merian Global Investors, TA Associates were issued 84,115,278 ordinary shares
in the Company, representing 15.21% of the issued share capital. Under the terms of the transaction TA
Associates retain the right to appoint a Non-Executive Director to the Board, for so long as they own
10% or more of the Company’s issued share capital. TA Associates have not exercised this authority
since Chris Parkin stepped down from the Board in May 2023.
In addition to any powers under the Companies Act 2006 (the Act) to remove Directors from office,
the Company may, by passing an ordinary resolution, remove any Director from the Board before the expiration
of his or her period in office. The Company may, subject to the Articles of Association, appoint by ordinary
resolution another person who is willing to be a Director in his or her place. The Company’s Articles of
Association may be amended by special resolution of the shareholders.
152
Directors continued
Powers of the Directors
The Directors manage the Company under the powers set out in the Company’s Articles of Association.
These powers include the Directors’ ability to issue or buy back shares. An ordinary resolution was passed
at the AGM on 10 May 2023, authorising the Directors to allot new ordinary shares up to an aggregate nominal
amount of £3,633,196 representing approximately one third of the Company’s issued share capital. The Directors
intend to seek shareholders’ approval for the renewal of this authority at the AGM, to allot and grant rights to
subscribe for ordinary shares up to an aggregate nominal amount of £1,089,959, representing approximately 10%
of the Company’s issued share capital as at 20 February 2024. If approved, this authority will expire on 30 June
2025 or, if earlier, at the conclusion of the AGM in 2025.
Whilst the Company sought the authority to repurchase shares at the 2023 AGM, votes in favour of the
resolution represented 74.55% of the vote which was below the 75% required to pass. Further information
on this can be found on page 75. The Company intends to seek shareholders’ approval for the renewal
of this authority at the AGM, to repurchase ordinary shares up to an aggregate nominal amount of £326,988,
representing approximately 3% of the Company’s issued share capital as at 20 February 2024. If approved,
this authority will expire on 30 June 2025 or, if earlier, at the conclusion of the AGM in 2025.
Change of control
The Company does not have agreements with any Director or employee that would provide compensation
for loss of office or employment resulting from a change of control following a takeover bid, except that
provisions of the Company’s share schemes may cause options and awards granted under such schemes
to vest in those circumstances.
Directors’ indemnities
The Company’s Articles of Association permit the provision of indemnities to the Directors. In accordance with
the Articles of Association, the Company has entered into a deed of indemnity in favour of each Director (which
is a qualifying third-party indemnity provision under the Act) pursuant to which the Director has been granted
the right to indemnification as permitted under the Act. These arrangements were in place throughout the year
and up to the date of approval of this report and applied to the current and previous Directors. In addition,
during the year the Company has maintained Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance cover for Directors.
Directors’ service
agreements
Each Executive Director, at the time of this report, has a written service agreement. This may be terminated by
either party on not less than 12 months’ notice in writing for the CEO and on not less than six months’ notice in
writing for the CFOO.
Non-Executive Directors’
letters of appointment
The letters of appointment of the Non-Executive Directors are issued for an initial period of three years, which
may be renewed for further terms as appropriate. All appointments are subject to a review by the Nomination
Committee upon the third anniversary and on extension a further review is undertaken at the sixth anniversary
at which the Board’s succession plans and the need to refresh the Board’s skills and experiences are carefully
considered. The role and responsibilities of each Director are clearly set out and include the duties of a Director
as provided in the Act. It is made clear that these duties do not include any management function but an
indication that the Director is expected to support and challenge management and help in the development
of the Group’s strategy. Three months’ notice in writing is required to be served by either party to terminate the
appointment. The Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are available for inspection at the Company’s
registered office during normal business hours and at the AGM (for 15 minutes prior to, and during, the Meeting).
Compensation for loss
of office
With reference to Schedule 7 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports)
Regulations 2008 (paragraph 13(2)(k)), there are no agreements in place between the Company and any Director
or employee for loss of office in the event of a takeover.
153Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED
Stakeholders
Supplier oversight and
significant contracts
Jupiter has five significant oversight relationships:
SS&C Technologies – Transfer agent for unit trusts and OEICs
Northern Trust – Custody, fund administration and depositary for unit trusts
BlackRock – Trading, portfolio management and risk reporting system for all funds
Citi – Depositary, fund administration and prime brokerage
Deloitte – Regulatory reporting and tax services
These organisations’ activities are defined in service level agreements that are closely monitored to ensure that
service delivery standards are met.
Jupiter’s supplier management function, with business owners, oversee a suite of agreed activities, including:
formal meeting governance; site visits (if appropriate); the review of key performance indicators; reviews
by Jupiter’s assurance functions (including Service Delivery, Business Continuity, IT Security, Enterprise Risk,
Compliance and Internal Audit where appropriate); and the review of key reports (including controls assurance
reports and financial reports). Any risks or issues arising are progressed through to resolution and,
where appropriate, escalated to senior management and reported to the Board.
Employees
The Group gives full and fair consideration to applications for employment from disabled persons, where
a disabled person can adequately fulfil the job’s requirements. Where existing employees become disabled,
the Group’s policy, wherever practicable, is to provide continuing employment under normal terms
and conditions and make any required changes to their working environment. The Group provides training,
career development and promotion to disabled employees. Further details of the Company’s employment
procedures and practices are set out in the Strategic report on pages 52 to 63.
Political donations
The Group made no political donations or contributions during the year (2022: £nil).
Auditors and audit
Independent auditors and
audit information
EY were appointed as the Group’s external auditors with effect from the financial year ended 31 December 2023
following an external audit tender undertaken in 2021.
154
Statements
Directors’ responsibility
statements
The statement of Directors’ responsibility for preparing the Annual Report and Accounts is set out on page 156
and is deemed to form part of the Directors’ report. Within this, the Directors have included a statement that
the Annual Report and Accounts presents a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the Group’s
position and prospects. To help the Board discharge its responsibilities in this area, the Board consulted the
Audit and Risk Committee, which advised on the key considerations to comply with best practice and the Code’s
requirements.
Following the Committee’s advice, the Board considered and concluded that:
the business model and strategy were clearly described;
the assessment of performance was balanced;
KPIs were used consistently;
the language used was concise, with good linkages to different parts of the document; and
an appropriate forward-looking orientation had been adopted.
Going concern
The Strategic report discusses the Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future
development, performance and position. In addition, it sets out the Group’s financial position, cash flows,
liquidity position and borrowing facilities. The financial risk management note to the financial statements sets
out the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing capital and its financial risk management
objectives, together with details of financial instruments and exposure to credit and liquidity risk.
The Group has access to the financial resources required to run the business efficiently and has a strong gross
cash position. The Group’s forecasts and projections, including rigorous stress testing, show that the Group will
be able to operate within its available resources for at least 12 months from the date of this report. This has
included a detailed focus on the wider macroeconomic and geopolitical environment and the potential for
multiple risks to occur simultaneously. As a consequence, the Directors consider it appropriate to prepare the
annual financial statements on a going concern basis of accounting.
Statement of viability
In accordance with Provision 31 of the Code, the Directors have assessed the prospects of the Group over
a longer period than the 12 months as required by the Going Concern provision. Details of the assessment
can be found in the Financial review on page 31.
By order of the Board
Lisa Daniels
Company Secretary
21 February 2024
155Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY
AND COMPLIANCE STATEMENTS
STATEMENTS RELATING TO THE PREPARATION
OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report,
the Remuneration Report and the financial statements in accordance
with applicable law and regulations. Company law requires the
Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year.
Under that law the Directors have prepared the Group and Company
financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted International
Accounting Standards and in conformity with the requirements
of the Companies Act 2006. Additionally, the Financial Conduct
Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules require
the Directors to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance
with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards (IAS) and with
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable
to companies reporting under those standards.
THE DIRECTORS’ REVIEW
OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Directors undertook a detailed review of the financial statements
in February 2024. Following this examination, the Board was satisfied
that the financial statements for 2023 give a true and fair view of the
state of affairs of the Group and the Company and of the profit
or loss of the Group for that period. Before approving the financial
statements, the Board satisfied itself that in preparing the statements:
Suitable accounting policies had been selected in accordance with IAS 8,
Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors and
consistently applied;
The judgements and accounting estimates that have been made
were reasonable and prudent; and
Where applicable UK-adopted International Accounting Standards
in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006
have been adopted and, for the Group, UK-adopted IAS have been
followed and that there were no material departures.
THE DIRECTORS’ REVIEW OF GOING CONCERN
The financial statements have been prepared on the going concern
basis, the Directors having determined that the Company is likely to
continue in business for at least 12 months from the date of this report.
THE DIRECTORS’ REVIEW OF CURRENT POSITION,
PROSPECTS AND RISKS
Supported by the Audit and Risk Committee, the Directors have
completed a robust review and assessment of the principal and
emerging risks in the business, making use of the ERMF which
operates in all areas of the Company. The framework ensures that
the relevant risks are identified and managed and that information is
shared at an appropriate level. Full details of these risks are provided
in the Our Approach To Risk Management section of the Strategic
report. The ERMF was reviewed by the Board in December. The
Directors found it was an effective mechanism through which the
principal risks and the Company’s risk appetite and tolerances could
be tested and challenged.
THE DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY
FOR ACCOUNTING RECORDS
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s and
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy
at any time the financial position of the Group and Company and
enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’
Remuneration report comply with the Companies Act 2006.
THE DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY
FOR THE SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS
The Directors have examined the steps in place for ensuring
the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The procedure is examined and tested on a regular basis. The Board is
satisfied it is understood and is operated well, and accordingly that the
assets of the Company are safeguarded and protected from fraud and
other irregularities.
THE DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY
FOR INFORMATION
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity
of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts,
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s and
Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy.
Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed
in the Directors’ profile on pages 78 to 79, confirm that,
to the best of their knowledge:
The Group and Company financial statements, which have been
prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards
in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006,
give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position
and profit of the Group and profit of the Company; and
The Directors’ report contained in the Annual Report and Accounts
includes a fair review of the development and performance of the
business and the position of the Group and Company, together with
a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.
In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’
report is approved:
So far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit
information of which the Group’s and Company’s auditors are
unaware; and
They have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a
Director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit
information and to establish that the Group’s and Company’s
auditors are aware of that information.
On behalf of the Board
Wayne Mepham
Chief Financial & Operating Officer
21 February 2024
156
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
2023 2022
Notes£m£m
Revenue
1, 2
405.6
443.5
Fee and commission expenses
1
(36.8)
(46.2)
Net revenue
1
368.8
397.3
Administrative expenses
3
(265.4)
(302.3)
Other gains/(losses)
7
3.2
(9.7)
Amortisation of intangible assets
12
(20.6)
(21.0)
Operating profit
86.0
64.3
Impairment of goodwill
11
(76.2)
-
Finance income
8
5.8
0.3
Finance costs
8
(6.2)
(6.6)
Profit before taxation
9.4
58.0
Income tax expense
9
(22.3)
(10.1)
(Loss)/profit for the year
(12.9)
47.9
Earnings per share
Basic
10
(2.5)p
8.9p
Diluted
10
(2.5)p
8.8p
1
1
2
1. In the Group’s 2022 Annual Report and Accounts, these lines were aggregated as ’Net finance costs’.
2. Non-controlling interests are presented in the Consolidated statement of changes in equity.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
2023 2022
£m£m
(Loss)/profit for the year net of tax
(12.9)
47.9
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Exchange movements on translation of subsidiary undertakings
(1.7)
3.4
Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year net of tax
(1.7)
3.4
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year net of tax
(14.6)
51.3
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
157Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
2023 2022
Notes£m£m
Non-current assets
Goodwill
11
494.4
570.6
Intangible assets
12
17.5
35.2
Property, plant and equipment
13
37.5
40.9
Investment in associates
14
1.8
-
Deferred tax assets
15
16.1
19.4
Trade and other receivables
17
0.4
0.4
567.7
666.5
Current assets
Financial assets
16
232.8
167.8
Trade and other receivables
17
137.6
124.1
Cash and cash equivalents
18
268.2
280.3
Current tax asset
1.3
3.3
639.9
575.5
Total assets
1,207.6
1,242.0
Equity
Share capital
22
10.9
10.9
Own share reserve
23
(0.7)
(0.5)
Other reserves
23
250.3
250.3
Foreign currency translation reserve
23
2.0
3.7
Retained earnings
23
527.0
578.9
Equity attributable to owners of Jupiter Fund Management plc
789.5
843.3
Non-controlling interests
-
0.6
Total equity
789.5
843.9
Non-current liabilities
Loans and borrowings
19
49.7
49.5
Trade and other payables
20
59.7
87.5
Deferred tax liabilities
15
2.3
6.7
111.7
143.7
Current liabilities
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)
16
80.3
49.2
Trade and other payables
20
221.4
202.4
Provisions
21
4.7
2.8
306.4
254.4
Total liabilities
418.1
398.1
Total equity and liabilities
1,207.6
1,242.0
1
1
1. In the Group’s 2022 Annual Report and Accounts, provisions of £2.8m were included within the ‘Trade and other payables’ line.
The financial statements on pages 157 to 194 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 21 February 2024.
They were signed on its behalf by:
Wayne Mepham
Chief Financial & Operating Officer
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
158
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Foreign
currency
Own share Other translation Retained Non-controlling Total
Share capital reserve reserves reserve earnings Total interestsequity
£m£m£m£m£m£m£m£m
At 1 January 2022
11.1
(0.4)
250.1
0.3
639.7
900.8
900.8
Profit for the year after tax
47.3
47.3
0.6
47.9
Exchange movements on
translation of subsidiary undertakings
3.4
3.4
3.4
Other comprehensive income net of tax
3.4
3.4
3.4
Total comprehensive income net of tax
3.4
47.3
50.7
0.6
51.3
Vesting of ordinary shares and options
0.1
(0.1)
Share repurchases and cancellations
(0.2)
0.2
(10.0)
(10.0)
(10.0)
Dividends paid
(90.2)
(90.2)
(90.2)
Purchase of shares by EBT
(0.2)
(21.2)
(21.4)
(21.4)
Share-based payments
13.6
13.6
13.6
Deferred tax
(0.2)
(0.2)
(0.2)
Total transactions with owners
(0.2)
(0.1)
0.2
(108.1)
(108.2)
(108.2)
At 31 December 2022
10.9
(0.5)
250.3
3.7
578.9
843.3
0.6
843.9
Loss for the year after tax
(12.9)
(12.9)
(12.9)
Exchange movements on
translation of subsidiary undertakings
(1.7)
(1.7)
(1.7)
Other comprehensive loss net of tax
(1.7)
(1.7)
(1.7)
Total comprehensive loss net of tax
(1.7)
(12.9)
(14.6)
(14.6)
Vesting of ordinary shares and options
0.2
(0.2)
Dividends paid
(35.2)
(35.2)
(35.2)
Purchase of shares by EBT
(0.4)
(24.1)
(24.5)
(24.5)
Share-based payments
18.5
18.5
18.5
Other movements
2.0
2.0
2.0
Disposal of non-controlling interests
(0.6)
(0.6)
Total transactions with owners
(0.2)
(39.0)
(39.2)
(0.6)
(39.8)
At 31 December 2023
10.9
(0.7)
250.3
2.0
527.0
789.5
789.5
Notes
22
23
23
23
23
14
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
159Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
2023 2022
Notes£m£m
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
25
109.1
175.1
Income tax paid
(21.1)
(12.8)
Net cash inflows from operating activities
88.0
162.3
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of intangible assets
12
(2.9)
(4.1)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
13
(0.6)
(1.2)
Purchase of financial assets
(187.0)
(188.2)
Proceeds from disposals of financial assets
131.1
233.3
Cash movement from funds and subsidiaries no longer consolidated
(3.1)
(6.0)
Cash movement from funds consolidated
0.5
0.3
Interest and dividend income received
5.4
1.0
Net cash (outflows)/inflows from investing activities
(56.6)
35.1
Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid
24
(35.2)
(90.2)
Purchase of shares by EBT
23
(24.5)
(21.4)
Purchase of shares for cancellation
22
(2.0)
(8.0)
Finance costs paid
(4.6)
(4.5)
Cash paid in respect of lease arrangements
13
(4.9)
(7.8)
Third-party subscriptions into consolidated funds
63.0
31.7
Third-party redemptions from consolidated funds
(34.1)
(13.0)
Distributions paid by consolidated funds
(0.1)
(3.8)
Net cash outflows from financing activities
(42.4)
(117.0)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
(11.0)
80.4
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
280.3
197.3
Foreign exchange (loss)/gain on cash and cash equivalents
(1.1)
2.6
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
18
268.2
280.3
1
2
3
4
1. Includes purchases of seed investments and fund units used as a hedge against compensation awards linked to the value of those funds and, where the Group’s investment
in seed is judged to give it control of a fund, purchases of financial assets by that fund.
2. Includes proceeds from disposals of seed investments and, where the Group’s investment in seed is judged to give it control of a fund, disposals of financial assets
by that fund.
3. Comprises cash and cash equivalents held by a fund or subsidiary at the point that the Group ceases to control the fund or subsidiary and it is no longer consolidated.
4. Comprises cash and cash equivalents held by a fund at the point that control passes to the Group and the fund is consolidated.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
160
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INTRODUCTION
Accounting policies are contained within relevant notes, with the basis of preparation and general policies collected in Note 30.
An explanation of the use of APMs is provided on pages 213 to 215.
1. REVENUE
The Group’s primary source of recurring revenue is management fees. Management fees are charged for investment management
or administrative services and are normally based on an agreed percentage of AUM. Initial charges and commissions are for additional
administrative services at the beginning of a client relationship, as well as ongoing administrative costs. Performance fees may be earned
from some funds and segregated mandate contracts when agreed performance conditions are met. Net revenue is stated after
fee and commission expenses to intermediaries for ongoing services under distribution agreements.
Revenue
Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the provision of investment management services.
Revenue is shown net of any value added tax, rebates and discounts. Our revenue components are accounted for as follows:
Management fees are earned over a period of time, and revenue is recognised in the same period in which the service is performed.
Management fees are normally calculated as a percentage of the value of assets managed in accordance with individual management
agreements and are billed to the client each period shortly after the relevant asset data is available;
Initial charges and commissions on sales of unit trusts are deferred and amortised over the anticipated period of the provision of investment
management services, estimated to be between one and four years. Revenue for initial charges and commissions is recognised over a period
of time, but payment is taken upfront resulting in the recognition of contract liabilities; and
Performance fees are calculated as a percentage of the appreciation in the net asset value of a fund or segregated mandate above a defined
hurdle and are recognised when the fee amount can be estimated reliably and it is highly probable that it will not be subject to significant
reversal. Such fees are normally recognised at the crystallisation date and payment is collected shortly after.
Management fees and performance fees are both forms of variable consideration, however there is no significant judgement or estimation.
The transaction price is determined at the end of each measurement period and is normally equal to the relevant measure of AUM adjusted,
if necessary, by a factor set out in the investment management agreement. In the case of performance fees, the adjustment is a defined hurdle
rate of return before the performance fee is due. The amount is billed to the customer as per contractual arrangements for each of the separate
components of revenue listed above.
All components of the Group’s revenue are performance obligations satisfied over time, and are generally not subject to returns or refunds.
For management fees, the Group uses the output method to recognise revenue, applying the practical expedient that allows an entity
to recognise revenue in the amount to which the entity has a right to invoice if that consideration corresponds directly with the value
to the customer of the entity’s performance completed to date. This is appropriate because investment management services are generally
satisfied over time with either the customer simultaneously receiving and consuming the benefits provided by the investment manager as the
investment manager performs the service, or with the investment manager’s performance enhancing the assets that the fund or, in the case
of a segregated mandate, the client controls.
Fee and commission expenses
These are paid to third parties for ongoing services under distribution agreements and are charged to the income statement over the period
in which the service is expected to be provided. The services provided include the provision of access to a basket of investment products,
information on financial products, promotional materials, ongoing services to clients and transaction processing.
2023 2022
£m £m
Management fees
389.9
430.1
Initial charges and commissions
2.5
3.1
Performance fees
13.2
10.3
Revenue
405.6
443.5
Fee and commission expenses relating to management fees
(35.9)
(45.3)
Fee and commission expenses relating to initial charges and commissions
(0.9)
(0.9)
Net revenue
368.8
397.3
161Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
1. REVENUE CONTINUED
Disaggregation of revenue
The Group disaggregates revenue on the basis of product type and geographical region, as this best depicts how the nature, amount,
timing and uncertainty of the Group’s revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors.
The Group’s product types can be broadly categorised into pooled funds and segregated mandates. Pooled funds, which include both mutual
funds and investment trusts, are established by the Group, with the risks, exposures and investment approach defined via a prospectus which
is provided to potential investors. In contrast, segregated mandates are generally established in accordance with the requirements of a specific
institutional investor. Institutional clients may invest in segregated mandates or pooled vehicles.
2023 2022
Revenue by product type £m £m
Pooled funds
373.7
417.2
Segregated mandates
31.9
26.3
Revenue
405.6
443.5
2. SEGMENTAL REPORTING
The Group offers a range of investment products and services through different distribution channels. All financial, business and strategic
decisions are made centrally by the Board of Directors, which determines the KPIs of the Group. Information is reported to the chief operating
decision maker, collectively the Executive Directors, on a single-segment basis. While the Group has the ability to analyse its underlying
information in different ways, for example by product type, this information is only used to allocate resources and assess performance
for the Group as a whole. On this basis, the Group considers itself to be a single-segment investment management business.
Management monitors operating profit for the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment.
Geographical information
2023 2022
Revenue by location of clients £m £m
UK
299.6
334.4
EMEA
72.3
77.7
Asia
15.0
18.2
Rest of the world
18.7
13.2
Revenue by location
405.6
443.5
The location of clients is based on management information received from distribution partners. Where management information
is not available, the location of the distribution partner is used as a proxy for the location of the client.
Non-current assets for the Group (excluding financial instruments and deferred tax assets) are domiciled as set out below:
2023 2022
Non-current assets for the Group £m £m
UK
547.1
644.3
EMEA
1.1
1.1
Asia
1.1
1.0
Rest of the world
0.1
0.3
Non-current assets by location
549.4
646.7
162
3. ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
The largest administrative expense is staff costs. Other administrative expenses include administration fees, expenditure relating
to non-capitalisable investment in the business, marketing and IT costs.
Administrative expenses comprise:
2023 2022
£m £m
Staff costs (Note 4)
158.1
187.7
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (Note 13)
5.2
5.8
Auditors’ remuneration (see below)
1.9
1.6
Other administrative expenses
100.2
107.2
Total administrative expenses
265.4
302.3
2023 2022
Auditors’ remuneration £m £m
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and their associates for the audit of the parent company
and consolidated financial statements
0.4
0.4
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and their associates for other services to the Group:
Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
0.9
0.9
Audit-related assurance services
0.3
0.3
Other assurance services
0.3
Total auditors’ remuneration
1.9
1.6
4. STAFF COSTS
Staff costs include wages and salaries, share-based payments, pension costs and redundancy costs, along with associated social security costs,
and are recognised on an accruals basis as services are provided to the Group.
2023 2022
£m £m
Wages and salaries
116.8
98.3
Share-based payments (Note 5)
18.5
13.6
Social security costs
15.8
11.1
Pension costs
6.3
6.2
Redundancy costs
2.2
3.4
Staff costs before net (gains)/losses arising from the economic hedging of fund awards
159.6
132.6
Net (gains)/losses on instruments held to provide an economic hedge for fund awards
(1.5)
55.1
Staff costs
158.1
187.7
1
1. The gains and losses relate to equity holdings in instruments held as an economic hedge against compensation awards to employees, the value of which is linked to those
equity holdings. As a result, any gain or loss relating to such holdings is ultimately borne by the awardees rather than the Group. Over the vesting period of the awards, any
gains or losses made on such instruments will be offset by increases or decreases in the accounting charge in respect of the awards, which are included in ‘Wages and salaries’
(see also Note 6 for details).
The Financial review refers to £0.8m (2022: £0.8m) of staff costs that are described as exceptional items. These costs relate to the acquisition
of Merian in 2020 and chiefly comprise cash-based (2022: cash and share-based) deferred earn out awards which vested in July 2023.
Pension costs
The Group contributes to a number of defined contribution pension schemes for the benefit of its employees. Contributions in respect of the UK
employees (at the rate of up to 15% of gross salary) are made into the Jupiter Pension Scheme whose financial statements are available from the
trustees at the registered office of the Company. Contributions made by the Group are charged to the consolidated income statement as they
become payable in accordance with the rules of the schemes.
Average number of employees
The monthly average number of persons employed by the Group during the year, including Executive Directors, by activity is:
2023 2022
£m £m
Investment management
125
140
Client Group, including marketing
139
140
Infrastructure and operations
263
292
527
572
Information regarding Executive Directors’ aggregate emoluments of £3.2m (2022: £2.2m) is set out in the Remuneration report on page 129.
163Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
5. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
The Group engages in share-based payment transactions in respect of services receivable from certain employees by granting the right to either shares
or options over shares, subject to certain vesting conditions and exercise prices. These have been accounted for as equity-settled share-based payments.
The fair value of the awards granted in the form of shares or share options is recognised as an expense over the appropriate performance
and vesting period. The corresponding credit is recognised in retained earnings within total equity. The fair value of the awards is calculated
using an option pricing model, the principal inputs being the market value on the date of award, discounted for any dividends forgone over
the holding period of the award, and an adjustment for expected and actual levels of vesting, which includes estimating the number of eligible
employees leaving the Group and the number of employees satisfying the relevant performance conditions. Shares and options vest on the
occurrence of a specified event under the rules of the relevant plan.
A summary of the charge taken to the income statement (excluding social security) for each share-based payment arrangement is shown below:
2023 2022
£m £m
Deferred Bonus Plan (DBP)
14.3
14.3
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
2.9
1.2
Deferred Earn Out (DEO)
(3.4)
Sharesave Plan (SAYE)
0.4
0.7
Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
0.2
0.1
Free Share Awards (FSA)
0.7
0.7
Total (Note 4)
18.5
13.6
The fair value of the services provided by employees has been calculated indirectly by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments
granted. Fair value amounts for the options granted under the DBP, LTIP and SAYE schemes were determined using a Black-Scholes option-pricing
method and the following assumptions:
2023
2022
DBP 2022
LTIP 2023
SAYE 2023
DBP 2021
LTIP 2022
SAYE 2022
Weighted average share price
£1.48
£1.48
£0.99
£1.88
£1.91
£0.99
Weighted average exercise price
£0.79
£0.79
Weighted average expected volatility
32.1%
32.0%
40.1%
33.0%
33.3%
37.0%
Weighted average option life (years)
9.5
10.4
3.7
2.4
4.2
3.7
Weighted average dividend yield
7.0%
17.3%
Weighted average risk-free interest rate
3.9%
3.9%
3.3%
3.2%
2
2
1
1.
1
Expected volatility for options granted in 2023 and 2022 has been calculated using the historical volatility of the Group.
2.
2
Includes Joiner Plans, which have a similar structure.
In respect of DBP and LTIP awards, the Group initially estimates that 2% of recipients per annum will leave prior to the vesting dates and forfeit their
awards. This estimate is updated each reporting period to reflect the current position. Additionally, for performance-based LTIP awards, the Group
estimates that 50% of such awards will vest. This forecast is updated when the Group has a reasonable basis for concluding that the forecast may be
under- or over-stated. The Group provides a sensitivity analysis to show the impact to the Group’s profit before taxation in the event that forfeiture
and performance condition assumptions exceed or are below the Group’s estimations on share-based payments by the stated percentages:
2023 2022
Impact on the income statement of a change in forfeiture assumptions £m £m
+5%
(1.8)
(2.0)
-5%
1.2
1.1
2023 2022
Impact on the income statement of a change in performance condition vesting assumptions £m £m
+25%
1.6
3.6
-25%
(1.8)
(2.2)
THE USE OF ESTIMATION IN THE CALCULATION OF SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
At the year end, the Group had approximately 44.2m share-based awards in issue. Each year, existing awards vest and new awards are made.
Around 17.6m share-based awards were issued in 2023 in the form of deferred bonus and LTIP awards. Given their significance as a form
of employee remuneration for the Group, share-based payments have been included as an area where the use of estimation is important
in Note 30. The principal estimations made relate to:
forfeitures (where awardees leave the Group as ‘bad’ leavers and therefore forfeit unvested awards); and
the satisfaction of performance conditions attached to certain LTIP awards.
These estimates are reviewed regularly and the charge to the income statement is adjusted appropriately (at the end of the relevant scheme
as a minimum). The sensitivity analysis demonstrates that the risk of material adjustment as a result of changes to our estimations in respect
of granted awards by 5% for leavers and 25% for performance condition assumptions is not considered to be significant or material.
164
(i) Deferred Bonus Plan (DBP)
All employees of the Group who are eligible for a bonus over a certain level, as determined by the Remuneration Committee, are required to participate in
the DBP. The DBP provides for compulsory deferral of a proportion of bonus. Deferrals may be made into either options over the Company’s shares as well as
a cash amount equivalent to the value of units in the Group’s funds (see Note 6 for information on the treatment of fund units). The awards in respect of DBP
are granted after the year end to which they relate. The awards made in 2022 and 2023, in relation to 2021 and 2022 performance respectively, were granted
in the form of nil-cost options over the Company’s shares, at a price calculated as the market price immediately prior to the date of the award. Awards will
also be made in 2024 in relation to 2023 performance, thus a charge for these awards has been taken to the income statement in 2023.
The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise price (WAEP) of, and movement in, share options during the year:
2023
2022
Options outstanding
Number m
WAEP £
Number m
WAEP £
At 1 January
18.8
14.3
Granted
10.2
11.0
Exercised
(6.8)
(6.3)
Forfeited
(0.3)
(0.2)
At 31 December
21.9
18.8
Exercisable at 31 December
3.1
1.7
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of these options was £1.15 (2022: £1.25).
The weighted average fair value of options granted under this plan during the year was £1.48 (2022: £1.88).
The weighted average remaining contractual life of the share options outstanding under this plan at 31 December 2023 was 8.5 years
(31 December 2022: 1.3 years).
(ii) Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
All employees are eligible to participate in the LTIP. Awards are made at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee and may be granted in the form
of options (either at market value, nominal value or nil cost), restricted shares or conditional share awards over the Company’s shares, a cash amount
equivalent to the value of units in the Group’s funds, or in cash. The table below illustrates the number and weighted average exercise price (WAEP) of,
and movement in, awards in the form of share options during the year. Cash and cash awards linked to the value of funds are included in Note 6.
2023
2022
Options outstanding
Number m
WAEP £
Number m
WAEP £
At 1 January
13.3
9.6
Granted
9.4
6.3
Exercised
(0.5)
(0.6)
Forfeited
(5.0)
(2.0)
0.01
At 31 December
17.2
13.3
Exercisable at 31 December
0.3
0.5
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of these options was £1.29 (2022: £1.58).
The weighted average fair value of options granted under this plan during the year was £1.48 (2022: £1.91).
The weighted average remaining contractual life of the share options outstanding under this plan at 31 December 2023 was 8.8 years
(31 December 2022: 2.5 years).
(iii) Deferred Earn Out (DEO)
As part of the sale and purchase agreement on the acquisition of Merian, certain former Merian shareholders, who continued in employment with Jupiter
post-completion, were granted nil-cost options over the Company’s shares up to a maximum value of £20.0m. For these awards to vest, certain performance
conditions, based on net revenues, were required to be met on 1 July 2023. As the conditions were not met on this date, the options expired unexercised.
(iv) Sharesave Plan
All eligible UK employees may participate in the Group’s Sharesave Plan, which was introduced in 2010. Under the terms of this plan, employees
may enter into contracts to save up to the maximum amount permitted under legislation and, at the expiry of a fixed three- or five-year term,
have the option to use these savings to acquire shares in the Company at a discounted price, calculated under the rules of the plan (currently a
20% discount to the market price at the date of award). Participants in the plan have six months from the date of vesting to exercise their option.
165Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
5. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS CONTINUED
2023
2022
Options outstanding
Number m
WAEP £
Number m
WAEP £
At 1 January
5.0
1.06
2.7
1.82
Granted
0.9
0.79
4.9
0.79
Forfeited
(1.0)
1.21
(2.6)
1.72
At 31 December
4.9
0.98
5.0
1.06
Exercisable at 31 December
0.1
1.39
0.1
2.10
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of these options in 2023 was £1.05 (2022: £1.03) per ordinary share.
The weighted average fair value of the options granted under this plan during the year was £0.20 (2022: £0.20).
The range of exercise prices of options granted under this plan is between £0.79 and £2.75.
The weighted average remaining contractual life of the share options outstanding under this plan at 31 December 2023 was 2.6 years
(31 December 2022: 3.3 years).
(v) Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
All eligible UK employees may participate in the Group’s Share Incentive Plan, which was introduced in 2013. Under the terms of this plan,
employees may contribute from pre-tax salary up to the maximum amount permitted under legislation in any tax year, to be used to acquire
shares in the Company at the market price on the relevant date. Matching shares are then awarded by the Company on a one matching share
for each share purchased basis. The matching shares are subject to forfeiture where the employee leaves employment with the Group within
three years of their award.
The number of matching shares purchased under this scheme during the year was 0.4m (2022: 0.1m).
(vi) International Share Award (ISA)
All non-UK employees may participate in the Group’s International Share Award, which was introduced in 2017 to create a non-UK plan similar
to the Sharesave Plan. Under the terms of this award, international employees are offered the opportunity to be granted a share option which
is exercisable after three years and three months. The exercise price is set at the same level as for the Sharesave Plan. Participants in the plan
have six months from the date of vesting to exercise their option.
The number of awards made during the year was 0.2m (2022: 0.1m).
(vii) Free Share Award (FSA)
All eligible employees may participate in the Free Share Award which was introduced in 2020. Eligible employees in the UK receive their award
through the UK approved SIP. Non-UK eligible employees receive a nil-cost option which will vest over a three-year period.
The number of awards made during the year was 0.8m (2022: 0.5m).
6. CASH AND FUND-BASED DEFERRED COMPENSATION AWARDS
As described in Note 5(i) and (ii), deferred bonuses and LTIP awards can be deferred into either options over the Company’s shares, a cash amount
equivalent to the value of units in the Group’s funds, or cash. The expense included within wages and salaries in the income statement in relation
to cash and fund-based awards was:
2023
2022
Fund-based Fund-based
awards
Cash awards
Total
awards
Cash awards
Total
Charge/(credit) in respect of cash and fund-based
awards before net (gains)/losses arising from hedging
12.1
3.6
15.7
(5.9)
3.4
(2.5)
Net (gains)/losses on instruments held to provide an
economic hedge for fund awards
(1.5)
(1.5)
55.1
55.1
Net charge arising from cash and fund-based
awards
10.6
3.6
14.2
49.2
3.4
52.6
Where bonuses are deferred into cash or fund-based awards, the fair value of the award is expensed over the appropriate performance
and vesting period and included within staff costs. For fund-based awards, the liability is revalued at each balance sheet date to the expected
settlement amount, being the current market value of the underlying fund units adjusted for the proportion of the vesting period that has passed.
Any increase or decrease in value is recognised in the income statement within staff costs.
166
For cash awards, there is no variability in the fair value of the awards once granted, and the liability is equal to the amount granted, including any
interest payable over the vesting period, discounted to allow for the time value of money, and adjusted to reflect the proportion of the vesting
period that has passed. The liabilities are included in the balance sheet as part of accrued expenses within non-current trade and other payables
and current trade and other payables (see Note 20).
The Group hedges its exposure to price fluctuations in the underlying fund units by purchasing the fund units at the date of grant.
These are included within financial assets at FVTPL in the balance sheet. Changes in the fair value of the units are recognised in the income
statement within staff costs in order to match the gains and losses of both the hedging instrument and the hedged item within the same
line item of the income statement.
The Group provides a sensitivity analysis to show the impact on the Group’s profit before taxation in the event that forfeiture (for all awards)
and performance condition assumptions (in the case of LTIP awards only) exceed or are below the Group’s estimations on cash and fund-based
awards by the stated percentages:
2023 2022
Impact on the income statement of a change in forfeiture assumptions £m £m
+5%
(1.9)
(1.9)
-5%
1.0
0.6
2023 2022
Impact on the income statement of a change in performance condition vesting assumptions £m £m
+25%
0.5
0.3
-25%
(1.8)
(0.5)
Volatility in the net charge arising from fund-based awards
In addition to the sensitivities shown above, the Group is also exposed to volatility in its income statement arising from its hedging policy.
Although the policy ensures that overall there is no net gain or loss arising from movements in the value of fund-based awards from the date
the hedge is purchased until the vesting date, it may result in short-term income statement mismatches that subsequently reverse.
Under IAS 19, where the Group purchases units or shares in funds to hedge the market risk exposure arising from a fund-based award, any
movements in the value of those assets are recorded as gains or losses from the point that the asset is purchased. However, the related liability
is initially recorded at zero and is recognised over the period service is provided by the awardee. Only at the vesting date are the asset
and liability equal and, therefore, only from this point are nil net gains and losses made from the revaluation of the asset and liability.
Until this point is reached, the impact of movements in the value of fund units held for hedging purposes on asset values may be significantly
different to the impact on the fund award liability, resulting effectively in either an acceleration of the compensation charge (where net losses
are recorded) or a deferral of charge until future years (where net gains are recorded). Where awards vest and are exercised, these timing
differences will fully reverse by the vesting date.
The use of estimation in the calculation of cash and fund-based awards
At the year end, the Group had accrued £37.1m (2022: £46.8m) of deferred cash and fund-based awards. Each year, existing awards vest and new
awards are made. Given their significance as a form of employee remuneration for the Group, cash and fund-based awards have been included
as an area where the use of estimation is important in Note 30. The principal estimations made relate to:
forfeitures (where awardees leave the Group as ‘bad’ leavers and therefore forfeit unvested awards) and accelerations (where awardees
are ‘good’ leavers and their awards continue to vest but there is no longer an extended service period condition); and
the satisfaction of performance conditions attached to cash and fund-based LTIP awards.
These estimates are reviewed regularly and the charge to the income statement is adjusted appropriately (at the end of the relevant scheme
as a minimum). The sensitivity analysis demonstrates that the risk of material adjustment as a result of reasonable changes to our estimations
in respect of granted awards by 5% for leavers and 25% for performance condition assumptions is not considered to be significant or material.
7. OTHER GAINS/(LOSSES)
Other gains/(losses) relate principally to net gains (2022: net losses) made on the Group’s seed investment portfolio and derivative instruments
held to provide economic hedges against that portfolio. The portfolio is designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition, and derivatives are held
at FVTPL (see Note 16). Gains and losses comprise both realised and unrealised amounts.
2023 2022
£m £m
Dividend income on seed investments
0.6
1.0
Gains/(losses) on financial instruments designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition
8.2
(24.7)
(Losses)/gains on financial instruments at FVTPL
(5.6)
14.0
Other gains/(losses)
3.2
(9.7)
167Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
8. FINANCE INCOME AND FINANCE COSTS
Finance income comprises income earned on the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, being bank deposits and investments in short-term money
market funds. Interest on cash and cash equivalents is recognised on an accrual basis using the effective interest method.
2023 2022
£m £m
Interest on bank deposits
3.5
0.3
Interest on short-term money market fund investments
2.3
Finance income
5.8
0.3
Finance costs principally relate to interest payable on Tier 2 subordinated debt notes and the unwinding of the discount applied to lease liabilities
(see Notes 19 and 13 respectively for further details). Finance costs also include ancillary charges for commitment fees and arrangement fees
associated with the RCF (see Note 19). Interest payable is charged on an accrual basis using the effective interest method.
2023 2022
£m £m
Interest on subordinated debt
4.5
4.7
Interest on lease liabilities
1.5
1.6
Finance cost on the RCF
0.2
0.3
Finance costs
6.2
6.6
As returns on cash and cash equivalents have increased in 2023, items of income and cost have been disaggregated in the above tables
and in the consolidated income statement in respect of both current and prior year data. In 2022, because of the insignificant nature
of such income, the Group presented finance income and costs on a net basis.
9. INCOME TAX EXPENSE
The Group pays taxes according to the rates applicable in the countries in which it operates. The Group’s headquarters are in the UK. Most taxes
are recorded in the income statement and relate to taxes payable for the reporting period (current tax), but there is also a charge or credit relating
to tax payable for future periods due to income or expenses being recognised in a different period for tax and accounting purposes (deferred tax).
Tax is charged to equity when the tax benefit exceeds the cumulative income statement expense on share plans.
The Group provides for current tax according to the tax laws of each jurisdiction in which it operates using tax rates that have been enacted
or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns in respect of situations
in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions, where appropriate, on the basis of amounts expected
to be paid to the tax authorities.
Deferred tax is provided, using the liability method, on temporary differences at the reporting date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities
and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all temporary differences that have originated
but not reversed at the balance sheet date, where transactions or events that result in an obligation to pay more tax in the future or a right to pay
less tax in the future have occurred at the balance sheet date. A deferred tax asset is recognised when it is considered recoverable and therefore
recognised only when, on the basis of all available evidence, it can be regarded as probable that there will be suitable taxable profits against which
to recover carried forward tax losses and from which the future reversal of underlying temporary differences can be deducted.
Deferred tax is measured at the average tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which the temporary differences are estimated
to reverse, based on tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax that has arisen
in respect of equity items, such as tax credits in respect of share-based payments where the fair value of awards exceeds the accounting charge,
are recognised directly in equity and not in the income statement.
2023 2022
£m £m
Current tax
Tax on profits for the year
24.1
9.5
Adjustments in respect of prior years
(0.7)
(3.8)
Total current tax
23.4
5.7
Deferred tax
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
0.1
3.8
Adjustments in respect of prior years
(1.2)
0.6
Total deferred tax (Note 15)
(1.1)
4.4
Income tax expense
22.3
10.1
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
168
Total tax expense
The corporation tax rate for 2023 increased to 25% on 1 April 2023, giving a hybrid rate for the year of 23.5% (2022: 19%). The tax charge in the year
is higher (2022: lower) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK and the differences are explained below:
2023 2022
Factors affecting tax expense for the year £m £m
Profit before taxation
9.4
58.0
Taxation at the standard corporation tax rate (23.5%; 2022: 19%)
2.2
11.0
Non-taxable expenditure
17.9
0.4
Other permanent differences
4.3
1.6
Adjustments in respect of prior years
(1.9)
(3.2)
Effect of differences in overseas tax rates
(0.2)
0.3
Total tax expense
22.3
10.1
1
1. Principally relating to the impairment of goodwill (see Note 11).
10. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share (EPS) is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to equity shareholders of Jupiter Fund Management plc
(the parent company of the Group) for the year by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding and contingently issuable
during the year, less the weighted average number of own shares held. Own shares are shares held in an EBT for the benefit of employees.
Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss for the year (as used in the calculation of basic EPS) by the weighted average number
of ordinary shares outstanding during the year for the purpose of basic EPS plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would
be issued on the conversion of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares arising from the award of share options into ordinary shares. In 2023,
as a result of the loss for the year, both basic and diluted EPS are calculated using the same weighted average number of ordinary shares
as potential ordinary shares cannot be treated as dilutive if their inclusion in the calculation reduces the Group’s loss per share.
The weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation of EPS is as follows:
Weighted average number of shares
2023 2022
Number Number
m m
Issued share capital
545.0
552.4
Add: Contingently issuable shares
6.2
1.7
Less: Time-apportioned own shares held
(31.9)
(24.5)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of basic EPS
519.3
529.6
Add: Weighted average number of dilutive potential shares arising from share options
9.3
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted EPS
519.3
538.9
1
2
3
1. The Group purchased and cancelled 1.4m ordinary shares during 2023 and 6.7m ordinary shares during 2022 (see Note 22).
2. Contingently issuable shares relate to vested but unexercised share-based payment awards at the balance sheet date.
3. Potential shares can only be treated as dilutive if their conversion to ordinary shares increases the loss per share. As the impact of including potential shares in the calculation
of 2023 EPS would be to decrease the loss per share, they have been excluded from the calculation.
Earnings per share
2023 2022
p p
Basic
(2.5)
8.9
Diluted
(2.5)
8.8
11. GOODWILL
Goodwill arising on acquisitions, being the excess of the cost of a business combination over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities
and contingent liabilities acquired, is capitalised in the consolidated balance sheet. Goodwill is carried at cost less provision for impairment.
The carrying value of goodwill is not amortised but is tested annually for impairment or more frequently if any indicators of impairment arise.
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (CGUs) for the purpose of impairment testing, with the allocation to those CGUs or groups of CGUs
that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed.
Goodwill relates to the 2007 acquisition of Knightsbridge Asset Management Limited (KAML) (£341.2m) and the 2020 acquisition of Merian (£229.4m).
169Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
11. GOODWILL CONTINUED
2023 2022
£m £m
Cost
At 1 January and at 31 December
570.6
570.6
Accumulated impairment
At 1 January
Charge for the year
(76.2)
At 31 December
(76.2)
Net book value
At 31 December
494.4
570.6
The Group operates as a single asset management business segment and does not allocate costs between investment strategies or individual funds.
The 2020 Merian acquisition largely comprised revenues and incremental costs and therefore increased the scale of the existing business, improving
at the time the headroom over goodwill arising on acquisitions. Both businesses are fully integrated and are not separately measured or monitored.
It is not possible to assign any reduction in the Group’s profitability between KAML and Merian, and therefore we adopt a single CGU and consider our
impairment test based on Group-wide cash generation to calculate the recoverable amount of the goodwill, using the higher of the value in use (VIU)
and fair value less costs of disposal of the CGU, and comparing this to the carrying value of the CGU.
For the impairment test, the recoverable amount for the goodwill asset was calculated using a VIU approach, based on the net present value
of the Group’s future earnings. The net present value was calculated using a discounted cash flow model, with the following key assumptions:
The Group’s projected base case forecast cash flows over a period of five years, which included an assumption of annual revenue growth based
on our expectations of AUM growth, client fee rates and performance fees. The data was taken from the five-year plan, which was approved
by the Board in February 2024 and is aligned with the strategic focus set out in the Chief Executive Officer’s review on pages 8 to 11;
Long-term growth rates of 2% (2022: 2%) were used to calculate terminal value; and
A post-tax discount rate of 13.2% (2022: 12.8%) was calculated using the capital asset pricing model. Using a pre-tax discount rate of 17.0% (2022:
15.8%) on pre-tax profitability and cash flows does not produce a materially different result.
The impairment test indicated that the VIU of the CGU of £549.4m (2022: £859.2m) was less than its carrying value of £625.6m (2022: £646.7m).
As a result, our conclusion is that the Group’s goodwill asset is impaired and, accordingly, an impairment charge of £76.2m has been recognised.
This charge is recorded as a separate line item in the consolidated income statement.
The year-on-year movement in the headroom was as follows:
£m
Headroom at 1 January 2023 212.5
Decrease in VIU of CGU in 2023
(309.8)
Decrease in carrying value of CGU in 2023
21.1
Impairment at 31 December 2023
(76.2)
1
1. Headroom (i.e. the surplus of the VIU over the carrying value of the CGU) calculated in the Group’s impairment testing as at 31 December 2022.
The reduction in the VIU of the CGU year-on-year was £309.8m, arising from lower demand from retail clients in the short term, lower
market valuations, and an increase in the cost of capital used by the Group in its testing. The impact of these factors is particularly significant
in calculating the terminal value (i.e. the value of the Group beyond the period when future cash flows can be estimated), which contributes
the majority of the reduction in VIU. The decrease in the carrying value of the CGU was largely due to the amortisation of intangible assets.
As at the end of 2023, the Group has no headroom in respect of the VIU of its goodwill. The sensitivity of any possible re-establishment
of headroom, or further impairment charges, to changes in key metrics and assumptions is shown in the table below which sets out the
impacts of reasonably possible changes in key assumptions used in the VIU calculation:
Reasonably possible Decrease in valuation
Key variable adverse movement £m
Discount rate
+1%
48
Terminal growth rate movement
-1%
34
Decrease in revenue
-10%
183
1
1. The decrease in revenue represents a modelled percentage reduction in each year projected in the Group’s base case forecast cash flows.
The sensitivities modelled above represent the estimated impact on each metric in isolation and make no allowance for actions management
would take to reduce costs should the Group experience future reductions in AUM or profitability.
Neither the Group’s regulatory capital or liquidity resources nor its regulatory requirements are directly impacted by impairment charges relating
to the Group’s goodwill asset.
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
170
The Group continues to monitor its market capitalisation against implied internal valuations and adjust its internal models on a regular basis
to reflect the impacts of market information and its own profitability levels.
THE USE OF ESTIMATION AND JUDGEMENT IN VALUING GOODWILL
The impairment testing described above requires estimation and judgement, principally concerning future levels of profitability.
Given the size of the asset and the potential impact of impairment losses on the Group’s financial position, this has been included as an area
where significant estimation uncertainty exists (see Note 30). Major elements of the plan are subject to factors such as market sentiment and
index levels which are beyond the Group’s control and, if forecasts are not met, further impairment of the asset could result. In view of the low
headroom experienced in 2022 and the deterioration in the market environment since that time, the Group has engaged third-party valuation
specialists to provide an opinion in relation to the value in use of the Group as at 31 December 2023 to allow the Group to ensure that inputs
into the valuation process are reasonable and based on supportable management assumptions.
The Group has also applied judgement in concluding that it operates as a single CGU for the purposes of goodwill impairment assessment.
12. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets principally comprise the expected value of investment management contracts acquired as part of the Merian acquisition, based
on the premise that their value is equal to the present value of the earnings they are expected to generate. The cost of intangible assets acquired
in the business combination is the fair value as at the date of acquisition. In relation to the investment management contracts, the useful lives were
assessed as being finite and they are amortised over their useful economic lives. The useful economic lives of the investment management contracts
acquired were assessed as a maximum of four years. The amortisation expense on intangible assets with finite lives has been recorded as a separate line
item in the consolidated income statement and is recognised on a straight-line basis.
Following initial recognition, intangible assets are held at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any provision for impairment. Assets that
are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may
not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.
The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purpose of assessing impairment,
assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (CGUs). As set out in Note 11, the Group has
concluded that it operates as a single CGU and bases impairment testing on Group-wide cash generation to calculate the recoverable
amount of its intangible assets.
Other intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost.
Other intangible assets recognised are computer software. Software licences acquired are capitalised at the cost incurred to bring the software
into use and are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which are estimated as being between five and ten years.
Costs associated with developing or maintaining computer software programs that do not meet the capitalisation criteria under IAS 38 are
recognised as an expense as incurred.
An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that an asset in use may be impaired. If any such indication
exists and the carrying values exceed the estimated recoverable amount at that time, the assets are written down to their recoverable amount.
The recoverable amount is measured as the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. Non-financial assets that have suffered
impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.
The Directors have reviewed the intangible assets as at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022 and have concluded there are no indicators
of impairment.
2023
2022
Investment Investment
Computer management Computer management
software contracts Total software contracts Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Cost
At 1 January
16.3
75.0
91.3
20.1
75.0
95.1
Additions
2.9
2.9
4.1
4.1
Retiring assets
(7.9)
(7.9)
At 31 December
19.2
75.0
94.2
16.3
75.0
91.3
Accumulated amortisation
At 1 January
(9.1)
(47.0)
(56.1)
(14.8)
(28.2)
(43.0)
Charge for the year
(1.8)
(18.8)
(20.6)
(2.2)
(18.8)
(21.0)
Retiring assets
7.9
7.9
At 31 December
(10.9)
(65.8)
(76.7)
(9.1)
(47.0)
(56.1)
Net book value
At 31 December
8.3
9.2
17.5
7.2
28.0
35.2
171Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
13. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment is made up of leasehold improvements, office furniture and equipment and right-of-use lease assets and is stated
at cost, less accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition
of the assets. Subsequent costs are included in an asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is
probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.
All other repair and maintenance expenditures are charged to the income statement during the financial year in which they are incurred.
Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to allocate the cost of each asset over its estimated useful life as follows:
Leasehold improvements 19 years
Office furniture and equipment 5 years
Right-of-use assets Shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term
The assets’ useful economic lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted if appropriate. An item of property,
plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use. Any gain or loss arising
on the disposal of the asset, calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the item, is included
in the income statement in the year the item is sold or retired.
2023
2022
Office Office
Right-of-use Leasehold furniture and Right-of-use Leasehold furniture and
assets improvements equipment Total assets improvements equipment Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Cost
At 1 January
50.1
5.4
6.4
61.9
49.2
5.7
14.9
69.8
Additions
0.6
0.6
1.2
1.4
1.2
2.6
Disposals
(1.6)
(1.6)
Retirement of fully-depreciated
assets
(0.5)
(0.3)
(9.7)
(10.5)
Lease modifications
0.2
0.2
At 31 December
49.3
5.4
7.0
61.7
50.1
5.4
6.4
61.9
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 January
(14.5)
(2.1)
(4.4)
(21.0)
(11.0)
(2.0)
(12.7)
(25.7)
Charge for the year
(3.9)
(0.3)
(1.0)
(5.2)
(4.0)
(0.4)
(1.4)
(5.8)
Disposals
1.6
1.6
Retirement of fully-depreciated
assets
0.5
0.3
9.7
10.5
Lease modifications
0.4
0.4
At 31 December
(16.4)
(2.4)
(5.4)
(24.2)
(14.5)
(2.1)
(4.4)
(21.0)
Net book value
At 31 December
32.9
3.0
1.6
37.5
35.6
3.3
2.0
40.9
Leases
(i) Amounts recognised in the balance sheet
The balance sheet shows the following amounts relating to leases:
2023 2022
Notes £m £m
Right-of-use assets
Buildings
32.8
35.4
Equipment
0.1
Motor vehicles
0.1
0.1
32.9
35.6
Lease liabilities
Current
20
4.3
3.2
Non-current
20
39.8
43.1
26
44.1
46.3
A maturity analysis of the Group’s lease liabilities is presented in Note 27.
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
172
(ii) Amounts recognised in the income statement
The income statement shows the following amounts relating to leases:
2023 2022
£m £m
Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets (included in administrative expenses)
Buildings
3.7
3.8
Equipment
0.1
0.1
Motor vehicles
0.1
0.1
3.9
4.0
Interest expense (included in finance costs)
1.5
1.6
Expense relating to short-term leases (included in administrative expenses)
0.2
0.4
The total cash outflow for leases in 2023 was £4.9m (2022: £7.8m).
(iii) The Group’s leasing activities and how these are accounted for
The Group leases various offices, equipment and cars. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods of between 2 to 20 years but
may have extension options as described below. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different
terms and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose any covenants, but leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.
Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the
following lease payments:
Fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable;
Variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the commencement date;
Payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option; and
Payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options.
The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily determined, which is generally
the case for leases in the Group, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow
the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions.
The Group is exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate which are not included in the lease
liability until they take effect. When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take effect, the lease liability is reassessed
and adjusted against the right-of-use asset.
Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease period
so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.
SIGNIFICANT AREA OF ESTIMATION AND JUDGEMENT
Calculation of leased assets and liabilities requires the use of both estimation and judgement and is therefore referred to in Note 30. The
determination of the lease term for each lease involves the Group assessing any extension and termination options, the enforceability of such
options, and judging whether it is reasonably certain that they will be exercised. Several of the Group’s leases contain such clauses. For each
lease, a conclusion was reached on the overall likelihood of the option being exercised. In addition, determination of the discount rate is
estimated by using a build-up approach that starts with a risk-free interest rate adjusted for credit risk and makes adjustments specific to the
lease, for example, term, country, currency and security. This methodology is judged by the Group to be an appropriate approximation of the
Group’s incremental borrowing rate.
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:
The amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;
Any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received;
Any initial direct costs; and
Restoration costs.
The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis.
Payments associated with short-term leases are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in the income statement. Short-term leases
are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less.
Extension and termination options are included in a number of property and equipment leases across the Group. These are used to maximise
operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held
are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor.
173Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
14. INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES
Investments in associates comprises entities over which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control, through participation
in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee.
As a result of changes to the Group’s commercial contracts with NZS Capital LLC (NZS), effective from 31 December 2023, the Group reclassified
its investment in its subsidiary undertaking NZS as an investment in an associate, reflecting the Group’s judgement that its ability to exercise
control over NZS had been diluted by the changes. The Group’s ownership of 25% of the capital of NZS, and its entitlement to 25% of its profits,
were not impacted by the changes. On reclassification, the Group recognised nil gain/nil loss on deemed disposal of the investment in subsidiary.
The carrying value of the investment in associate represents the Group’s estimate of the fair value of its 25% ownership share and profit
entitlement at the date of reclassification.
The movements during the year were:
2023
2022
At 1 January
Additions
1.8
At 31 December
1.8
From 31 December 2023, the Group will equity account for NZS, recognising its share of NZS’s profits and net assets as single line items
in the Group’s income statement and balance sheet respectively.
15. DEFERRED TAX
Analysis of the Group’s deferred tax assets and liabilities is shown below:
Other deferred Intangible assets
Share-based Accelerated Employee Other temporary compensation arising upon
payments capital allowances benefits differences payments consolidation Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Assets
7.1
0.6
0.1
0.3
11.3
19.4
Liabilities
(6.7)
(6.7)
At 31 December 2022
7.1
0.6
0.1
0.3
11.3
(6.7)
12.7
Assets
6.3
0.5
0.3
9.0
16.1
Liabilities
(2.3)
(2.3)
At 31 December 2023
6.3
0.5
0.3
9.0
(2.3)
13.8
Movements in temporary differences between the balance sheet dates have been reflected in the income statement and the statement
of changes in equity as follows:
Other deferred Intangible assets
Share-based Accelerated Other temporary compensation arising upon
payments capital allowances Employee benefits differences payments consolidation Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
At 1 January 2022
10.6
1.3
0.1
(0.4)
16.0
(10.3)
17.3
(Charged)/credited to the income
statement
(3.3)
(0.7)
0.7
(4.7)
3.6
(4.4)
Charged to equity
(0.2)
(0.2)
At 31 December 2022
7.1
0.6
0.1
0.3
11.3
(6.7)
12.7
(Charged)/credited to the income
statement
(0.8)
(0.1)
(0.1)
(2.3)
4.4
1.1
At 31 December 2023
6.3
0.5
0.3
9.0
(2.3)
13.8
The other temporary differences balances at 31 December 2022 and 2023 include short-term timing differences and temporary differences
between depreciation and capital allowances.
The rate of corporation tax increased to 25% on 1 April 2023. Deferred taxes at the balance sheet date reflected in these financial statements
have been measured using the relevant enacted or substantively enacted tax rate for the year in which they are or were expected to be realised
or settled.
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
174
16. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised when the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of an instrument. They are initially
measured at fair value adjusted for transaction costs, except for financial assets classified at FVTPL where transaction costs are immediately
recognised in the income statement. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the assets have expired
or where they have been transferred and the Group has also transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Financial liabilities
are derecognised when the obligation under the liability has been discharged, cancelled or has expired.
Financial assets
The Group’s financial assets include cash and short-term deposits, trade and other receivables, investments in pooled funds, derivative
financial instruments and UK government bonds. Financial assets are classified as being at FVTPL or at amortised cost. The classification
adopted by the Group depends on the Group’s business model for managing the financial assets and their contractual cash flow characteristics.
Financial assets at FVTPL
Financial assets at FVTPL principally comprise seed investments in pooled funds which are managed and evaluated on a fair value basis,
in accordance with the documented strategy, as well as units or shares in funds managed by the Group which have been acquired for the
purposes of hedging deferred compensation awards. Financial assets are classified in this category if they have been acquired principally
for the purpose of selling in the short term or if they serve as economic hedges to fund-linked liabilities. Other financial assets at FVTPL comprise
derivative instruments which are held to provide an economic hedge in respect of specific risk exposures (see Note 27). Financial assets at FVTPL
are carried at fair value, with gains and losses recognised in the income statement in the period in which they arise either in other gains/losses
or in administrative expenses for instruments held to provide an economic hedge against fund unit awards. Assets in this category are classified
as current assets.
Financial assets at amortised cost
Financial assets at amortised cost comprises UK government bonds acquired for the purpose of hedging interest payable on cash-based deferred
compensation awards. Investments are classified in this category if they have been acquired with the objective of collecting contractual cash
flows, being solely payments of principal and interest. Interest is recognised using the effective interest method. Interest receivable is recorded
within Trade and other receivables and, in the Income statement, within Finance income. At 31 December 2023, financial assets at amortised cost
had a fair value of £13.7m (2022: N/A).
Financial liabilities
The Group’s financial liabilities include loans and borrowings, trade and other payables, derivative financial instruments and the non-controlling
interests in funds that have been consolidated as subsidiaries.
Financial liabilities at FVTPL
Financial liabilities at FVTPL are carried at fair value, with gains and losses recognised in the income statement within other gains/losses
in the period in which they arise. Financial liabilities at FVTPL comprise non-controlling interests in consolidated funds.
As at 31 December, the Group held the following financial instruments measured at fair value:
2023 2022
£m £m
Financial assets
Direct seed investment at fair value
87.5
72.6
Additional financial assets due to consolidation of funds
76.8
44.0
Derivatives and fund unit hedges
55.1
51.2
Financial assets at FVTPL
219.4
167.8
Financial assets at amortised cost
13.4
232.8
167.8
2023 2022
£m £m
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities at FVTPL
(80.2)
(48.6)
Other financial liabilities at FVTPL
(0.1)
(0.6)
(80.3)
(49.2)
175Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
SIGNIFICANT AREA OF JUDGEMENT
In determining the level of control for seed investments, additional judgement is required and consolidation of seed investments is therefore
referred to in Note 30. The Group considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether it has power over an investee, including the
purpose and design of an investee, relevant activities, substantive and protective rights, and voting rights and potential voting rights. Exposure to
variable returns is usually determined by the earning of management fees, and the percentage investment in the funds’ net assets. Where the value
of the Group’s holding exceeds 50% of the total value of the fund, the Group deems control to automatically exist. Where ownership is under 50%,
the Group applies a rebuttable presumption that interests amounting to 30% or more are consolidated, subject to review of the facts and
circumstances of each individual investment relevant to establishing whether the Group is acting as principal or agent to the fund. These include
the potential for large performance fees to be earned, an assessment of kick-out rights and the existence of any other large investors in the fund.
Kick-out rights rarely vary between the different types of funds that the Group manages; the percentage investment in a fund is therefore
the primary means for determining whether control exists for the Group, and the determination of the threshold to be used as the rebuttable
presumption is a key area of judgement for the Group. This judgement determines the extent to which the Group’s balance sheet is grossed
up to reflect additional financial instruments under the Group’s control and, as the value of such instruments is material to the Group,
this has been included as a significant area of judgement.
The Group has seed investments in its unit trusts, ICVCs and SICAV sub-funds. The Group’s judgement is that control can exist in a sub-fund,
even if it does not exist in the whole of the umbrella fund, as the sub-funds have no cross-liability risk to other sub-funds or to the SICAV
umbrella fund and thus should be accounted for as separate entities.
The Group reassesses whether or not it controls an entity if facts or circumstances indicate that control may have changed.
17. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value. The Group holds trade and other receivables to collect contractual cash flows,
which are solely payments of principal and interest, and are therefore subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest
method, less loss allowances.
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses (ECLs) for trade receivables at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs.
based on actual historic credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking estimates. The Group considers a trade receivable to be impaired when
one or more detrimental credit events have occurred. In line with the Group’s historical experience, and after consideration of current credit
exposures, the Group does not expect to incur any credit losses and has not recognised any ECLs in the current year (2022: £nil) (see Note 27).
Trade and other receivables, including loans to employees, are included in current assets except where they have maturities greater than
12 months after the balance sheet date. These are classified as non-current assets.
Accrued income relates to accrued interest and accrued management, performance and registration fees. It is based on the latest available
information and therefore involves a degree of estimation relating to the valuation of underlying AUM.
Contract assets represent deferred acquisition and commission costs paid upfront to distributors that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied
as at the end of the reporting period. The costs are recognised over the expected lives of the contracts, which are estimated to be up to six years,
on a straight-line basis.
2023 2022
Non-current £m £m
Rent deposits
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
2023 2022
Current £m £m
Trade receivables
89.5
68.9
Prepayments
10.1
9.0
Accrued income
37.6
45.0
Contract assets
0.4
1.2
137.6
124.1
Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally collected within four working days. An analysis of the ageing profile of trade
receivables is disclosed in Note 27. Within trade and other receivables, the amount receivable from contracts with customers is £114.0m
(2022: £104.8m).
The amount of fee and commission expenses recognised in the current reporting period that was included in the contract asset balance at the beginning
of the period was £0.9m (2022: £0.9m). The Group expects to recognise expenses for the remaining performance services received over the following
durations:
2023 2022
Contract assets £m £m
< 1 year
0.4
0.8
1-5 years
0.4
0.4
1.2
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
176
18. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
2023 2022
£m £m
Cash at bank and in hand
137.5
276.8
Cash equivalents
128.4
Cash held by EBT and seed investment subsidiaries (see Note 30)
2.3
3.5
268.2
280.3
Cash and cash equivalents have an original maturity of three months or less. Cash at bank earns interest at the current prevailing daily bank rates.
Cash equivalents comprise units in short-term money market funds that can readily be converted into known amounts of cash and which are
subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
Cash held by the EBT and seed investment subsidiaries is not available for use by the Group.
19. LOANS AND BORROWINGS
On 27 April 2020 the Group issued £50.0m of Tier 2 subordinated debt notes at a discount of £0.5m. Issue costs were £0.5m and the net proceeds
were therefore £49.0m. These notes will mature on 27 July 2030 and bear interest at a rate of 8.875% per annum to 27 July 2025, and at a reset
rate thereafter. Interest accrued but not yet paid on the subordinated debt is recorded within ‘Trade and other payables’ in Note 20. The Group
has the option to redeem all of the notes from 27 April 2025 onwards and has accounted for the debt on the basis that the option to redeem
will be exercised at the earliest possible date. The fair value of the notes as at 31 December 2023 was £50.2m (2022: £51.0m).
2023 2022
£m £m
Non-current subordinated debt in issue
49.7
49.5
The Group’s RCF enables it to borrow up to £40.0m (2022: £80.0m). The facility expires in April 2026 and was undrawn throughout 2022 and 2023.
Interest on the RCF is payable at a rate per annum of SONIA (sterling overnight index average) reference rate plus a margin determined by the
Group’s credit rating (currently 0.6%). A commitment fee is payable on the RCF at a rate of 0.21% per annum on the undrawn balance. A utilisation
fee is also payable at a rate of 0.1% per annum when up to 33% of the facility is drawn, 0.2% per annum when 33% to 66% of the facility is drawn,
and 0.4% per annum when more than 66% of the facility is drawn.
20. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate
method. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any issue costs and any discount or premium on settlement.
The most significant accruals at the year end relate to cash and fund award bonuses. At the end of each financial year, the Group recognises
accrued expenses for bonuses accrued but not yet paid in respect of service attributable to that year. Accrued interest on the Group’s
subordinated debt (see Note 19) is included as an accrued expense.
Contract liabilities represent performance obligations that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied as at the end of the reporting period.
The Group’s contract liabilities relate to initial charges and commissions where payment has been received upfront but revenue is recognised
over the expected lives of the contracts, which are estimated to be up to six years, on a straight-line basis.
2023 2022
Non-current £m £m
Lease liabilities
39.8
43.1
Accrued expenses
16.0
34.1
Social security and other taxes
3.9
10.3
59.7
87.5
2023 2022
Current £m £m
Accrued expenses
112.6
114.3
Trade payables
81.6
62.7
Social security and other taxes
12.5
16.5
Other payables
10.4
5.4
Lease liabilities
4.3
3.2
Contract liabilities
0.3
221.4
202.4
Accrued expenses of £15.8m (2022: £33.6m) included within non-current trade and other payables and £21.3m (2022: £13.2m) included within current trade
and other payables relate to deferred bonus awards whose settlement amounts will be based on the value of units in the Group’s funds (see Note 6).
The amount of revenue recognised in the current reporting period that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period
was £0.1m (2022: £0.7m). The Group expects to recognise revenue of £nil for the remaining performance obligations within one year (2022: £0.3m).
177Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
21. PROVISIONS
Provisions are liabilities of uncertain timing or amount. The Group may from time to time be exposed to potential legal claims, regulatory action
and related costs arising from its activities through the normal course of its business. Where such claims and costs arise, there is often uncertainty over
whether a payment will be required and the quantum and timing of that payment. Where a potential claim exists, it may either be recognised as a liability
or disclosed as a possible obligation. Provisions for liabilities are recognised when, in the Group’s judgement, it has a present legal or constructive
obligation arising from a past event and it is probable that settlement will result in the recognition of a loss. Provisions are only recognised when
a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Amounts recognised as provisions are included within ‘Administrative expenses’
and are based on the Group’s best estimates of the expenditure required to settle the obligation. Differences between estimated amounts and
final settlement amounts are recognised in the income statement.
2023
£m
At 1 January
2.8
Charge for the year
3.3
Provisions utilised
(0.9)
Provisions released
(0.5)
At 31 December
4.7
Settlement of provisions is expected to occur within one year. The provisions relate to various obligations arising from the Group’s ongoing
operating activities.
SIGNIFICANT AREA OF ESTIMATION
The timing and amount of settlement of the Group’s provisions is uncertain and is therefore referred to in Note 30. The Group makes
an assessment at each reporting date of the timing and quantum of its possible obligations which are based on estimates of reasonable ranges
of likely outcomes and the probability that payments become due. Liabilities recognised in respect of provisions may be covered by insurance
arrangements, subject to payments of excess. Any relevant insurance receivables are recognised separately as contingent assets.
22. SHARE CAPITAL
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares or options are shown in equity
as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.
2023
Number of shares
2022
Number of shares
2023 2022
Authorised, issued, allotted, called-up and fully paid m m £m £m
Share capital
Ordinary shares of 2p each
545.0
546.4
10.9
10.9
545.0
546.4
10.9
10.9
Number of shares
Par value
2023 2022 2023 2022
£m £m £m £m
Movements in ordinary shares
At 1 January
546.4
553.1
10.9
11.1
Shares cancelled
(1.4)
(6.7)
-
(0.2)
At 31 December
545.0
546.4
10.9
10.9
In 2022 and early 2023, the Group carried out a £10.0m share buyback and cancellation programme, purchasing and cancelling 6.7m ordinary
shares at a cost of £8.0m in 2022, with a further purchase and cancellation of 1.4m shares in 2023 at a cost of £2.0m. On cancellation of the shares,
an amount equal to their nominal value was transferred to a capital redemption reserve which forms part of ‘Other reserves’, as detailed
in Note 23. Shares cancelled represented 1.5% of the previously issued share capital.
23. RESERVES
(i) Own share reserve
The Group operates an EBT for the purpose of satisfying certain retention awards to employees. The holdings of this trust, which is funded
by the Group, include shares in the Company that have not vested unconditionally to employees of the Group. These shares are recorded
at cost and are classified as own shares. The shares are used to settle obligations that arise from the granting of share-based awards.
During the year, the Group purchased 18.7m (2022: 10.4m) ordinary shares with a par value of £0.4m (2022: £0.2m) for the purpose of satisfying
share option obligations to employees. The full cost of the purchases was £24.5m (2022: £21.4m). The Group disposed of 7.7m (2022: 7.2m)
own shares to employees in satisfaction of share-based awards with a nominal value of £0.2m (2022: £0.1m). At 31 December 2023,
33.9m (2022: 22.9m) ordinary shares, with a par value of £0.7m (2022: £0.5m), were held as own shares within the Group’s EBT.
(ii) Other reserves
Other reserves of £250.3m (2022: £250.3m) comprise the merger relief reserve of £242.1m (2022: £242.1m) formed on the acquisition
of Merian in 2020, £8.0m (2022: £8.0m) that relates to the conversion of Tier 2 preference shares in 2010 and £0.2m (2022: £0.2m) of capital
redemption reserve that was transferred from share capital on the cancellation of shares repurchased in 2022 and 2023 (see Note 22).
(iii) Foreign currency translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve of £2.0m (2022: £3.7m) is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation
of the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries.
(iv) Retained earnings
Retained earnings of £527.0m (2022: £578.9m) are the amount of earnings that are retained within the Group after dividend payments
and other transactions with owners.
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
178
24. DIVIDENDS
Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised in the accounting period in which the dividends are paid.
2023 2022
£m £m
Prior year final dividend (0.5p per ordinary share) (2022: 9.2p per ordinary share)
2.6
48.6
Current year interim dividend (3.5p per ordinary share) (2022: 7.9p per ordinary share)
17.8
41.6
Special dividend (2.9p per ordinary share) (2022: nil)
14.8
35.2
90.2
Final dividends and special dividends are paid out of profits recognised in the year prior to the year in which the dividends are proposed,
declared and reported.
The EBT has waived its right to receive future dividends on shares held in the trust. Dividends waived on shares held in the EBT in 2023 were £2.4m
(2022: £4.3m).
A final dividend for 2023 of 3.4p per share (2022: 0.5p) has been proposed by the Directors. This dividend amounts to £18.5m (before adjusting
for any dividends waived on shares in the EBT) and will be accounted for in 2024. Including the interim and special dividends for 2023 of 6.4p
per share (2022: 7.9p), this gives a total dividend per share of 9.8p (2022: 8.4p).
25. CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
2023 2022
Notes £m £m
Operating profit
86.0
64.3
Adjustments for:
Amortisation of intangible assets
12
20.6
21.0
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
13
5.2
5.8
Other net (gains)/losses
(5.0)
28.2
(Gains)/losses on fund unit hedges
(1.5)
55.1
Share-based payments
18.5
13.6
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
(14.4)
12.2
Decrease in trade and other payables
(0.3)
(25.1)
Cash generated from operations
109.1
175.1
1
2
3
3
1. Comprises the reversal of items included in 'Other gains/(losses)' in the income statement that relate to either unrealised gains and losses, or to cash flows relating to the
disposal of financial assets other than derivative contracts. Cash flows relating to disposals are included in the Cash flow statement on page 160 within 'Proceeds from
disposals of financial assets at FVTPL'.
2. Comprises the reversal of net (gains)/losses on financial instruments held to provide an economic hedge for funds awards that are recognised within Staff costs (Note 4).
Cash flows arising from the disposal of such instruments are included in the Cash flow statement, in line with footnote 1 above.
3. Amounts reported in these lines can differ from the movement in the balance sheet where cash flows that form part of that movement are separately reported
in a different line of the Cash flow statement or its notes. In 2022 and 2023, these differences are principally in respect of cash flow movements relating to consolidated
funds. For trade and other payables, additionally, cash flows arising from movements in lease liabilities are presented on the face of the Cash flow statement.
26. CHANGES IN LIABILITIES ARISING FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
2023
2022
Financial Financial
liabilities at Loans and liabilities at Loans and
FVTPL
borrowings
1
Leases Total FVTPL borrowings Leases Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Brought forward at 1 January
48.6
49.5
46.3
144.4
52.3
49.3
51.1
152.7
New leases
0.6
0.6
1.4
1.4
Changes from financing cash flows
28.9
(4.9)
24.0
18.7
(7.8)
10.9
Changes arising from obtaining or losing
control of consolidated funds
(1.2)
(1.2)
(14.4)
(14.4)
Changes in fair value
3.9
3.9
(8.0)
(8.0)
Interest expense
0.2
1.5
1.7
0.2
1.6
1.8
Lease reassignment and modifications
0.6
0.6
Liabilities arising from financing activities
carried forward at 31 December
80.2
49.7
44.1
174.0
48.6
49.5
46.3
144.4
Notes
16
19
20
16
19
20
1
2
2
1. Accrued interest on loans and borrowings is recorded within ‘Trade and other payables’ (Note 20) and is therefore not included in this analysis. The interest expense
above comprises the charge arising from unwinding the discount that has been applied in calculating the amortised cost of the Group’s subordinated debt.
2. Comprises cash flows from third-party subscriptions into consolidated funds, net of redemptions (see Cash flow statement).
179Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
27. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
Financial instruments by category
The carrying value of the financial instruments of the Group at 31 December is shown below:
Financial
assets held at Financial
Financial assets amortised cost liabilities Other financial Non-financial
at FVTPL and other at FVTPL liabilities instruments Total
2023 £m £m £m £m £m £m
Goodwill
494.4
494.4
Intangible assets
17.5
17.5
Property, plant and equipment
37.5
37.5
Investment in associates
1.8
1.8
Deferred tax assets
16.1
16.1
Non-current trade and other receivables
0.4
0.4
Financial assets
219.4
13.4
232.8
Current trade and other receivables
127.1
10.5
137.6
Cash and cash equivalents
268.2
268.2
Current tax assets
1.3
1.3
Non-current loans and borrowings
(49.7)
(49.7)
Non-current trade and other payables
(55.8)
(3.9)
(59.7)
Deferred tax liabilities
(2.3)
(2.3)
Financial liabilities at FVTPL
(80.3)
(80.3)
Current trade and other payables
(208.9)
(12.5)
(221.4)
Provisions
(4.7)
(4.7)
Total
219.4
410.9
(80.3)
(319.1)
558.6
789.5
2
1
1
1
1
Financial Financial
Financial assets assets held at liabilities Other financial Non-financial
at FVTPL amortised cost at FVTPL liabilities instruments Total
2022 £m £m £m £m £m £m
Goodwill
570.6
570.6
Intangible assets
35.2
35.2
Property, plant and equipment
40.9
40.9
Deferred tax assets
19.4
19.4
Non-current trade and other receivables
0.4
0.4
Financial assets at FVTPL
167.8
167.8
Current trade and other receivables
113.9
10.2
124.1
Cash and cash equivalents
280.3
280.3
Current tax assets
3.3
3.3
Non-current loans and borrowings
(49.5)
(49.5)
Non-current trade and other payables
(77.2)
(10.3)
(87.5)
Deferred tax liabilities
(6.7)
(6.7)
Financial liabilities at FVTPL
(49.2)
(49.2)
Current trade and other payables
(185.6)
(16.8)
(202.4)
Provisions
(2.8)
(2.8)
Total
167.8
394.6
(49.2)
(315.1)
645.8
843.9
1
1
1
1
1. Prepayments, contract assets, contract liabilities, current tax assets and social security and other taxes do not meet the definition of financial instruments.
2. Includes investments in associates, which are initially recognised at cost and are adjusted subsequently to reflect any changes to the Group’s share of the investee’s net assets.
At 31 December 2023, the fair value of issued subordinated debt, recorded within non-current loans and borrowings, was £50.2m (2022: £51.0m),
less unamortised expenses of £0.1m (2022: £0.2m). The fair value of financial assets at amortised costs was £13.7m (2022: N/A).
180
Gains and losses recognised in the income statement by category are shown below:
2023
2022
Financial assets Other income Financial assets Other income
at FVTPL
1
and expense Total at FVTPL and expense Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Revenue
405.6
405.6
443.5
443.5
Fee and commission expenses
(36.8)
(36.8)
(46.2)
(46.2)
Administrative expenses
1.5
(266.9)
(265.4)
(55.1)
(247.2)
(302.3)
Other gains/(losses)
3.2
3.2
(9.7)
(9.7)
Amortisation of intangible assets
(20.6)
(20.6)
(21.0)
(21.0)
Impairment of goodwill
(76.2)
(76.2)
Finance income
5.8
5.8
0.3
0.3
Finance costs
(6.2)
(6.2)
(6.6)
(6.6)
Income tax expense
(22.3)
(22.3)
(10.1)
(10.1)
Profit for the year
4.7
(17.6)
(12.9)
(64.8)
112.7
47.9
1
1. See Notes 4 and 7 for further details.
The Group used the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments:
Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2: other techniques, for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly
or indirectly.
Level 3: techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data
(unobservable inputs).
As at 31 December 2023, the Group held the following financial instruments measured at fair value:
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
2023 £m £m £m £m
Financial assets at FVTPL – funds
141.7
77.7
219.4
Financial liabilities at FVTPL
(80.2)
(80.2)
Other financial liabilities at FVTPL – derivatives
(0.1)
(0.1)
61.5
77.6
139.1
As at 31 December 2022, the Group held the following financial instruments measured at fair value:
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
2022 £m £m £m £m
Financial assets at FVTPL – funds
116.5
51.0
0.3
167.8
Financial liabilities at FVTPL
(48.6)
(48.6)
Other financial liabilities at FVTPL – derivatives
(0.6)
(0.6)
67.9
50.4
0.3
118.6
Where funds are consolidated, we look through to the underlying instruments and assign a level in accordance with the definitions above.
Where funds are not consolidated, we do not apply a look through and these funds are classified as level 1 as the prices of these funds
are quoted in active markets.
Level 1 financial instruments
The fair value of financial instruments that are actively traded in organised financial markets is determined by reference to quoted market
prices at the balance sheet date.
Financial assets at FVTPL
Financial assets at FVTPL – funds relates to non-consolidated seed investments and hedges of awards in fund units in mutual funds.
It also includes the underlying holdings in consolidated funds that meet the definition of level 1 financial instruments.
Financial liabilities at FVTPL
These relate to non-controlling interests in funds that have been consolidated as subsidiaries.
181Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
27. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
Level 2 financial instruments
The fair values of financial instruments are based on observable market data from readily available external sources.
Financial assets at FVTPL
Financial assets at FVTPL – funds relates to underlying holdings in consolidated funds that meet the definition of level 2 financial instruments,
principally comprising daily-priced corporate and government bonds where the pricing source may use a valuation including an adjustment to
market data.
Derivative financial instruments
These are held to hedge specific seed-related exposures and have maturities designed to match the exposures they are hedging. The derivatives
are held at fair value, being the price to exit the instruments at the balance sheet date. Movements in the fair value are recorded in the income
statement.
The Group enters into swap arrangements and foreign exchange forward contracts to provide an economic hedge of certain of its seed
investments. Gains and losses arising from fair value movements in the swap and forward contracts are recognised in the consolidated income
statement within other gains/losses and are settled periodically, in accordance with the terms of the contract. Any cash settlements due from
or to the counterparty in relation to the swap arrangements, which are required to be settled at the end of each month, are recorded within
current assets or current liabilities as trade receivables or other payables, as appropriate. The fair value of foreign exchange contracts is recorded
within financial assets or liabilities at FVTPL, as appropriate.
At 31 December 2023, the notional value of the swaps was £83.3m (2022: £67.0m) and the foreign exchange forward contracts was £40.1m (2022:
£47.5m). The settlement amount of the swaps at 31 December 2023 was a payable of £3.5m (2022: payable of £0.9m) which is included within trade
and other payables. The fair value of the foreign exchange forward contracts is included within Other financial liabilities at FVTPL – derivatives
(£0.2m (2022: £0.6m)).
Level 3 financial instruments
The Group held an immaterial amount of assets meeting the definition of level 3 financial instruments in 2022. These assets were held within
a fund consolidated as a subsidiary.
Financial risk management objectives and policies
The Group is subject to a number of financial risks throughout its business, the principal risks being market risk (including price, foreign exchange
and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Board is accountable for risk and is responsible for oversight of the risk management
process. The Board has ultimate responsibility for the risk strategy of the Group, and for determining an appropriate risk appetite and tolerance
levels within which the Group must operate. By defining these, the Board demonstrates that it is aware of and, where appropriate, has taken steps
to mitigate the impact of risks that may have a material impact on the Group.
The Board has ultimate responsibility for oversight of the risks of the Group and for determining the risk appetite limits within which the Group
must operate. It delegates day-to-day responsibility for risk management and control activities to the Chief Executive Officer, supported by the
Risk and Compliance Committee, with oversight from the Audit and Risk Committee. Jupiter embeds risk management within the business, with
independent oversight and challenge being provided by the Risk and Compliance function.
Price risk
Price risk is the risk that a decline in the value of assets will adversely impact the profitability of the Group. Management has identified price risk
as the exposure to unfavourable movements in the value of financial assets held by the Group which would result in a loss recognised in the
consolidated income statement. In addition, due to the nature of the business, the Group’s exposure extends to the impacts on revenue that
are determined on the basis of a percentage of AUM, and are therefore impacted by the financial instrument risk exposure of our clients –
the secondary exposure. This price risk analysis deals only with our primary exposure of the risks from the Group’s direct holdings.
The Group is not exposed to commodity price risk.
The Group holds listed equity investments in its seed investments portfolio which are exposed to the risk of changes in equity markets.
At 31 December 2023, the fair value, and therefore maximum exposure, was £87.5m (2022: £72.6m).
The Group’s policy is to hedge the equity market and currency exposure of its seed investments depending on the fund mandate and whether
available transactions are cost effective. As at 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023, the Group held swap instruments to act as hedges against
risk exposures arising from certain holdings in seed fund investments.
The Group also holds units or shares in funds managed by the Group as part of its strategy to hedge against pricing risk inherent in fund-based
awards (see Note 6). Once purchased, these assets provide an economic hedge against the pricing risk exposures created by the grant of
fund-based awards. However, differences between accounting for the liability created by the award, which accrues over the vesting period of the
awards, and the hedging asset, which is recognised in its entirety on purchase, mean that it is unlikely that the hedge would result in net nil gain/nil
loss in any individual accounting period within the vesting period. As a result of this accounting mismatch, the Group’s results are exposed to
some residual elements of pricing risk through the grant of fund-based compensation awards.
182
Price risk sensitivity analysis on financial assets
The Directors believe that 10% gives a reasonable measure of the Group’s sensitivity to price risk. An increase or decrease of 10% in equity
markets would have the impact shown below on the Group’s profit before taxation. This reflects estimated gains and losses on the Group’s
listed investments at the balance sheet date and not any likely impact on the Group’s revenue or costs. There is no further impact on the
Group’s equity.
2023 2022
Impact on the income statement of change in equity markets £m £m
+10%
0.3
0.6
-10%
(0.3)
(0.6)
The analysis takes account of the relevant derivative transactions the Group has entered into to hedge against such movements.
Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange risk is the risk that the Group will sustain losses through adverse movements in currency exchange rates. The Group
predominantly operates in the UK, but has operations in a number of overseas locations and transacts in foreign currencies, thereby creating
exposure to non-Sterling income and expenses. The Group’s policy is to hold the minimum amount of foreign currency required to cover
operational needs and to convert foreign currency on receipt. Direct exposures are limited to operational cash held in overseas subsidiaries,
short-term outstanding foreign currency fee debtors and investments in the seed portfolio denominated in a foreign currency. The Group does
not normally hedge these exposures, other than in the case of certain seed investments, which are hedged using foreign exchange forward
contracts. These contracts are measured at fair value at the balance sheet date. Foreign currency risk is monitored closely and managed
by the finance function.
Foreign exchange rate sensitivity analysis
The Directors believe that 10% gives a reasonable measure of the Group’s sensitivity to foreign exchange risk. The following table demonstrates
the sensitivity to a possible change in foreign exchange rates, with all other variables held constant, on the Group’s profit before tax. This reflects
estimated gains and losses on retranslating the Group’s foreign currency assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and not any likely impact
on the Group’s revenue or costs. The exposure to foreign exchange risk arises principally through operational cash balances held in foreign
currencies and seed investments held in non-Sterling share classes. There is no further impact on the Group’s equity.
2023
2022
+10% -10% +10% -10%
Impact on the income statement of change in exchange rates £m £m £m £m
Sterling against Euro
(9.1)
11.1
(7.2)
8.8
Sterling against US Dollar
(5.5)
6.7
(3.6)
4.4
Sterling against Singaporean Dollar
(0.4)
0.5
(0.3)
0.3
Sterling against Swiss Franc
(0.3)
0.3
(0.3)
0.3
Sterling against Hong Kong Dollar
(1.4)
1.8
(1.2)
1.4
The sensitivity analysis takes account of the relevant derivative transactions the Group has entered into to hedge against such exposures.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest
rates.
The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to the Group’s holdings in cash and cash equivalents (Note 18). The Group puts cash
on deposit at fixed rates of interest for periods of up to three months. Investments in money market funds are exposed to interest rate risk
via the underlying holdings of the funds, which include instruments that earn interest at variable rates. The Group’s Tier 2 subordinated debt
was issued at a fixed interest rate, and therefore has no interest rate risk exposure. The Group manages interest rate risk via the finance function
monitoring of interest rate cash flow risks and returns.
Interest rate sensitivity analysis
The Directors believe that a movement in interest rates of 100bps gives a reasonable measure of the Group’s sensitivity to interest rate risk.
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a possible change in interest rates, with all other variables held constant, on the Group’s
profit before tax (mainly through the impact on floating rate cash deposits). There is no further impact on the Group’s equity.
2023 2022
Impact on the income statement of change in interest rates £m £m
+100 bps
2.7
2.8
-100 bps
(2.7)
(2.8)
183Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
27. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract leading to a financial loss
in the Group’s operating activities.
The Group is exposed to credit risk primarily from its treasury activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions and investments
in money market funds, but also from its trade receivables and, in certain circumstances, financial assets at FVTPL. Trade receivables are monitored
regularly. The Group manages its credit (and concentration) risk exposure by setting individual counterparty limits based on credit ratings.
Historically, default levels on both treasury activities and trade receivables have been insignificant.
Financial assets at FVTPL expose the Group to credit risk where seed investments in funds are consolidated and those funds hold investments
in debt instruments or derivative positions with a positive fair value.
The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk is £443.9m (2022: £396.6m), represented by the carrying value of its non-equity financial assets at
FVTPL (£72.8m (2022: £47.4m)), other financial assets held at amortised cost (£102.9m (2022: £68.9m)) and cash and cash equivalents (£268.2m (2022:
£280.3m)).
The fair values of the Group’s financial liabilities at FVTPL are not affected by changes in the Group’s credit risk.
With regard to credit risk related to financial instruments, the Group’s policy is to place deposits only with financial institutions which satisfy
minimum counterparty ratings and other criteria. Investments of surplus funds are made only with approved counterparties and within credit
limits assigned to each counterparty. The limits are set to minimise the concentration of risks and thereby mitigate the possibility of financial
loss through counterparty failure. The Group monitors any decrease in the creditworthiness of its counterparties.
The table below contains an ageing analysis of current and overdue trade receivables:
2023 2022
£m £m
Neither past due nor impaired
87.1
63.0
Days past due:
< 30
1.1
4.0
30-60
0.1
0.1
61-90
0.5
> 90
0.7
1.8
89.5
68.9
None of the receivables past due were considered to be impaired (2022: £nil).
The table below contains an analysis of financial assets held by the Group for which credit ratings are available:
2023
2022
Other financial Other financial
Financial assets Cash and cash assets held at Financial assets Cash and cash assets held at
at FVTPL equivalents amortised cost Total at FVTPL equivalents amortised cost Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
AAA
4.6
4.6
5.0
5.0
AA
3.9
13.4
17.3
0.7
0.7
A
201.6
3.5
205.1
2.6
163.8
0.4
166.8
BBB
6.7
66.6
73.3
11.0
116.5
127.5
BB
25.1
25.1
15.7
15.7
B
27.4
27.4
8.3
8.3
CCC
5.1
5.1
4.1
4.1
Not rated
146.6
86.0
232.6
120.4
68.5
188.9
Total
219.4
268.2
102.9
590.5
167.8
280.3
68.9
517.0
Financial assets at FVTPL which are not rated comprise equity investments.
Trade and other receivables which are not rated comprise cancellations of units in unit trusts and sales of units in unit trusts, title to which
is not transferred until settlement is received.
184
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group may be unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due or only at a significantly higher cost.
The Group produces cash flow forecasts to assist in the efficient management of the collection and payment of liquid assets and liabilities.
The Group’s objectives in respect of liquidity are:
to ensure that both the Group as a whole and individual entities within the Group have access to sufficient liquid funds to trade solvently
and meet trading liabilities as they fall due;
to allow the Group to maintain a flexible dividend policy, taking reference to prior year and prospective profitability, capital requirements
and cash flow; and
to provide the Group with appropriate flexibility over the transferability of its capital and cash balances.
Surplus cash held by the operating entities over and above the balances required for working capital management is held in interest-bearing
accounts. Regulated companies ensure that sufficient capital is maintained to meet regulatory requirements.
The Group has access to an RCF of £40.0m (2022: £80.0m) which was unutilised at 31 December 2023 (2022: same). The facility expires in 2026.
The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities at 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023 based on
contractual undiscounted payments:
2023
2022
Within 1 year Within 1 year
or repayable or repayable
on demand 1-5 years > 5 years Total on demand 1-5 years > 5 years Total
Financial liabilities £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Loans and borrowings¹
4.5
54.4
58.9
4.4
58.9
63.3
Lease liabilities
5.8
19.0
27.6
52.4
6.0
19.4
32.1
57.5
Trade and other
payables
200.0
15.9
215.9
179.7
34.0
213.7
Provisions
4.7
4.7
2.8
2.8
Financial liabilities at
FVTPL
80.3
80.3
49.2
49.2
Total
295.3
89.3
27.6
412.2
242.1
112.3
32.1
386.5
1. Includes contractual payments of interest.
Capital management
The Group’s objectives when managing its capital and funding structure are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern,
maintain appropriate financial resources, maximise shareholder value, maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital and to
meet working capital requirements. The Group defines its capital as being equal to its share capital and reserves.
2023 2022
£m £m
Cash and short-term deposits
268.2
280.3
Loans and borrowings
(49.7)
(49.5)
Net cash and cash equivalents
218.5
230.8
Equity¹
260.5
260.7
Retained earnings, foreign currency translation reserve and non-controlling interests
529.0
583.2
Total equity
789.5
843.9
1. Share capital, own share reserve and other reserves.
Regulatory capital requirements
The Group considers its share capital, reserves and subordinated debt, which was issued in 2020 and which qualifies as lower Tier 2 capital,
to constitute its total capital. The subsidiaries within the Group which are regulated are required to maintain capital resources to comply
with the regulatory capital requirements of the FCA and certain overseas financial regulators. Headroom over regulatory capital is discussed
by the Risk and Compliance Committee and the Board.
In addition to the capital held to meet regulatory capital requirements, the Group maintains sufficient cash and liquid asset resources to meet
its liabilities as and when they fall due, based on regularly produced cash forecasts, modelling both normal and stressed conditions. Liquidity risk
is mitigated by the availability of the RCF and the high level of cash and cash equivalents in the business.
185Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
28. INTERESTS IN STRUCTURED ENTITIES
IFRS 12 requires certain disclosures in respect of interests in subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates and unconsolidated structured entities.
A structured entity is defined as an entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding
who controls the entity, such as when any voting rights relate to administrative tasks only, or when the relevant activities are directed
by means of contractual arrangements. The Group has assessed whether the funds it manages are structured entities and concluded that
mutual funds and investment trusts managed by the Group are structured entities unless substantive removal or liquidation rights exist.
The Group has interests in these funds through the receipt of management and other fees and, in certain funds, through ownership of fund
units or shares. The Group’s investments in these funds are subject to the terms and conditions of the respective fund’s offering documentation
and are susceptible to market price risk. The investments are included in financial assets at FVTPL in the balance sheet.
Where the Group has no equity holding in a fund it manages, the investment risk is borne by the external investors and therefore the Group’s
maximum exposure to loss relates to future management fees and any uncollected fees at the balance sheet date. Where the Group does have
an equity holding, the maximum exposure to loss constitutes the future and uncollected management fees plus the fair value of the Group’s
investment in that fund.
The Group does not sponsor any of the structured entities and there are no guarantees or commitments.
Direct holdings in unconsolidated structured entities
Direct investments in unconsolidated structured entities comprise seed investments and hedges of awards in fund units or shares in mutual funds
and investment trusts, details of which are given below:
Investment
Financial management/ Management/
Net AUM assets performance performance
Number of funds at FVTPL fees in the year fees receivable
of funds £bn £m £m £m
As at 31 December 2023
66
34.3
232.8
293.8
24.0
As at 31 December 2022
77
32.2
167.8
318.1
14.5
186
Subsidiaries and associates
Information about seed investments judged to be subsidiaries and associates at 31 December 2023 is given below:
Date of the end of
Country of Principal Financial assets Percentage of the fund's
Name
Category
incorporation activities at FVTPL £m
total AUM held
Share class held by the Group
reporting period
Jupiter European Smaller Companies
Subsidiary
England &
Unit Trust
13.8
57%
I GBP Acc
30-Aug
Wales G GBP Acc
and
G GBP Dist
Jupiter Global Emerging Markets
Subsidiary
Ireland
ICVC
5.5
100%
F EUR Acc
31-Dec
Focus ex China Fund sub-fund F GBP Acc
F USD Acc
I EUR Acc
I GBP Acc
I USD Acc
and
L USD Acc
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Europe
Subsidiary
Luxembourg
SICAV
25.3
57%
I EUR Acc
30-Sep
ex-UK Equity sub-fund and
I GBP Acc
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global
Subsidiary
Luxembourg
SICAV
77.6
22%
A USD Acc HSC
30-Sep
High Yield Short Duration Bond sub-fund A USD Q Inc HSC
A USD Q Inc IRD
D EUR ACC
D EUR Q Inc Dist
D HSC Acc USD
D USD Acc
F EUR Acc
G EUR Acc
G GBP Acc HSC
G GBP Q Dist HSC
G USD Acc
G USD Inc HSC
I EUR Acc
I GBP Acc HSC
I GBP Q Inc Dist
I USD Acc HSC
I USD Acc HSC Cap
L EUR Acc
L USD Acc
L USD Acc HSC
L USD Acc HSC Dist
N USD Acc
N USD Acc HSC
and
N USD Q Inc IRD
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global
Subsidiary
Luxembourg
SICAV
9.9
88%
A USD Acc
30-Sep
Sustainable Equities sub-fund D EUR Acc
D EUR A Inc
D USD Acc
G EUR Acc
G USD Acc
I EUR Acc
I USD Acc
L EUR Acc
L EUR A Inc
L USD Acc
N USD Acc
T EUR Acc
and
T USD Acc
187Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
28. INTERESTS IN STRUCTURED ENTITIES CONTINUED
Date of the end of
Country of Principal Financial assets Percentage of the fund's
Name
Category
incorporation activities at FVTPL £m
total AUM held
Share class held by the Group
reporting period
Jupiter Merlin Moderate Select
Subsidiary
England &
Unit Trust
5.1
100%
I Acc
31-May
Wales I Inc
J Acc
and
J Inc
Jupiter Systematic Consumer Trends
Subsidiary
Ireland
ICVC
5.0
100%
I USD Acc
31-Dec
Fund sub-fund
Jupiter Systematic Demographic
Subsidiary
Ireland
ICVC
5.0
100%
I USD Acc
31-Dec
Opportunities Fund sub-fund
Jupiter Systematic Disruptive
Subsidiary
Ireland
ICVC
5.1
100%
I USD Acc
31-Dec
Technology Fund sub-fund
Jupiter Systematic Healthcare
Subsidiary
Ireland
ICVC
5.1
100%
I USD Acc
31-Dec
Innovation Fund sub-fund
Jupiter Systematic Physical World
Subsidiary
Ireland
ICVC
5.0
100%
I USD Acc
31-Dec
Fund sub-fund
188
Related undertakings other than subsidiaries and associates
Entities in which the Group holds more than 20% of the shares in any single share class, but over which the Group has neither control
nor significant influence, are summarised below:
Percentage Date of the
of share end of the
Financial class held Percentage fund's
Share class held by Country of assets at by the of total reporting
Name the Group
incorporation
Principal activities
FVTPL £m Group shares held period
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Strategic Absolute
I GBP Acc
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
0.8
41%
0%
31-Dec
Return Bond Fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Strategic Absolute
I JPY Acc HSC
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
100%
0%
31-Dec
Return Bond Fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Strategic Absolute
U3 SEK Acc
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
100%
0%
31-Dec
Return Bond Fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Financial
F USD Acc
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
100%
0%
31-Dec
Contingent Capital Fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Global Emerging
N USD Acc
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
100%
0%
31-Dec
Markets Focus Fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Gold & Silver Fund
N USD Acc
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
100%
0%
31-Dec
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Jupiter UK
I GBP Acc
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
0.7
71%
3%
31-Dec
Specialist Equity Fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Merian North
I GBP INC
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
100%
0%
31-Dec
American Equity Fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Merian North
I USD INC
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
100%
0%
31-Dec
American Equity Fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Merian North
L USD INC
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
100%
0%
31-Dec
American Equity Fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Merian North
U2 GBP INC
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
100%
0%
31-Dec
American Equity Fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Merian World
I EUR Inc
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
100%
0%
31-Dec
Equity Fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Merian World
I GBP Acc
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
100%
0%
31-Dec
Equity Fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Merian World
I GBP Inc
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
100%
0%
31-Dec
Equity Fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Merian World
L GBP Inc
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
100%
0%
31-Dec
Equity Fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Merian World
L GBP Inc
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
100%
0%
31-Dec
Equity Fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Merian World
L USD Dist
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
100%
0%
31-Dec
Equity Fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Merian World
U1 GBP Inc
Ireland
ICVC sub-fund
100%
0%
31-Dec
Equity Fund
Jupiter Global Emerging Markets Fund
L GBP INC
England &
Unit Trust
100%
0%
31-May
Wales
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Asia Pacific Income
I EUR Dist
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Asia Pacific Income
I USD Dist
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Asia Pacific Income
L EUR Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Asia Pacific Income
L EUR Dist
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Asia Pacific Income
L USD Dist
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Dynamic Bond
C Q HSC USD
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Inc
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Dynamic Bond
L JPY Hsc Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Dynamic Bond
N USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Dynamic Bond ESG
D EUR Q Inc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Dist
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Dynamic Bond ESG
D SGD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Asia Pacific Income
L SGD Q Inc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
10%
30-Sep
Dist HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Dynamic Bond ESG
D SGD M Inc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
IRD HSC
189Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
28. INTERESTS IN STRUCTURED ENTITIES CONTINUED
Percentage Date of the
of share end of the
Financial class held Percentage fund's
Share class held by Country of assets at by the of total reporting
Name the Group
incorporation
Principal activities
FVTPL £m Group shares held period
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Dynamic Bond ESG
I EUR Q Inc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Dynamic Bond ESG
I SEK Acc HSC
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Dynamic Bond ESG
K EUR Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Dynamic Bond ESG
L EUR Q Inc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Dist
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Dynamic Bond ESG
L SEK Acc HSC
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Dynamic Bond ESG
Y EUR Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: European Growth
C USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: European Growth
D SGD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: European Growth
D USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: European Growth
FIA IE
Brazil
SICAV sub-fund
1.5
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: European Growth
N USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: European Growth
USD FC FIA IE
Brazil
SICAV sub-fund
1.1
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Financial Innovation
A USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Financial Innovation
D USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Financial Innovation
N USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Financial Innovation
N USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Convertibles
A USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Convertibles
C USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Ecology Growth
D EUR Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Ecology Growth
U2 GBP Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Emerging Markets
A USD Q Dist
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Corporate Bond
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Emerging Markets D GBP A Inc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Corporate Bond HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Emerging Markets
I CHF Acc HSC
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Corporate Bond
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Emerging Markets L EUR Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Corporate Bond HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Emerging Markets
C USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Short Duration Bond
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Emerging Markets I USD A Inc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Short Duration Bond Dist
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Equity Growth D EUR Hedged
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Unconstrained Acc HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Equity Growth
G EUR Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Unconstrained
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Equity Growth
N USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Unconstrained
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Value
A USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Value
U2 USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Japan Select
A USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Japan Select
D GBP Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
0.8
49%
0%
30-Sep
Phsc
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Japan Select
D GBP S Inc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
PHSC
190
Percentage Date of the
of share end of the
Financial class held Percentage fund's
Share class held by Country of assets at by the of total reporting
Name the Group
incorporation
Principal activities
FVTPL £m Group shares held period
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Jupiter Global Sovereign
A USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Opportunities
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Jupiter Global Sovereign
D USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Opportunities
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Jupiter Global Sovereign D USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Opportunities HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Jupiter Global Sovereign
I EUR Acc HSC
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Opportunities
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Jupiter Global Sovereign L EUR Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Opportunities HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Jupiter Global Sovereign
L USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Opportunities
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Jupiter Global Sovereign
L USD Inc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Opportunities
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Jupiter Global Sovereign
N USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Opportunities
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Pan European Smaller A USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Companies HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Pan European Smaller C USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Companies HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Pan European Smaller D GBP Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
36%
0%
30-Sep
Companies HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Pan European Smaller L USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Companies HSC
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Pan European Smaller N USD Acc
Luxembourg
SICAV sub-fund
100%
0%
30-Sep
Companies HSC
Jupiter Global Value Equity Fund
U2 GBP Acc
England &
Unit Trust
100%
0%
31-May
Wales
Jupiter Responsible Income Fund
P GBP Acc
England &
Unit Trust
100%
0%
31-May
Wales
Jupiter Responsible Income Fund
P GBP Dist
England &
Unit Trust
100%
0%
31-May
Wales
Jupiter Responsible Income Fund
U1 GBP Acc
England &
Unit Trust
100%
0%
31-May
Wales
Jupiter Responsible Income Fund
U1 GBP Dist
England &
Unit Trust
100%
0%
31-May
Wales
191Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
29. RELATED PARTIES
The Group manages a number of investment trusts, unit trusts, OEICs, SICAVs, ICVCs, a hedge fund (closed in 2022) and Delaware LPs and receives
management and, in some instances, registration (Aggregate Operating Fee) and performance fees for providing this service. The precise fee
arrangements are disclosed within the financial statements of each investment management subsidiary of the Group or within other publicly
available information. By virtue of the investment management agreements in place between the Group and the collective investment vehicles
it manages, such funds may be considered to be related parties. Investment management and performance fees are disclosed in Note 1.
The Group acts as investment manager for 30 (2022: 34) authorised unit trusts and 9 (2022: 12) OEICs. Each unit trust is jointly administered with
the trustees, Northern Trust Global Services SE. The aggregate total value of transactions for the year was £2,223m (2022: £2,714m) for unit trust
creations and £4,052m (2022: £3,570m) for unit trust liquidations. The actual aggregate amount due to (2022: from) the trustees at the end of the
accounting year in respect of transactions awaiting settlement was £7.5m (2022: £24.0m). The Group also acts as the management company for the
Jupiter Global Fund and Jupiter Investment Fund SICAVs, made up of 17 sub-funds (2022: 20) and 3 sub-funds (2022: 4) respectively, as well as the
Jupiter Investment Management Series II and the Jupiter Asset Management Series plc, made up of 9 (2022: 12) and 23 (2022: 18) sub-funds
respectively. The administrator is Citibank Europe plc, Luxembourg Branch.
The amounts received in respect of gross management, registration and performance fee charges split by investment vehicle were £237.1m (2022:
£254.8m) for unit trusts, £43.2m (2022: £60.9m) for OEICs, £89.7m (2022: £100.8m) for SICAVs, £46.5m (2022: £49.9m) for ICVCs, £4.3m (2022: £6.4m)
for investment trusts and £31.9m (2022: £27.0m) for segregated mandates. At the end of the year, there was £23.4m (2022: £28.9m) accrued for
annual management fees, £1.2m (2022: £1.4m) in respect of registration fees and £12.7m (2022: £9.7m) in respect of performance fees.
Included within financial instruments (see Note 16) are seed investments, hedges of awards in fund units in mutual funds and investment trusts,
and proprietary investments in an investment trust, all managed, but not controlled, by the Group. At 31 December 2023, the Group had a total
net investment in such funds of £56.5m (2022: £53.1m) and received distributions of £0.5m (2022: £1.0m). During 2023, it invested £36.4m
(2022: £24.1m) in these funds and made disposals of £0.3m (2022: £86.6m).
Key management compensation
Transactions with key management personnel also constitute related party transactions. Key management personnel are defined as the Directors,
together with other members of the Executive Committee, and the Strategy and Management Committee. The aggregate compensation paid
or payable to key management for employee services is shown below:
2023 2022
£m £m
Short-term employee benefits
3.7
3.8
Share-based payments
1.3
1.6
Other long-term employee benefits
1.2
1.7
6.2
7.1
30. BASIS OF PREPARATION AND OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards (IAS) and with the
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards.
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis using the historical cost convention modified by the revaluation of certain
financial assets and financial liabilities (including derivatives) that have been measured at fair value. After reviewing the Group’s current plans and
forecasts and financing arrangements, as well as the current trading activities of the Group, the Directors consider that the Group has adequate
resources to continue operating for a period of at least 12 months from the date of signing of these financial statements.
In preparing the financial statements, we have considered the impact of climate change, particularly in the context of the disclosures included
on Sustainability on pages 36 to 47. There has not been a material impact on the financial reporting judgements and estimates arising from our
considerations.
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
192
Basis of accounting
The consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2023 include the consolidated financial information of the Company
and its subsidiaries. The accounting policies set out those policies that have been applied consistently in preparing the Group financial statements.
No standards or interpretations have been issued that have had or are expected to have an impact on the Group’s financial statements.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IAS requires the use of accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise
its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity,
or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements, are disclosed later in this note within the
section Significant accounting estimates, judgements and assumptions.
Business combinations
The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration for the acquisition of a subsidiary
is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and any equity interests issued by the
Group. The consideration includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from contingent or deferred consideration arrangements.
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values
at the acquisition date.
Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are those entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity if it is judged to have all of the following:
power over the investee;
exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and
the ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.
The Group’s subsidiaries comprise operating and holding companies, and those funds where the Group acts as fund manager which
are consolidated as a result of additional exposure to the variable returns of the funds through seed investment. Where we own 100%
of an operating or holding company, our judgement is that the above elements of control are immediately satisfied and that the companies
are therefore subsidiaries of the Group.
Associates are those entities over which the Group has significant influence. Such entities are not consolidated, but are accounted for using
the equity method.
Seed investments are accounted for as subsidiaries, associates or other financial investments depending on the holdings of the Group
and on the level of influence and control that the Group is judged to have.
193Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
30. BASIS OF PREPARATION AND OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
A list of subsidiaries, split into operating and holding companies and consolidated funds, is provided in Note 33. Consistent accounting policies are
applied across all Group companies. Intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation. The transactions
and balances of subsidiaries are consolidated in these financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control
ceases. Where external investors hold shares in funds controlled by the Group, the portion of profit or loss and net assets held by these
non-controlling interests is included within other gains/losses in the consolidated income statement and as liabilities at FVTPL in the consolidated
balance sheet respectively.
Foreign currency
(i) Functional and presentational currency
Items included in the financial information of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic
environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling,
which is both the Company’s functional and presentational currency as well as the currency in which the majority of the Group’s
revenue streams, assets and liabilities are denominated.
(ii) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions.
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates
of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the consolidated income statement within administrative
expenses. Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets and liabilities, such as equities held at FVTPL, are recognised in the
consolidated income statement as part of other gains/losses.
(iii) Group companies
The assets and liabilities of Group entities that have a functional currency different from the presentational currency are translated at the closing
rate at the balance sheet date, with income and expenses translated at average monthly exchange rates. Resulting exchange differences are
recognised as a separate component of other comprehensive income and are recycled to the income statement on disposal or liquidation
of the relevant branch or subsidiary.
New standards and interpretations not applied
The International Accounting Standards Board and IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) have issued a number of new accounting standards,
interpretations, and amendments to existing standards and interpretations. There are no IFRSs or IFRS IC interpretations that are not yet effective
that would be expected to have a material impact on the Group.
Significant accounting estimates, judgements and assumptions
The preparation of the financial information requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amount of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities. If such estimates and assumptions, which are based
on management’s best judgement at the date of preparation of the financial information, deviate from actual circumstances, the original estimates
and assumptions are modified as appropriate in the period in which the circumstances change.
There is a reasonable level of risk that the use of estimates and judgements could lead to a material change within the next financial year
in respect of the valuation of the Group’s goodwill asset, as set out in Note 11.
The areas where judgements are significant to the Group financial statements are discussed in the following notes:
11. Goodwill;
13. Calculation of lease assets and liabilities; and
16. Consolidation of seed investments.
Areas of the financial statements where the use of estimation is important, but where the risk of material adjustment is not significant,
are discussed in the following notes:
5. Share-based payments;
6. Cash and fund-based deferred compensation awards;
13. Calculation of lease assets and liabilities; and
21. Provisions.
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
194
COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
Notes
2023
£m
2022
£m
Non-current assets
Investment in subsidiary undertakings 32 569.9 552.3
Deferred tax assets 0.8 1.3
570.7 553.6
Current assets
Financial assets at FVTPL 34 11.3 16.8
Trade and other receivables 35 97.9 105.6
Cash and cash equivalents 36 0.9 0.9
110.1 123.3
Total assets 680.8 676.9
Equity
Share capital 22 10.9 10.9
Own share reserve 23 (0.7) (0.5)
Other reserves 23 250.3 250.3
Retained earnings 230.2 124.9
Total equity 490.7 385.6
Non-current liabilities
Loans and borrowings 19 49.7 49.5
Trade and other payables 37 0.7 1.3
50.4 50.8
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables 37 139.7 240.5
139.7 240.5
Total liabilities 190.1 291.3
Total equity and liabilities 680.8 676.9
The financial statements of Jupiter Fund Management plc (registered number 6150195) on pages 195 to 201 were approved by the Board
of Directors and authorised for issue on 21 February 2024. They were signed on its behalf by:
Wayne Mepham
Chief Financial & Operating Officer
COMPANY BALANCE SHEET AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
195Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Share
capital
£m
Own share
reserve
£m
Other
reserves
£m
Retained
earnings
£m
Total
£m
At 1 January 2022 11.1 (0.4) 250.1 195.8 456.6
Profit for the year 37.0 37.0
Total comprehensive income 37.0 37.0
Vesting of ordinary shares and options 0.1 (0.1)
Share repurchases and cancellations (0.2) 0.2 (10.0) (10.0)
Dividends paid (90.2) (90.2)
Share-based payments 13.6 13.6
Purchase of shares by EBT (0.2) (21.2) (21.4)
Total transactions with owners (0.2) (0.1) 0.2 (107.9) (108.0)
At 31 December 2022 10.9 (0.5) 250.3 124.9 385.6
Profit for the year 146.3 146.3
Total comprehensive income 146.3 146.3
Vesting of ordinary shares and options 0.2 (0.2)
Dividends paid (35.2) (35.2)
Share-based payments 18.5 18.5
Purchase of shares by EBT (0.4) (24.1) (24.5)
Total transactions with owners (0.2) (41.0) (41.2)
At 31 December 2023 10.9 (0.7) 250.3 230.2 490.7
Notes 22 23 23
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Notes
2023
£m
2022
£m
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations 38 63.1 122.0
Net cash inflows from operating activities 63.1 122.0
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of financial assets at FVTPL (0.2) (0.6)
Proceeds from sale of financial assets at FVTPL 3.6 2.9
Net cash inflows from investing activities 3.4 2.3
Cash flows from financing activities
Share repurchases (2.0) (8.0)
Purchase of shares by EBT (24.5) (21.4)
Finance costs paid (4.8) (4.8)
Dividends paid 24 (35.2) (90.2)
Net cash outflows from financing activities (66.5) (124.4)
Net movement in cash and cash equivalents (0.1)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 0.9 1.0
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 36 0.9 0.9
31. ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of preparation
The separate financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted IAS and with the requirements of the
Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards. The principal accounting policies adopted are the same as those
set out in the Group’s financial statements.
The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial assets that have been
measured at fair value. The Company has taken advantage of the exemption in section 408 of the Act not to present its own income statement.
The Company’s profit after tax for the year was £146.3m (2022: £37.0m).
Significant accounting estimates, judgements and assumptions
There is a reasonable level of risk that the use of estimates and judgements could lead to a material change within the next financial year
in respect of the valuation of the Company’s investment in subsidiary undertakings, as set out in Note 32.
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
AND COMPANY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
196
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Investments in subsidiary undertakings
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are held at cost less provision for impairment.
Share-based payments
The grant by the Company of options over its equity instruments to the employees of subsidiary undertakings in the Group is treated as a capital
contribution. The fair value of employee services received, measured by reference to the grant date fair value, is recognised over the vesting
period as an increase to the investment in subsidiary undertakings, with a corresponding credit to equity in the Company financial statements.
32. INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKINGS
2023
£m
2022
£m
At 1 January 552.3 541.1
Share-based payments 17.6 11.2
At 31 December 569.9 552.3
During 2022 and 2023, a number of subsidiary companies granted options to their employees over the shares of Jupiter Fund Management plc.
For accounting purposes, these grants are recorded as investments by the Company in its subsidiary undertakings.
Impairment reviews are performed when there is an indicator that the carrying value of the Company’s investment in subsidiary undertakings
could exceed the recoverable value based on the higher of their VIU and fair value less costs to sell. Following recognition of impairment of the
Group’s goodwill asset, an impairment review was undertaken, applying valuation techniques consistent with those described in Note 11 to the
Company’s investments. For each investment, the VIU exceeded the carrying value and therefore no impairment losses have been recognised.
33. RELATED UNDERTAKINGS
The following information relates to the Company’s operating subsidiaries. At 31 December 2022 and 2023 (unless otherwise indicated), with the
exception of Jupiter Fund Management Group Limited and Merian Global Investors Limited, these were all indirectly held, although the Company
has some direct investments in operating subsidiaries for accounting purposes as a result of share-based payment awards (see Notes 31 and 32).
All subsidiaries have the same reporting dates and period of reporting as the parent Company. The parent held directly or indirectly all of the
issued ordinary shares and controlled all of the voting rights in all of the subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated. All subsidiaries have been
consolidated in the Group financial statements and operate and are incorporated in the countries in which they are registered.
Name Registered office Principal activities
Jupiter Asset Management (Asia Pacific) Limited 6th Floor, Alexandra House,
18 Chater Road, Central, Hong Kong
Investment management
Jupiter Asset Management (Asia) Private Limited 50 Raffles Place, #27-01 Singapore Land Tower,
Singapore
Investment management
Jupiter Asset Management Australia Pty Limited Level 10, 68 Pitt Street, Sydney, Australia Investment management
Jupiter Asset Management (Canada) Limited 45 O’Connor Street, Ottawa, Canada Dormant
Jupiter Asset Management (Europe) Limited 53 Merrion Square, South Dublin, Ireland ICVC management
Jupiter Asset Management Group Limited 70 Victoria Street, London, UK Investment holding company
Jupiter Asset Management (Hong Kong) Limited 6th Floor, Alexandra House,
18 Chater Road, Central, Hong Kong
Investment management
Jupiter Asset Management International S.A 5 Rue Heienhaff, Senningerberg,
L-1736, Luxembourg
SICAV management
Jupiter Asset Management Limited 70 Victoria Street, London, UK Investment management
Jupiter Asset Management (N America) Inc 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, USA Investment holding company
Jupiter Asset Management (Switzerland) AG 16 Löwenstrasse, Zurich, Switzerland Investment management
Jupiter Asset Management US LLC 1675 South State Street, #B, Dover, Delaware, USA Investment management
Jupiter Fund Management Group Limited 70 Victoria Street, London, UK Investment holding company
Jupiter Fund Managers Limited 70 Victoria Street, London, UK Dormant
Jupiter Investment Management Group Limited 70 Victoria Street, London, UK Investment holding company
Jupiter Investment Management Holdings LLC 1675 South State Street, #B, Dover, Delaware, USA Investment holding company
197Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
33. RELATED UNDERTAKINGS CONTINUED
Name Registered office Principal activities
Jupiter Investment Management Limited 70 Victoria Street, London, UK Investment management
Jupiter Investment Trust Limited 70 Victoria Street, London, UK Dormant
Jupiter Management GP LLC 1675 South State Street, #B, Dover, Delaware, USA Investment management
Jupiter Unit Trust Managers Limited 70 Victoria Street, London, UK Unit trust management
Knightsbridge Asset Management Limited 70 Victoria Street, London, UK Investment holding company
Merian Global Investors (Finance) Limited 47 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey, Channel Islands Investment holding company
Merian Global Investors Holdings Limited 70 Victoria Street, London, UK Investment holding company
Merian Global Investors (Jersey) Limited 47 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey, Channel Islands Investment holding company
Merian Global Investors Limited 47 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey, Channel Islands Investment holding company
Tyndall Holdings Limited 70 Victoria Street, London, UK Investment holding company
Tyndall Investments Limited 70 Victoria Street, London, UK Dormant
Jupiter Asset Management Australia Pty Limited was incorporated on 19 January 2022.
The following information relates to an investment which is judged to be an associate of the Group at 31 December 2023. This investment
was consolidated up to 31 December 2023, at which time it was judged to be an associate rather than a subsidiary undertaking (see Note 14).
From 31 December 2023, the Group has recognised its investment in this entity using equity accounting.
Name Registered office Principal activities Ownership percentage
NZS Capital LLC 850 New Burton Road, #201, Dover, Delaware, USA Investment
management
25%
The following information relates to seed investments which are judged to be subsidiaries of the Group at 31 December 2023:
Name Registered office Principal activities
Percentage of AUM
indirectly held by
the Company
Jupiter European Smaller Companies Fund 70 Victoria Street, London, UK Unit Trust 57%
Jupiter Global Emerging Markets Focus ex China Fund 53 Merrion Square, South Dublin, Ireland ICVC sub-fund 100%
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Europe ex-UK Equity 6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg SICAV sub-fund 57%
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global High Yield Short
Duration Bond
6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg SICAV sub-fund 22%
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Sustainable Equities 6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg SICAV sub-fund 88%
Jupiter Merlin Moderate Select 6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg 100%
Jupiter Systematic Consumer Trends Fund 53 Merrion Square, South Dublin, Ireland ICVC sub-fund 100%
Jupiter Systematic Demographic Opportunities Fund 53 Merrion Square, South Dublin, Ireland ICVC sub-fund 100%
Jupiter Systematic Disruptive Technology Fund 53 Merrion Square, South Dublin, Ireland ICVC sub-fund 100%
Jupiter Systematic Healthcare Innovation Fund 53 Merrion Square, South Dublin, Ireland ICVC sub-fund 100%
Jupiter Systematic Physical World Fund 53 Merrion Square, South Dublin, Ireland ICVC sub-fund 100%
The following information relates to seed investments in funds where the Group holds more than 20% of the shares in any single share class,
but over which the Group has neither control nor significant influence:
Name Registered office Principal activities
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Strategic Absolute
Return Bond Fund
53 Merrion Square, South Dublin, Ireland ICVC sub-fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Financial
Contingent Capital Fund
53 Merrion Square, South Dublin, Ireland ICVC sub-fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Global Emerging
Markets Focus Fund
53 Merrion Square, South Dublin, Ireland ICVC sub-fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Gold & Silver Fund 53 Merrion Square, South Dublin, Ireland ICVC sub-fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Jupiter UK
Specialist Equity Fund
53 Merrion Square, South Dublin, Ireland ICVC sub-fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Merian North
American Equity Fund
53 Merrion Square, South Dublin, Ireland ICVC sub-fund
Jupiter Asset Management Series Plc: Merian World
Equity Fund
53 Merrion Square, South Dublin, Ireland ICVC sub-fund
Jupiter Global Emerging Markets Fund 70 Victoria Street, London, UK Unit Trust
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Asia Pacific Income 6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg SICAV sub-fund
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Dynamic Bond 6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg SICAV sub-fund
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Dynamic Bond ESG 6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg SICAV sub-fund
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: European Growth 6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg SICAV sub-fund
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
198
Name Registered office Principal activities
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Financial Innovation 6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg SICAV sub-fund
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Convertibles 6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg SICAV sub-fund
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Ecology Growth 6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg SICAV sub-fund
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Emerging Markets
Corporate Bond
6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg SICAV sub-fund
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Emerging Markets
Short Duration Bond
6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg SICAV sub-fund
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Equity Growth
Unconstrained
6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg SICAV sub-fund
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Global Value 6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg SICAV sub-fund
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Japan Select 6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg SICAV sub-fund
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Jupiter Global Sovereign
Opportunities
6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg SICAV sub-fund
Jupiter Global Fund SICAV: Pan European Smaller
Companies
6 Route de Trèves, Senningerberg, Luxembourg SICAV sub-fund
Jupiter Global Value Equity Fund 70 Victoria Street, London, UK Unit Trust
Jupiter Responsible Income Fund 70 Victoria Street, London, UK Unit Trust
34. FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FVTPL
Financial assets at FVTPL are carried at fair value, with gains and losses recognised in the income statement in the period in which they arise.
Financial assets at FVTPL comprise shares in certain funds managed by the Group held in the EBT in order to hedge compensation awards
made by a subsidiary of the Company.
2023
£m
2022
£m
Financial assets
Financial assets at FVTPL 11.3 16.8
11.3 16.8
35. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
Trade and other receivables are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost. All trade and other receivables are due
within one year or repayable on demand. In line with the Company’s historical experience, and after consideration of current credit exposures,
the Company does not expect to incur any credit losses and has not recognised any expected credit losses in the current year (2022: £nil).
2023
£m
2022
£m
Amounts due from subsidiaries 97.8 105.5
Prepayments and accrued income 0.1 0.1
97.9 105.6
As set out in Note 17, trade and other receivables are judged to be credit impaired when one or more detrimental events have occurred,
such as significant financial difficulty of the counterparty or it becoming probable that the counterparty will enter bankruptcy or other financial
reorganisation. Having considered the solvency position of the subsidiary undertakings from which amounts are due to the Company and their
ability to settle these balances out of their net assets, the Company does not expect to incur any credit losses and has not recognised any ECLs
in the current year (2022: £nil).
199Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
36. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
2023
£m
2022
£m
Cash at bank and in hand 0.7 0.7
Cash held by EBT 0.2 0.2
0.9 0.9
37. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
Non-current
2023
£m
2022
£m
Accruals 0.5 1.0
Social security and other taxes 0.2 0.3
0.7 1.3
Current
2023
£m
2022
£m
Amounts due to subsidiaries 134.7 233.7
Accruals 4.7 4.7
Social security and other taxes 0.3 0.1
Other payables 2.0
139.7 240.5
38. CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
2023
£m
2022
£m
Operating profit 147.3 39.0
Adjustments for:
Share-based payments 0.9 2.4
Decrease in trade and other receivables 14.3 0.6
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables (99.4) 80.0
Cash generated from operations 63.1 122.0
39. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Financial instruments by category
The carrying value of the financial instruments of the Company at 31 December is shown below:
2023
Financial assets held
at amortised cost and
other
2
£m
Financial assets held
at FVTPL
£m
Financial liabilities
held at amortised cost
£m
Non-financial
instruments
£m
Total
£m
Investment in subsidiary undertakings 569.9 569.9
Deferred tax assets 0.8 0.8
Financial assets at FVTPL 11.3 11.3
Current trade and other receivables 97.9 97.9
Cash and cash equivalents 0.9 0.9
Non-current loans and borrowings (49.7) (49.7)
Non-current trade and other payables
1
(0.5) (0.2) (0.7)
Current trade and other payables
1
(139.4) (0.3) (139.7)
Total 668.7 11.3 (189.6) 0.3 490.7
1. Social security and other taxes do not meet the definition of financial instruments.
2. Investment in subsidiary undertakings is held at cost less provision for impairment.
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
200
2022
Financial assets held
at amortised cost and
other
2
£m
Financial assets
held at FVTPL
£m
Financial liabilities held
at amortised cost
£m
Non-financial
instruments
£m
Total
£m
Investment in subsidiary undertakings 552.3 552.3
Deferred tax assets 1.3 1.3
Financial assets at FVTPL 16.8 16.8
Current trade and other receivables 105.6 105.6
Cash and cash equivalents 0.9 0.9
Non-current loans and borrowings (49.5) (49.5)
Non-current trade and other payables
1
(1.0) (0.3) (1.3)
Current trade and other payables
1
(240.4) (0.1) (240.5)
Total 658.8 16.8 (290.9) 0.9 385.6
1. Social security and other taxes do not meet the definition of financial instruments.
2. Investment in subsidiary undertakings is held at cost less provision for impairment.
For financial instruments held at 31 December 2023, issued subordinated debt, recorded within non-current loans and borrowings above, had a fair
value of £50.2m (2022: £51.0m), less unamortised expenses of £0.1m (2022: £0.2m).
At 31 December 2022 and 2023, the following hierarchy was used for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments:
Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2: other techniques, for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or
indirectly.
Level 3: techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data
(unobservable inputs).
As at 31 December 2023, the Company held the following financial instruments measured at fair value:
2023
Level 1
£m
Level 2
£m
Level 3
£m
Total
£m
Financial assets at FVTPL – funds 11.3 11.3
As at 31 December 2022, the Company held the following financial instruments measured at fair value:
2022
Level 1
£m
Level 2
£m
Level 3
£m
Total
£m
Financial assets at FVTPL – funds 16.8 16.8
Financial assets at FVTPL
Financial assets at FVTPL – funds relates to hedges of compensation awards made in shares in an investment trust and proprietary holdings in an
investment trust.
Price risk
Price risk is the risk that a decline in the value of assets will adversely impact the profitability of the Company. Management has identified price
risk as the exposure to unfavourable movements in the value of financial assets held by the Company which would result in a loss recognised in
the consolidated income statement. The Company is not exposed to commodity price risk. The Company, through an EBT, holds listed equity
investments as a hedge against compensation awards made by a subsidiary of the Company. Gains and losses are borne by the subsidiary and, as a
result, the Company is not subject to price risk on these investments.
The Company’s exposure to foreign exchange, interest rate, credit and liquidity risk is not considered to be material and, therefore, no further
information is provided.
40. RELATED PARTIES
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are disclosed in Note 33 and the amounts due from and to subsidiaries in Notes 35 and 37.
Key management compensation
The Company also considers transactions with its key management personnel as related party transactions. Key management personnel is defined
as the Directors, together with other members of the Executive Committee, and the Strategy and Management Committee. The aggregate
compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below:
2023
£m
2022
£m
Short-term employee benefits 1.4 1.7
Share-based payments 0.4 0.5
Other long-term benefits 0.3 0.6
2.1 2.8
201Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF JUPITER FUND MANAGEMENT PLC
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF JUPITER FUND MANAGEMENT PLC
Opinion
In our opinion:
Jupiter Fund Management plc’s Group financial statements and Parent company financial statements (the ‘financial statements’) give a true
and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2023 and of the Group’s loss for the year then
ended:
the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards;
the Parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards
as applied in accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006; and
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements of Jupiter Fund Management plc (the ‘Parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year
ended 31 December 2023 which comprise:
Group Parent company
Consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 December 2023 Company balance sheet at 31 December 2023
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended
31 December 2023
Company statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31
December 2023
Consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2023 Company statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2023
Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31
December 2023
Related notes 31 to 40 to the Company financial statements
Consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December
2023
Related notes 1 to 30 to the Consolidated financial statements
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and UK-adopted international accounting standards
and as regards the Parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006.
BASIS FOR OPINION
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (‘ISAs (UK)’) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under
those standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements’ section of our report. We believe
that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
INDEPENDENCE
We are independent of the Group and Parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial
statements in the UK, including the Financial Reporting Council’s (‘FRC’) Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the Group or the Parent company and we remain
independent of the Group and the Parent company in conducting the audit.
CONCLUSIONS RELATING TO GOING CONCERN
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the
financial statements is appropriate. To evaluate the Directors’ assessment of the Group and Parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the
going concern basis of accounting, we have:
Assessed the assumptions used in management’s five-year forecast by comparing to internal management information and external market
sources. We determined that the model is appropriate to enable management to make an assessment of the going concern of the Group for a
period of twelve months from the date the Annual Report and Accounts are approved. We also performed back-testing on prior year forecasts
by comparing them to the Group’s results over the same periods;
Evaluated the capital and liquidity position of the Group by reviewing the Internal Capital Adequacy and Risk Assessment;
Assessed the appropriateness of the stress and reverse stress test scenarios determined by management by considering the key risks identified
by management, our understanding of the business and the external market environment. We evaluated the assumptions used in the scenarios
by comparing them to internal management information and external market sources, tested the clerical accuracy and assessed the conclusions
reached in the stress and reverse stress test scenarios;
Assessed the plausibility of the available options identified by management to mitigate the impact of the key risks by comparing them to our
understanding of the Group and Parent company;
Performed enquiries of management and those charged with governance to identify risks or events that may impact the Group and Parent
company’s ability to continue as a going concern. We also reviewed the management paper approved by the Board and minutes of meetings
of the Board and its committees;
Assessed the appropriateness of the going concern disclosures by comparing them to management’s assessment for consistency and for
compliance with the relevant reporting requirements.
202
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually
or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group and Parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for twelve months from
the date the Annual Report and Accounts is approved.
In relation to the Group and Parent company’s reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing
material to add or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the Directors considered
it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.
However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group and Parent company’s
ability to continue as a going concern.
OVERVIEW OF OUR AUDIT APPROACH
Audit scope The Group is comprised of 30 legal entities domiciled in eight
countries.
We performed an audit of the complete financial information of four
legal entities and audit procedures on specific balances for a further
14 legal entities.
The legal entities where we performed full or specific audit
procedures accounted for 96% of profit before tax, 97% of revenue
and 78% of total assets.
The Group’s processes over financial reporting are centralised in
London. Therefore, our testing was performed centrally by the
Group audit team in London.
Key audit matters Improper recognition of revenue
Improper recognition of fee expenses and commissions
Impairment of goodwill
Variable compensation
Materiality Overall Group materiality of £3.9 million, which represents 5%
of profit before tax, excluding goodwill impairment,
and performance fees and associated costs.
AN OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF THE PARENT COMPANY AND GROUP AUDITS
Tailoring the scope
Our assessment of audit risk, our evaluation of materiality and our allocation of performance materiality determine our audit scope for each
entity within the Group. Taken together, this enables us to form an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We take into account size,
risk profile, the organisation of the Group, changes in the business environment and other factors, such as recent internal audit results,
when assessing the level of work to be performed at each entity.
In assessing the risk of material misstatement to the Group financial statements, and to ensure we had adequate coverage of significant accounts
in the financial statements, of the 30 subsidiaries of the Group, we selected 18 subsidiaries covering entities within UK, Ireland, Luxembourg,
Hong Kong, and Singapore. These entities represent the principal business units within the Group.
Of the 18 legal entities selected, we performed an audit of the complete financial information of four legal entities (full scope entities) which were
selected based on their size or risk characteristics. For the remaining 14 legal entities (specific scope entities), we performed audit procedures
on specific accounts within each legal entity that we considered had the potential for the greatest impact on the significant accounts in the
Group financial statements, either because of the size of these accounts or their risk profile.
For the remaining entities that together represent 4% of the Group’s profit before tax, we performed procedures, including analytical review,
obtaining cash confirmations, and testing of consolidation journals and foreign currency translation recalculations, to respond to potential risks
of material misstatement of the Group financial statements.
203Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
Involvement with overseas teams
In establishing our overall approach to the Group audit, we determined the type of work that needed to be undertaken at each of the legal
entities by us, as the Group audit team, or by local auditors from other EY global network firms operating under our instruction.
Jupiter has centralised processes and controls over financial reporting within the UK. Therefore, our Group audit team in the UK performed
testing centrally for all accounts to obtain appropriate evidence for our opinion on the Group financial statements.
The Group team has maintained oversight of overseas teams through use of remote collaboration platforms, in-person visits and virtual meetings,
in particular with the Ireland and Luxembourg audit teams. This allowed the Group team to gain a greater understanding of any business issues
faced in each location, discuss the centralised audit approach with the local team and any issues arising from their work on entity audits.
This, together with the procedures performed centrally at Group level, gave us appropriate evidence for our opinion on the Group financial
statements.
The charts below illustrate the coverage obtained from the work performed by our audit teams.
Climate change
The Group has determined that the majority of its climate-related risk lies in the assets it manages on behalf of its clients. This is primarily
explained on pages 44 to 47 in the Task Force for Climate related Financial Disclosures and on pages 64 to 69 in the Risk Management section
of the Annual Report and Accounts. The Group has also explained their climate commitments on page 36. All of these disclosures form part
of the ‘Other information’. Our procedures on these unaudited disclosures therefore consisted solely of considering whether they are materially
inconsistent with the financial statements, or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appear to be materially misstated,
in line with our responsibilities in relation to ‘Other information’.
In planning and performing our audit, we assessed the potential impacts of climate change on the Group’s business and any consequential material
impact on its financial statements.
As explained in the Basis of preparation and other accounting policies note on page 192, climate risks have been considered in the preparation
of the consolidated financial statements where management consider it appropriate. The principal areas of consideration by management
include the measurement of financial assets and impairment assessments.
Our audit effort in considering the impact of climate change on the financial statements was focused on assessing whether the effects
of potential climate risks have been appropriately reflected by management in reaching their judgments. As part of this evaluation,
we performed our own risk assessment to determine the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements from climate change,
which needed to be considered in our audit.
We also challenged the Directors’ considerations of climate change risks in their assessment of going concern and viability and associated disclosures.
Based on our work, we have not identified the impact of climate change on the financial statements to be a key audit matter or as a factor that
impacts a key audit matter.
Profit before tax
95%
1%
4%
Full scope entities
Specific scope entities
Other procedures
Revenue
85%
12%
3%
Full scope entities
Specific scope entities
Other procedures
204
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF JUPITER FUND MANAGEMENT PLC CONTINUED
KEY AUDIT MATTERS
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements
of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified.
These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing
the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in our
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
Risk Our response to the risk
Improper recognition of revenue (£405.6 million, 2022: £443.5 million)
Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee report (page 98) and Note 1 of
the Consolidated financial statements (page 161)
Jupiter manages funds in three domiciles, namely Ireland, Luxembourg
and the UK, which consist of many share classes. Jupiter also manages
investment trusts and segregated mandates for a range of institutions.
The inputs and calculation methodologies that drive the fees vary
significantly across this population.
We deem the following to be the key risks in relation
to revenue recognition:
not all agreements in place have been identified and accounted for;
fee or rebate terms have not been correctly interpreted or applied
in the fee and rebate calculations;
assets under management (‘AUM’) have not been properly attributed
to fee or rebate agreements;
errors in the calculation of fees and rebates;
incorrect billing of management and performance fees, particularly
in relation to segregated mandates; and
incorrect recording of revenue journal entries, including cut-off.
There is also the risk that management may influence the timing
or recognition of revenue in order to meet market expectations
or revenue-based targets.
We have:
gained an understanding of the procedures and controls in place
throughout the revenue process, both at Jupiter and at third-party
service providers, through walkthrough procedures and review
of independent controls assurance reports;
gained an understanding of the IT processes and applications
supporting the revenue process through walkthrough procedures;
for a sample of performance fees, management fees and rebates,
tested the completeness and accuracy of data inputs, including
comparing the fee and rebate rates used to agreements, and AUM
to third-party administrator and custodian reports;
recalculated a sample of performance fees, management fees and
rebates, comparing the calculation method to relevant agreements
and comparing input and static data to third-party sources and
underlying systems and agreements;
for a sample of performance fees, management fees and rebates,
agreed the amounts invoiced to bank statements;
for a sample of fees, agreed the invoices issued to the revenue
and rebate calculations and the general ledger, tested that
the revenue is recorded in the correct period and assessed
the recoverability of debtors through inspection of the aged
debtors report and the testing of subsequent cash receipts;
for a sample of rebates, reviewed the relevant legal agreement
to verify that these have been appropriately classified as rebates
rather than fee expenses or commissions;
used data analytics to identify any unusual items or trends
in the posting of revenue and rebate journals, and tested
a sample of revenue journals;
addressed the residual risk of management override by making
enquiries of management, reading minutes of board and board
governance committee meetings throughout the year
and performing journal entry testing; and
inspected the complaints register and operational incident logs
to identify errors in revenue or rebates or other indications
of control deficiencies.
We performed full and specific scope audit procedures over this risk
area in four locations, which covered 97% of the total revenue.
Key observations communicated to the Audit and Risk Committee
The transactions tested have been recognised in accordance with the underlying agreements and other supporting documentation.
Based on the procedures performed, revenue has been recorded materially in accordance with IFRS 15 – Revenue from Contracts with
Customers. Based on the procedures performed, we have no matters to report in respect of revenue recognition.
205Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
Risk Our response to the risk
Improper recognition of fee expenses and commissions (£36.8 million,
2022: £46.2 million)
Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee report (page 98) and Note 1
of the Consolidated financial statements (page 157)
Jupiter has fee expense and commission agreements in place with
intermediaries for distribution services. The expenses are generally
based on AUM.
The following are identified as the key risks or subjective areas in
correctly recognising fee expenses:
not all agreements in place have been identified and accounted for;
fee expense terms have not been correctly interpreted or applied
in the calculations;
AUM has not been properly identified or attributed to clients
or third parties with fee expense arrangements;
errors in the calculation of fee expenses or commissions;
incorrect payments are processed; and
incorrect recording of fee expense or commission journal entries,
including cut off.
There is also the risk that management may influence the recognition
of fee expenses and commissions in order to meet market expectations
or net operating revenue-based targets.
We have:
gained an understanding of the procedures and controls in place
throughout the fee expenses and commissions process, both at Jupiter
and at third-party service providers, through walkthrough procedures
and review of independent controls assurance reports;
gained an understanding of the IT processes and applications
supporting the fee expenses and commissions process through
walkthrough procedures;
for a sample of fee expenses and commissions, we tested the
completeness and accuracy of data inputs, including comparing the
fee expense and commission rates used to the relevant agreement,
and AUM to administrator or custodian reports;
recalculated a sample of fee expenses and commissions, comparing
the calculation methodology to the relevant agreements and
comparing input and static data to third party sources and underlying
systems and agreements;
for a sample of fee and commission expenses, reviewed the relevant
legal agreement to verify that these have been appropriately classified
as a fee expense or commission rather than as a rebate;
for a sample of fee expenses and commissions, compared the
amounts recorded to the statement sent to the intermediary
and cash payments to the bank statements;
used data analytics to identify any unusual items or trends
in the posting of fee expense and commission journals;
addressed the residual risk of management override by making
inquiries of management, reading minutes of board and board
governance committee meetings throughout the year and performing
journal entry testing; and
inspected the complaints register and operational incident logs
to identify errors in fee expenses or commissions or other
indications of control deficiencies.
We performed full and specific scope audit procedures over this risk
area, which covered 94% of total fee expenses and commissions.
Key observations communicated to the Audit and Risk Committee
All transactions tested have been recognised in accordance with the underlying agreements or other supporting documentation. Fee expense
and commissions have been recorded materially in accordance with IAS 1 – Presentation of Financial Statements (‘IAS 1’). Based on the procedures
performed, we have no matters to report in respect of fee expense and commissions.
206
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF JUPITER FUND MANAGEMENT PLC CONTINUED
Risk Our response to the risk
Impairment of goodwill (£494.4 million, 2022: £570.6
million)
Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee report (page 98)
and Note 11 of the Consolidated financial statements
(pages 169-171)
The Group recorded an impairment to goodwill in the
year of £76.2m.
Goodwill had arisen as a result of previous Knightsbridge
(£341.2m) and Merian (£229.4m) acquisitions made by the
Group. IAS 36 – Impairment of Assets (‘IAS 36’) requires
management to assess the goodwill balance for
impairment on at least an annual basis. Management and
the Audit and Risk Committee have determined that
Jupiter as a whole is a single cash generating unit (‘CGU’).
Following a reduction in forecast AUM flows and profits
over the five-year planning horizon adopted by the
Board, management identified that there were indicators
of potential impairment of the goodwill balance.
Management has used a discounted cash flow (‘DCF’)
model to calculate the net present value of the Group’s
future earnings and therefore the value in use (‘VIU’)
of the CGU. The model requires management to make
judgments on terminal growth rates, discount rates, and
forecast the profit after tax of the Group and is, based
on Board-approved forecasts for a five-year period and
a terminal year modelled to represent the longer-term
forecasts for the Group. The methodology adopted by
management is consistent with that proposed by their
valuation specialist, Deloitte.
There is a risk that management makes inappropriate
or inaccurate judgments or estimates when performing
the goodwill impairment assessment.
We have:
gained an understanding of the process for assessing the potential for impairment
of goodwill through walkthrough procedures and enquiries with management
and members of the Board;
challenged management over the appropriateness of the single CGU identified by
considering the separately identifiable assets and cash flows for the CGU and the
level at which management monitor financial information;
inspected the valuation report provided to management by Deloitte and with the
support of our valuation specialists made enquiries to understand the methodology
applied and key assumptions and judgments used; and
considered the Group’s financial and business performance, share price, and other
external factors.
Discount rate and terminal growth rate
We have challenged the discount rate and the terminal growth rate used
in management’s updated impairment assessment by:
reviewing the sensitivity analysis performed by management in relation
to the discount rate and terminal growth rate, which illustrates the rates
that would be required for an impairment to be indicated; and
with the support of our valuation specialists, established a reasonable range
of values for the discount rate and the terminal growth rate and compared
management’s rate to that range.
The terminal growth rate and discount rates used by management are within a
reasonable range of values.
Five-year forecasts from 2024 to 2028
We have assessed management’s forecasts by:
discussing the five-year forecasts with management and members of the Board,
including understanding how the timing of the growth forecasts aligns with
the Group’s strategy and challenging the likelihood that the growth forecasts
will be achieved;
challenging the forecast AUM inflows with management, including members of the
Client Group, in the context of the wider macro economic environment and gaining
an understanding of how these align with the Group’s stated growth objectives;
challenged management, including the CEO, CFOO and Co-Head of the Client
Group, regarding the impact of known new and departing fund managers during
2024 on the forecasts;
challenging the costs used in the five-year forecasts with the Head of Finance;
performing our own stress testing of management’s model; and
compared the market capitalisation of the Group to management’s VIU, assessing
whether the premium implied is reasonable given recent market transactions.
Disclosures in the Report and Accounts
We have:
reviewed the draft disclosures in the Annual Report and Accounts related
to goodwill and provided our observations to management;
assessed the compliance of management’s accounting policies and disclosures
with IAS 36; and
compared the carrying value of goodwill and sensitivity analysis data disclosed
in the Annual Report and Accounts to management’s calculations.
Key observations communicated to the Audit and Risk Committee
Based on the procedures performed we are satisfied that management’s methodologies, judgements and assumptions supporting the impairment
recorded in the 2023 financial statements were reasonable and in accordance with IAS 36 and IAS 38. Based on our procedures performed,
we have no matters to report in respect of impairment of goodwill.
207Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
Risk Our response to the risk
Variable compensation (£79.2 million, 2022: £104.5 million)
Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee report (page 98) and Notes 5
and 6 of the Consolidated financial statements (pages 164-167)
Variable compensation costs comprise share-based payments, fund unit
award arrangements, cash bonuses and associated social security costs.
Awards are made under these schemes on a discretionary basis
or calculated subject to meeting certain performance criteria.
The underlying calculations are detailed, require judgment
and often rely upon manual interventions, and the accounting
for these arrangements under IFRS 2 – Share-based payments (‘IFRS 2’)
and IAS 19 – Employee benefits (‘IAS 19’) is complex.
The Group have implemented a new compensation accounting system
in the year to calculate the accounting entries for the Group’s deferred
fund unit and share-based awards. There is a risk that the data within
the system used to calculate the compensation accounting charges
may not be complete or accurate, or that the expense may not
be calculated in accordance with the terms of the awards.
We have:
gained an understanding of the processes and controls in place
through walkthrough procedures;
agreed the approval of new awards and prior year awards to evidence
of approval;
performed back-testing by agreeing the prior year cash bonus accrual
to payments made during the year;
assessed the compliance of management’s accounting policies
and disclosures with IFRS 2 and IAS 19; and
recalculated the gains or losses on the financial assets held
as an economic hedge against compensation awards to employees.
In relation to the equity-settled share-based payments, we have:
challenged management over the rate of forfeiture used in the IFRS 2
calculation by comparing to historic rates; and
recalculated the fair value of the awards and the variable
compensation expense and traced the amounts
to the financial statements.
In relation to the implementation of the new compensation accounting
system we have:
gained an understanding of the procedures performed by
management to reconcile the underlying data between the new
system and historic records, through walkthrough procedures;
compared the details provided in a sample of board-approved grant
agreements to the new system to test completeness and accuracy
of award data within the system; and
recalculated the expense and liability for all fund unit and share-based
awards to test the clerical accuracy of the amounts recorded in the
general ledger.
Key observations communicated to the Audit and Risk Committee
All transactions tested have been materially accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2 and IAS 19. Based on our procedures performed,
we have no matters to report in respect of accounting for variable compensation.
In the prior year, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’) auditors’ report identified ‘Revenue recognition’, ‘Impairment of goodwill’ and ‘Share-based
payments expense’ as key audit matters. These key audit matters are consistent with those identified in our audit for the year ended 31 December
2023, with the share-based payments expense being a component of variable compensation. In contrast to the prior year, we have identified
‘Improper recognition of fee expenses and commissions’ as a key audit matter.
208
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF JUPITER FUND MANAGEMENT PLC CONTINUED
OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the audit
and in forming our audit opinion.
Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the economic
decisions of the users of the financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for determining the nature and extent of our audit procedures.
We determined materiality for the Group to be £3.9 million , which is 5% of profit before tax, excluding the impairment of goodwill,
and performance fees and associated costs (2022: 5%).
We determined materiality for the Parent company to be £4.9 million, which is 1% of net assets. The Parent company primarily holds investments
in Group entities and, therefore, net assets is considered to be the key focus for users of the financial statements.
During the course of our audit, we reassessed initial materiality based on 31 December 2023 financial statement amounts and adjusted our audit
procedures accordingly.
Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level. It is set at an amount to reduce to an appropriately low level the
probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality.
On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the Group’s overall control environment, our judgment was that
performance materiality was 50% of our planning materiality, namely £2.0 million.
Audit work at entity level, for the purpose of obtaining audit coverage over significant financial statement accounts, is undertaken based
on a percentage of total performance materiality. The performance materiality set for each entity is based on the relative scale and risk of the
entity to the Group as a whole and our assessment of the risk of misstatement at that entity. In the current year, the range of performance
materiality allocated to individual entities was £0.4 million to £2.0 million.
Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being clearly trivial.
We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected audit differences in excess of £0.2m, which is set
at 5% of planning materiality, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.
We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and in light of other relevant
qualitative considerations in forming our opinion.
Prior year comparison
In 2022, PwC set the overall materiality for the Group at £4.9m, which was 5% of underlying profit before tax and before performance fee profits.
For the Parent Company, the overall materiality was set at £6.7m which was 1% of total assets.
OTHER INFORMATION
The other information comprises the information included in the Annual Report set out on pages 1 to 111 and 150 to 156, including the Strategic
report, Governance, and Shareholder information sections, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The Directors
are responsible for the other information in the Annual Report.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report,
we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such
material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement
in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of the other
information, we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
209Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
OPINIONS ON OTHER MATTERS PRESCRIBED BY THE COMPANIES ACT 2006
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance
with the Companies Act 2006.
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements
are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
MATTERS ON WHICH WE ARE REQUIRED TO REPORT BY EXCEPTION
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the Parent company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit,
we have not identified material misstatements in the Strategic report or the Directors’ report.
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if,
in our opinion:
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received
from branches not visited by us; or
the Parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration report to be audited are not in agreement
with the accounting records and returns; or
certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
We have reviewed the Directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate Governance
Statement relating to the Group and Parent company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified
for our review by the Listing Rules.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate Governance
Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit:
Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material uncertainties
identified, set out on page 156;
Directors’ explanation as to the Board’s assessment of the Parent company’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period
is appropriate, set out on page 106;
Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable, set out on page 106;
Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks, set out on page 156;
the section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems,
set out on pages 64-69; and
the section describing the work of the Audit and Risk Committee, set out on pages 98-111.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities set out on page 113, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group and Parent company’s ability to continue as a going
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either
intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected
to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
210
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF JUPITER FUND MANAGEMENT PLC CONTINUED
EXPLANATION AS TO WHAT EXTENT THE AUDIT WAS CONSIDERED CAPABLE OF DETECTING
IRREGULARITIES, INCLUDING FRAUD
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities,
outlined above, to detect irregularities, including fraud. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk
of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations,
or through collusion. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.
However, the primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud rests with both those charged with governance of the company
and management.
We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the Group and determined that the most
significant are those that relate to the reporting framework (UK-adopted international accounting standards, the Companies Act 2006 and UK
Corporate Governance Code) and relevant tax compliance regulations. In addition, we concluded that there are certain significant laws and
regulations which may have an effect on the determination of the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements being the Listing Rules,
relevant rules and regulations of the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) and those of other applicable regulators around the world.
We understood how Jupiter Fund Management plc is complying with those frameworks by making enquiries of senior management, including
the Chief Financial and Operating Officer, General Counsel, Company Secretary, Head of Risk, Head of Internal Audit and the Chairman of the
Audit and Risk Committee. We corroborated our understanding through our review of board and board governance committee minutes, papers
provided to the Audit and Risk Committee, and correspondence received from the FCA and from other applicable regulators around the world.
We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud might occur, by meeting
with management to understand where they considered there was susceptibility to fraud. We also considered performance targets and their
potential influence on efforts made by management to manage or influence the perceptions of analysts. We considered the controls that
the Group has established to address risks identified, or that otherwise prevent, deter and detect fraud; and how senior management monitors
these controls. Where the risk was considered to be higher, we performed audit procedures to address each identified fraud risk.
Based on this understanding we designed our audit procedures to identify non-compliance with such laws and regulations identified in the
paragraphs above. Our procedures involved: journal entry testing, with a focus on manual journals and journals indicating large or unusual
transactions based on our understanding of the business; enquiries of senior management, and focused testing, as referred to in the key audit
matters section above.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website
at https://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
OTHER MATTERS WE ARE REQUIRED TO ADDRESS
Following the recommendation from the Audit and Risk Committee, we were appointed by the Parent company on 20 March 2023 to audit
the financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2023 and subsequent financial periods. Our appointment as auditor was approved
by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 10 May 2023.
The period of uninterrupted engagement including previous renewals and reappointments is one year, covering the year ending
31 December 2023.
The audit opinion is consistent with the Audit Results Report to the Audit and Risk Committee.
USE OF OUR REPORT
This report is made solely to the Parent company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006.
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent company’s members those matters we are required to state to them
in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone
other than the Parent company and the Parent company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions
we have formed.
James Beszant (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor
London
21 February 2024
211Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
HISTORICAL SUMMARY (UNAUDITED) FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
2023
£m
2022
£m
2021
£m
2020
£m
2019
£m
Net revenue 368.8 397.3 568.6 457.8 379.1
Administrative expenses (265.4) (302.3) (353.1) (312.1) (228.5)
Other gains/(losses) 3.2 (9.7) (4.4) 3.3 4.1
Amortisation of intangible assets (20.6) (21.0) (20.6) (11.3) (1.8)
Operating profit 86.0 64.3 190.5 137.7 152.9
Impairment of goodwill (76.2)
Finance income 5.8 0.3 0.1
Finance costs (6.2) (6.6) (6.8) (5.1) (2.0)
Profit before taxation 9.4 58.0 183.7 132.6 151.0
Income tax expense (22.3) (10.1) (34.1) (27.3) (28.2)
(Loss)/profit for the year (12.9) 47.9 149.6 105.3 122.8
Earnings per share
Basic (p/share) (2.5) 8.9 27.6 21.3 27.5
Diluted (p/share) (2.5) 8.8 26.9 20.8 26.8
Dividends per share
Interim (p/share) 3.5 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9
Final (p/share) 3.4 0.5 9.2 9.2 9.2
Special (p/share) 2.9 3.0
Total dividends paid out of current year profit 9.8 8.4 17.1 20.1 17.1
AUM at year end (£bn) 52.2 50.2 60.5 58.7 42.8
Average headcount (number) 527 572 584 593 529
Cash and cash equivalents (£m) 268.2 280.3 197.3 188.1 179.4
Net cash inflows from operating activities (£m) 88.0 162.3 188.9 104.6 149.8
Underlying profit before tax (£m) 105.2 77.6 216.7 179.0 162.7
Underlying earnings per share (p/share) 14.8 11.3 31.7 28.7 28.8
212
THE USE OF ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES
The Group uses APMs for two principal reasons:
We use ratios to provide metrics for users of the accounts; and
We use revenue, expense and profitability-based APMs to explain the Group’s underlying profitability.
These non-IFRS measures are considered additional disclosures and are not intended to replace the financial information prepared in accordance
with the basis of preparation detailed in the financial statements. Moreover, the way in which the Group defines and calculates these measures
may differ from the way in which these or similar measures are calculated by other entities. Accordingly, they may not be comparable
to measures used by other entities in the asset management industry.
RATIOS
The Group calculates ratios to provide comparable metrics for users of the accounts. These ratios are derived from other APMs that measure
underlying revenue and expenditure data.
In the 2023 Annual Report and Accounts, we have used the following ratios:
APM 2023 2022 Definition Reconciliation
1 Cost:income ratio 73% 69% Administrative expenses before exceptional items
and performance fees divided by Net revenue
before exceptional items and performance fees
See table 1
below
2 Net management fee margin 69.5bps 73.5bps Net management fees divided by average AUM
3 Total compensation ratio 43% 47% Fixed staff costs before exceptional items plus
Variable staff costs before exceptional items as a
proportion of Net revenue
4 Total compensation ratio
before performance fees
42% 40% Fixed staff costs before exceptional items plus
Variable staff costs before exceptional items and
performance fees as a proportion of Net revenue
before performance fees
5 Underlying EPS 14.8p 11.3p Underlying profit after tax attributable to equity
holders of the parent divided by average issued
share capital
6 Underlying EPS before
performance fee profits/losses
13.8p 14.7p Underlying profit after tax before performance fee
profits/losses attributable to equity holders of the
parent divided by average issued share capital
7 Total shareholder return -25% -42% Movement in share price in the year plus dividends
paid in the year and dividend reinvestment
adjustment divided by the opening share price
Not available
– supplied by
Bloomberg
213Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
THE USE OF ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT
RECONCILIATIONS: TABLE 1
APM
2023
£m
2022
£m
Administrative expenses (page 157) 265.4 302.3
Less: Performance fee variable staff costs (page 25) (6.4) (33.9)
Less: Exceptional items included in administrative expenses (page 163) (0.8) (0.8)
Administrative expenses before exceptional items and performance fee-related costs 258.2 267.6
Net revenue (page 157) 368.8 397.3
Less: Performance fees (page 161) (13.2) (10.3)
Net revenue before performance fees 355.6 387.0
Cost:income ratio 1 73% 69%
Management fees (page 161) 389.9 430.1
Less: Fees and commissions relating to management fees (page 161) (35.9) (45.3)
Net management fees 354.0 384.8
Average AUM (£bn) (page 26) 50.9 52.4
Net management fee margin 2 69.5bps 73.5bps
Fixed staff costs before exceptional items (page 28) 78.1 82.4
Variable staff costs before exceptional items (page 25) 79.2 104.5
Total 157.3 186.9
Net revenue (see above) 368.8 397.3
Total compensation ratio 3 43% 47%
Fixed staff costs before exceptional items (see above) 78.1 82.4
Variable staff costs before exceptional items and performance fees (page 28) 72.8 70.6
Total 150.9 153.0
Net revenue before performance fees (see above) 355.6 387.0
Total compensation ratio before performance fees 4 42% 40%
Statutory profit before tax (page 157) 9.4 58.0
Exceptional items (page 25) 95.8 19.6
Underlying profit before tax 105.2 77.6
Tax at average statutory rate of 23.5% (2022: 19%)
1
(24.7) (14.7)
Underlying profit after tax 80.5 62.9
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests (page 159) - (0.6)
Underlying profit after tax attributable to equity shareholders of the parent 80.5 62.3
Average issued share capital (m) (page 169) 545.0 552.4
Underlying EPS 5 14.8p 11.3p
1. Actual effective tax rates applicable to underlying profit before tax were 25.6% in 2023 and 17.0% in 2022.
Underlying profit before tax before performance fee (profits)/losses (page 29) 98.4 101.2
Tax at average statutory rate of 23.5% (2022: 19%)
2
(23.1) (19.2)
Underlying profit after tax before performance fee (profits)/losses (page 29) 75.3 82.0
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests (see above) - (0.6)
Underlying profit after tax before performance fee (profits)/losses attributable to equity
shareholders of the parent 75.3 81.4
Average issued share capital (m) (see above) 545.0 552.4
Underlying EPS before performance fee (profits)/losses 6 13.8p 14.7p
2. Actual effective tax rates applicable to underlying profit before tax before performance fee (profits)/losses were 25.7% in 2023 and 17.6% in 2022.
214
REVENUE, EXPENSE AND PROFIT-RELATED MEASURES
1. Asset managers commonly draw out subtotals of revenues less cost of sales, taking into account items such as fee expenses, including
commissions payable, without which a proportion of the revenues would not have been earned. Such net subtotals can also be presented
after deducting non-recurring exceptional items.
2. The Group uses expense-based APMs to identify and separate out non-recurring exceptional items or recurring items that are of significant size
in order to provide useful information for users of the accounts who wish to determine the underlying cost base of the Group. To further assist
in this, we also provide breakdowns of administrative expenses below the level required to be disclosed in the statutory accounts, for example,
distinguishing between variable and fixed compensation, as well as non-compensation expenditure. These subdivisions of expenditure are also
presented before and after exceptional items and after accounting for the impact of performance fee pay-aways to fund managers.
3. Profitability-based APMs are effectively the sum of the above revenue and expense-based APMs and are provided for the same purpose –
to separate out non-recurring exceptional items or recurring items that are of significant size in order to provide useful information for users
of the accounts who wish to determine the underlying profitability of the Group.
4. Underlying profit after tax is, in addition, used to calculate underlying EPS which determines the Group’s ordinary dividend per share
and is used in one of the criteria for measuring the vesting rates of share-based awards that have performance conditions attached.
In the 2023 Annual Report and Accounts, we have used the following measures which are reconciled or cross-referenced in table 1:
Rationale for use of measure
Net management fees 1
Exceptional items 2
Net revenue 1
Performance fee costs 2
Fixed staff costs before exceptional items 2
Variable staff costs before exceptional items
1
2
Underlying profit before tax 3
Underlying profit after tax 3, 4
1. We also use this measure excluding performance fees – see page 25.
As stated in 2 above, the Group presents a breakdown of administrative expenses below the level required to be disclosed in the statutory
accounts, distinguishing between variable and fixed compensation, as well as non-compensation expenditure. The relevant amounts are set out in
the table on page 25.
CHANGES IN USE OF APMS IN 2023
There have been no changes in the Group’s APMs compared to those used in 2022.
215Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Shareholder
enquiries
All enquiries relating to holdings of shares in Jupiter Fund Management plc, including notification of change of address,
queries regarding dividend/interest payments or the loss of a share certificate, should be addressed to the Company’s
Registrars:
Equiniti Limited
Aspect House
Spencer Road
Lancing
West Sussex
BN99 6DA
Tel: 0371 384 2030
Overseas tel: +44 (0) 371 384 2030
Calls outside the UK will be charged at the applicable international rate.
Lines are open (UK only) 8.30am-5.30pm Monday to Friday.
Online: www.shareview.co.uk
Other shareholder queries should be addressed to the Company Secretary (shareholderservices@jupiteram.com).
Share dealing service There is a share dealing service offered by the Registrars. It is a simple way to buy and sell shares via the internet
or telephone with quick settlement. For information visit: www.shareview.co.uk
For telephone purchases:
Tel: 03456 037 037. Lines are open 8.00am to 4.30pm, Monday to Friday. UK calls are charged at the standard
geographic rate. Calls outside the UK will be charged at the applicable international rate.
Financial calendar Event
Ex-dividend date for final dividend
Record date for final dividend
Trading update
Annual General Meeting
Payment date for final dividend
Interim results announcement
Trading update
Date
18 April 2024
19 April 2024
23 April 2024
9 May 2024
20 May 2024
26 July 2024
11 October 2024
Company details and
principal office
Jupiter Fund Management plc
The Zig Zag Building
70 Victoria Street
London SW1E 6SQ
Registered number: 6150195
Company Secretary – Lisa Daniels
Tel: 020 3817 1000
Website The Company has a corporate website, which holds, amongst other information, copies of its latest annual report
and copies of all press announcements released. This site can be found at www.jupiteram.com
Share information The Company’s ordinary shares are traded on the London Stock Exchange:
ISIN GB00B53P2009
SEDOL B53P200
TICKER JUP.LN
Electronic
communications
We encourage shareholders to receive shareholder documentation electronically to help reduce the environmental
impact caused by printing and distributing hard copies. You can register your communication preference at
www.shareview.co.uk
Electronic proxy
voting
This year we have not produced hard copies of the proxy form and are requesting all shareholders vote electronically
by logging onto www.sharevote.co.uk. If you have already registered for an account with Equiniti’s ShareView
portfolio service, log into your account at www.shareview.co.uk and select Jupiter Fund Management plc.
Alternatively you can request a hard copy proxy form by calling our Registrars, Equiniti, on the number above.
Further information can be found in the 2024 Notice of Annual General Meeting.
216
A
Act
Companies Act 2006 (as amended,
supplemented or replaced from time
to time)
AGM
Annual General Meeting
AIFMD
Alternative Investment Fund Managers
Directive
AML
Anti-money laundering
APMs
Alternative Performance Measures as defined
from page 213
AUM
Assets under management
B
Board
The Board of Directors of the Company
Bps
One one-hundredth of a percentage
point (0.01%)
C
CASS
The FCA’s Client Assets Sourcebook rules
CDP
Formerly the Carbon Disclosure Project
CGU
Cash-generating unit
Code
UK Corporate Governance Code adopted by
the Financial Reporting Council in 2018
Company
Jupiter Fund Management plc
CREST
The system for paperless settlement of
trades in listed securities, of which Euroclear
UK & Ireland Limited is the operator
CSR
Corporate Social Responsibility
D
DE&I
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
DBP
Deferred Bonus Plan
DEO
Deferred Earn Out
E
EBT
The Jupiter employee benefit trust
established pursuant to a trust deed dated 22
April 2004
EPS
Earnings per share
ESG
Environmental, social and governance
F
FCA
Financial Conduct Authority of the
United Kingdom
FRC
Financial Reporting Council
FSA
Free Share Award
FVTPL
Fair value through profit or loss
G
GHG
Greenhouse gas
Group
The Company and all of its subsidiaries
I
IAS
International Accounting Standard(s)
ICARA
Internal Capital Adequacy and Risk
Assessment
ICAV
Irish Collective Asset-management Vehicle
ICVC
Investment Company with Variable Capital
IFRS
International Financial Reporting Standard(s)
IFRS IC
IFRS Interpretations Committee
IIGCC
Institutional Investors Group on Climate
Change
Investment performance
Measured as mutual fund assets under
management outperforming their peer group
median over the respective time period,
net of all fees. The peer group is defined
as the Investment Association peer group
for UK-domiciled fund ranges and the
Morningstar peer group for offshore
fund ranges.
J
Jupiter
The Company and all of its subsidiaries
K
KPI
Key performance indicator
KRI
Key risk indicator
GLOSSARY
217Jupiter Fund Management plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
STRATEGIC
REPORT GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER
INFORMATION
L
Listing
The Company’s Listing on the London Stock
Exchange on 21 June 2010
Listing Rules
Regulations subject to the oversight
of the FCA applicable to the Company
following Listing
LGBT+
Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender
and other sexual or gender identities
LTIP
Long-term Incentive Plan for retention
M
Merian
Merian Global Investors Limited
and its subsidiary undertakings
Mutual funds
Collective investments where a group
of investors pool their money (buying
units or a portion of the mutual fund)
N
NZAM
Net Zero Asset Management
O
OEIC
Open Ended Investment Company
Ordinary dividends per share
Interim and final/full-year dividends
(does not include any special dividends)
P
PBT
Profit before tax
Platforms
Service providers that enable investors
to buy and hold in a single place a range
of investments from multiple providers
with different tax wrappers
R
RCF
Revolving credit facility
Registrar
Equiniti Limited
S
SAYE
Save As You Earn
SEDOL
Stock Exchange Daily Official List
Segregated mandates
An investment strategy run exclusively
for certain institutional clients
SFDR
Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation
SICAV
Société d’Investissement à Capital Variable;
an open-ended collective investment
scheme offered in Europe
SIP
Share Incentive Plan
SMCR
Senior Managers and Certification Regime;
an FCA regime governing the regulation
of senior employees of entities operating
in the financial services sector in the UK
SONIA
Sterling Overnight Index Average
T
TCFD
The Financial Stability Board Task Force on
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
is a market-driven initiative to help investors
understand their financial exposure to
climate risk and help companies disclose
this information in a clear and consistent way
U
UCITS
Undertaking for Collective Investment in
Transferable Securities as defined by EC
Council Directive 85/611/EEC, as amended
UNGC
United Nations Global Compact. A UN-led
pact to encourage businesses worldwide to
adopt sustainable and socially responsible
policies, and to report on their
implementation. It is the world’s largest
corporate sustainability initiative and is based
on ten principles in the areas of human rights,
labour, the environment and anti-corruption
W
WAEP
Weighted average exercise price
GLOSSARY CONTINUED
218